sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on January 11, 2010
Registration No. 333-163476
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7372
|
|
41-2015127
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
(612) 435-9400
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
Archie C. Black
President and Chief Executive Officer
SPS Commerce, Inc.
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
(612) 435-9400
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Andrew G. Humphrey
Jonathan R. Zimmerman
Faegre & Benson
LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, MN
55402-3901
(612) 766-7000
|
|
Mark J. Macenka
Kenneth J. Gordon
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
53 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
(617) 570-1000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company x
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Price (1)
|
|
|
Fee
|
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
|
|
$46,000,000
|
|
|
$2,566.80(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
|
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 11, 2010
Shares
Common Stock
$ per share
SPS Commerce, Inc.
is
selling shares
of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in
this prospectus are selling an
additional shares.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the
shares sold by selling stockholders. We have granted the
underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an
additional shares
from us to cover over-allotments, if any.
This is an initial
public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the
initial public offering price to be between
$ and
$ per share. We have applied for
approval for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital
Market under the symbol SPSC.
INVESTING
IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS.
SEE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 9.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Needham & Company, LLC |
JMP
Securities
The
date of this prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized any other person to provide you with information
different from that contained in this prospectus. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer
to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as
of the date of this prospectus unless the information
specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our
common stock.
SPS
Commerce®,
SPSCommerce.net, the SPS Commerce logo and other trademarks or
service marks of SPS Commerce appearing in this prospectus are
the property of SPS Commerce. Trade names, trademarks and
service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus
are the property of the respective owners.
In this prospectus, company, we, our, and us refer to SPS
Commerce, Inc., except where the context otherwise requires.
We obtained industry and market data used throughout this
prospectus through our research, surveys and studies conducted
by third parties and industry and general publications. We have
not independently verified market and industry data from
third-party sources.
The Gartner Report described herein represents data, research
opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated
subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., and is not a
representation of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its
original publication date (and not as of the date of this
prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports
are subject to change without notice.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus
carefully, including the sections titled Risk
Factors and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and the notes thereto accompanying
this prospectus, before making an investment in our common
stock.
Our
Business
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of customers
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that uses pre-built integrations to enable
our supplier customers to shorten supply cycle times, optimize
inventory levels, reduce costs and satisfy retailer
requirements. As of December 31, 2009, we had over 11,000
customers with contracts to pay us monthly fees, which we refer
to as recurring revenue customers. We have also generated
revenues by providing supply chain management solutions to an
additional 24,000 organizations that, together with our
recurring revenue customers, we refer to as our customers. Once
connected to our platform, our customers often require
integrations to new organizations that represent an expansion of
our platform and new sources of revenues for us.
We deliver our solutions to our customers over the Internet
using a Software-as-a-Service model. Our delivery model enables
us to offer greater functionality, integration and reliability
with less cost and risk than traditional solutions. Our platform
features pre-built integrations with 2,700 order management
models across 1,300 retailers, grocers and distributors, as well
as integrations to over 100 accounting, warehouse management,
enterprise resource planning, and packing and shipping
applications. Our delivery model leverages our existing
integrations across current and new customers. As a result, each
integration that we add to SPSCommerce.net makes our platform
more appealing to potential customers by increasing the number
of pre-built integrations we offer. Furthermore, integrating
trading partners to SPSCommerce.net can generate new sales leads
from the organizations with which we integrate our customers
because those organizations typically have other trading
partners who can benefit from our solutions. We systematically
pursue these sales leads to convert them into new customers.
For 2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2009, we generated revenues of
$19.9 million, $25.2 million, $30.7 million and
$27.8 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2009 represented our 35th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 83%, 84% and 80% of our total revenues for
2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30,
2009. No customer represented over 1% of our revenues for 2006,
2007, 2008 or the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Our
Industry
The supply chain management industry serves thousands of
retailers around the world supplied with goods from tens of
thousands of suppliers. Additional participants in this market
include distributors, third-party logistics providers,
manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers and
sourcing companies. Supply chain management involves
communicating data related to the exchange of goods among these
trading partners.
Our target market of supply chain integration solutions is
categorized by Gartner within the broader Integration Services
market, which Gartner estimates was $1.5 billion in 2008
(Magic Quadrant for Integration Service Providers, report by
Benoit Lheurueux, November 2009). As familiarity and acceptance
of on-demand solutions continues to accelerate, we believe
customers, both large and small, will continue to turn to
on-demand delivery methods similar to ours for their supply
chain integration needs, as opposed to traditional on-premise
software deployment. International Data Corporation estimates
that the global on-demand
1
software market reached $5.7 billion in 2007 and expects
it to increase to $17.0 billion in 2012, a compounded
annual growth rate of 24%.
Retailers impose non-standardized, specific work-flow rules and
processes on their trading partners for electronically
communicating supply chain information through rule
books. The responsibility for creating information
maps, which are integration connections between the
retailer and the supplier that comply with the retailers
rule books, resides primarily with the supplier. The cost of
noncompliance can be refusal of delivered goods, fines and
ultimately a termination of the suppliers relationship
with the retailer.
Traditional supply chain management solutions range from
non-automated paper or fax solutions to electronic solutions
implemented using on-premise licensed software. These software
providers primarily link retailers and suppliers through the
Electronic Data Interchange protocol that enables the structured
electronic transmission of data between organizations. Because
of set-up
and maintenance costs, technical complexity and a growing volume
of requirements from retailers, the traditional software model
is not well suited for many suppliers.
A number of key trends are impacting the supply chain management
industry and increasing demand for supply chain management
solutions. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Retailer Service and Performance Demands.
Within the supply chain ecosystem, retailers hold a significant
strategic position relative to their trading partners. Given
this power dynamic, retailers continuously demand enhanced
levels of performance from suppliers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Globalization of the Supply Chain Ecosystem. Large
physical distances between the sources of materials,
manufacturers and retailers increase the complexity in the
supply chain ecosystem and increase the time needed by suppliers
to deliver goods relative to the time typically demanded by
retailers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Complexity of the Supply Chain Ecosystem. The
specialization of non-core functions leads more suppliers to
outsource functions, which increases the number of participants
in, and the complexity of, the supply chain ecosystem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Use of Outsourcing by Small- and Medium-Sized
Suppliers. Comfort around using the services of outsourced
service providers, limited internal expertise and constrained
budgets drive the need for suppliers to rely on third-party
service providers to manage the complexity of their supply chain
at an affordable cost.
|
In addition to integrating retailers and suppliers, trading
partners want a solution to effectively consolidate, distill and
channel information to decision-makers who can use the
information to drive efficiency, revenue growth and
profitability.
Trading partners are demanding better supply chain management
solutions than those provided by traditional on-premise software
vendors. Software-as-a-Service solutions allow an organization
to connect across the supply chain ecosystem, addressing
increased retailer demands, globalization and increased
complexity affecting the supply chain. The greater integration
with trading partners and into organizations other
business systems increases the reliance of customers on the
solutions their Software-as-a-Service vendors provide.
SPSCommerce.net:
Our Platform
We operate one of the largest trading partner integration
centers through SPSCommerce.net, a hosted software suite that
improves the way suppliers, retailers, distributors and other
trading partners manage and fulfill orders. More than 35,000
customers across more than 40 countries have used our platform
to enhance their trading relationships. A single integration to
SPSCommerce.net allows an organization to connect seamlessly to
the entire SPSCommerce.net network of trading partners. By
maintaining current integrations with retailers such as
Wal-Mart, Target, Macys and Safeway, SPSCommerce.net
obviates the need for suppliers to continually stay up-to-date
with the rule book changes required by these large retailers. As
the communication hub for trading partners, we provide seamless,
cost-effective integration and connectivity
2
as well as increased visibility and data analytics capabilities
for retailers and suppliers across their supply chains.
Suppliers, distributors, third-party logistics providers,
outsourced manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers
and sourcing companies that use our platform realize benefits
through more reliable and faster integration with retailers as
well as reduced costs and improved efficiency in the order
fulfillment process. These participants also realize increased
sales through enhanced supply chain visibility into
retailers inventory and point-of-sale information. Buying
organizations, such as retailers, grocers and distributors, use
our solutions to establish more comprehensive and advanced
integrations with a broader set of suppliers. Our platform
provides these buying organizations benefits through reduced
expenses and enhanced quality of inventory as well as more
effective reconciliation of shipments, orders and payments, and
reduced manual effort and data entry.
Our platform delivers suppliers and retailers the following
solutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Integration. Our Trading Partner
Integration solution replaces or augments an organizations
existing trading partner electronic communication
infrastructure, enabling suppliers to comply with
retailers rule books and allowing for the electronic
exchange of information among numerous trading partners through
various protocols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, implement new integrations with trading partners,
typically suppliers, to drive automation and electronic
communication across their supply chains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced our
Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications and allows our supplier customers to
improve their visibility across, and analysis of, their supply
chains. Retailers improve their visibility into supplier
performance and their understanding of product sell-through.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Trading Partner Solutions. We provide a number of
peripheral solutions such as barcode labeling and our scan and
pack application, which helps trading partners process
information to streamline the picking and packaging process.
|
Our
Go-to-Market Approach
We enable trading partner relationships among our retailer,
supplier and fulfillment customers that naturally lead to new
customer acquisition opportunities. The value of our platform
increases with the number of trading partners connected to the
platform. The addition of each new customer to our platform
allows that new customer to communicate with our existing
customers and allows our existing customers to route orders to
the new customer. This network effect of adding an
additional customer to our platform creates a significant
opportunity for existing customers to realize incremental sales
by working with our new trading partners and vice versa.
Our
Growth Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading global provider of supply
chain management solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Further Penetrate Our Current Market. We believe the
global supply chain management market is under-penetrated. We
intend to continue leveraging our relationships with customers
and their trading partners to obtain new sales leads.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase Revenues from Our Customer Base. We believe our
overall customer satisfaction is strong and will lead our
customers to further utilize our current solutions as their
businesses grow. We also expect to introduce new solutions to
sell to our customers.
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
Expand Our Distribution Channels. We intend to grow our
business by expanding our network of direct sales
representatives to gain new customers. We also believe there are
valuable opportunities to promote and sell our solutions through
collaboration with other providers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expand Our International Presence. We plan to increase
our international sales efforts to obtain new supplier customers
worldwide. We also intend to leverage our current international
presence to increase the number of integrations we have with
retailers in foreign markets to make our platform more valuable
to suppliers based overseas.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enhance and Expand Our Platform. We intend to further
improve and develop the functionality and features of our
platform, including developing new solutions and applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. To complement
and accelerate our internal growth, we may pursue acquisitions
of other supply chain management companies to add customers. We
also may pursue acquisitions that allow us to expand into
regions or industries where we do not have a significant
presence or to offer new functionalities we do not currently
provide.
|
Corporate
Information
We were originally incorporated as St. Paul Software, Inc., a
Minnesota corporation, on January 28, 1987. On May 30,
2001, we reincorporated in Delaware under our current name, SPS
Commerce, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402, and our telephone number is
(612) 435-9400.
Our website address is www.spscommerce.com. Information
contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and
the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an
inactive textual reference only.
4
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Common stock offered by selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering,
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering
expenses, will be approximately
$ million, assuming the
shares are offered at $ per share,
which is the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling
stockholders. See Principal and Selling Stockholders. |
|
|
|
We intend to use $ million of
our net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness under
our equipment term loans. We intend to use any remaining
proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes,
including potential acquisitions. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market symbol |
|
SPSC |
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this
offering is based
on shares
outstanding as
of .
As
of ,
we
had shares
outstanding, excluding
(a) shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
options to purchase our common stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $ per share,
(b) shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
warrants at a weighted average exercise price of
$ per share and
(c) shares
of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this
offering.
Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus
assumes no exercise of the underwriters overallotment
option to purchase up
to additional
shares of our common stock from us. Except as otherwise
indicated, all share and per share information referenced
throughout this prospectus have been adjusted to reflect the
conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock
immediately prior to consummation of this offering and
a
for
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to consummation of this offering.
5
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL DATA
(In thousands, except per share and recurring revenue customer
data)
The following tables summarize the financial data for our
business. You should read this summary financial data in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
The summary financial data under the heading Balance Sheet
Data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, under the
heading Statement of Operations Data for each of the
years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and under the
heading Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA
for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2007
and 2008 have been derived from our audited annual financial
statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
summary financial data under the heading Balance Sheet
Data as of September 30, 2009, under the heading
Statement of Operations Data for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and under the heading
Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 have been
derived from our unaudited financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of
management, our unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items, except
as noted in the notes to the financial statements, necessary for
a fair statement of interim periods. The financial data
presented for the interim periods have been prepared in a manner
consistent with our accounting policies described elsewhere in
this prospectus and should be read in conjunction therewith. The
unaudited summary financial data under the heading
Operating Data relating to recurring revenue
customers have been derived from our internal records of our
operations. Operating results for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a
full-year period.
The pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009
is unaudited and gives effect to the conversion of all of our
preferred stock into our common stock immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2009 is unaudited and gives
effect to (1) the pro forma adjustment above; (2) our
receipt of estimated net proceeds of
$ million from this offering,
based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
mid-point of our filing range, after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us and
(3) the application of
$ million of our net proceeds
from this offering to repay indebtedness under our equipment
term loans, as if each had occurred as of September 30,
2009. The pro forma as adjusted summary financial data are not
necessarily indicative of what our financial position or results
of operations would have been if this offering had been
completed as of the date indicated, nor are these data
necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of
operations for any future date or period.
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
19,859
|
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
22,617
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
Cost of revenues (1)
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,208
|
|
|
|
6,584
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
14,640
|
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing (1)
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
9,538
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
4,199
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,899
|
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
17,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(847
|
)
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
36,850
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited) (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (3)
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
2,501
|
|
Recurring revenue customers (4)
|
|
|
8,024
|
|
|
|
9,589
|
|
|
|
10,156
|
|
|
|
10,113
|
|
|
|
11,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
4,535
|
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt (5)
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
2,939
|
|
|
|
2,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(60,111
|
)
|
|
|
(61,844
|
)
|
|
|
(60,718
|
)
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
157
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Reflects the conversion of all of
our preferred stock into common stock and
a
for reverse stock split of our
common stock that will occur immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
EBITDA consists of net income
(loss) plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense and
income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our
non-cash, share-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted
EBITDA as a measure of operating performance because it assists
us in comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes
from our operating results the impact of our capital structure.
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in
evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used
to measure a companys operating performance without regard
to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary
depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets,
and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance
exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which
assets were acquired. The following table provides a
reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
2,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
This reflects the number of
recurring revenue customers at the end of the period. Recurring
revenue customers are customers with contracts to pay us monthly
fees. A minority portion of our recurring revenue customers
consists of separate units within a larger organization. We
treat each of these units, which may include divisions,
departments, affiliates and franchises, as distinct customers.
Our contracts with our recurring revenue customers typically
allow the customer to cancel the contract for any reason with
30 days prior notice.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Total debt consists of our current
and long-term capital lease obligations, current and long-term
equipment and term loans, line of credit and interest payable.
|
8
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below
before making an investment decision. Our business could be
harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common
stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose
all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you
should also refer to the other information contained in this
prospectus, including our financial statements and related
notes.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
The
market for on-demand supply chain management solutions is at an
early stage of
development. If this market does not develop or develops more
slowly than we expect, our
revenues may decline or fail to grow and we may incur operating
losses.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all
of our revenues from providing on-demand supply chain management
solutions to suppliers. The market for on-demand supply chain
management solutions is in an early stage of development, and it
is uncertain whether these solutions will achieve and sustain
high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will
depend on the willingness of suppliers to accept our on-demand
supply chain management solutions as an alternative to
traditional licensed hardware and software solutions.
Some suppliers may be reluctant or unwilling to use our
on-demand supply chain management solutions for a number of
reasons, including existing investments in supply chain
management technology. Supply chain management functions
traditionally have been performed using purchased or licensed
hardware and software implemented by each supplier. Because this
traditional approach often requires significant initial
investments to purchase the necessary technology and to
establish systems that comply with retailers unique
requirements, suppliers may be unwilling to abandon their
current solutions for our on-demand supply chain management
solutions.
Other factors that may limit market acceptance of our on-demand
supply chain management solutions include:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain continuity of service for all users of
our platform;
|
|
|
|
the price, performance and availability of competing
solutions; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to assuage suppliers confidentiality concerns
about information stored outside of their controlled computing
environments.
|
If suppliers do not perceive the benefits of our on-demand
supply chain management solutions, or if suppliers are unwilling
to accept our platform as an alternative to the traditional
approach, the market for our solutions might not continue to
develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of
which would significantly adversely affect our revenues and
growth prospects.
We do not
have long-term contracts with our recurring revenue customers,
and our success
therefore depends on our ability to maintain a high level of
customer satisfaction and a strong
reputation in the supply chain management industry.
Our contracts with our recurring revenue customers typically
allow the customer to cancel the contract for any reason with
30 days prior notice. Our continued success therefore
depends significantly on our ability to meet or exceed our
recurring revenue customers expectations because most
recurring revenue customers do not make long-term commitments to
use our solutions. In addition, if our reputation in the supply
chain management industry is harmed or diminished for any
reason, our recurring revenue customers have the ability to
terminate their relationship with us on short notice and seek
alternative supply chain management solutions. If a significant
number of recurring revenue customers seek to terminate their
relationship with us, our business, results of operations and
financial condition can be adversely affected in a short period
of time.
9
Continued
economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our
revenue, lengthen
our sales cycles and make it difficult for us to forecast
operating results accurately.
Our revenues depend significantly on general economic conditions
and the health of retailers. Economic weakness and constrained
retail spending adversely affected revenue growth rates in late
2008 and similar circumstances may result in slower growth, or
reductions, in revenues and gross profits in the future. We have
experienced, and may experience in the future, reduced spending
in our business due to the current financial turmoil affecting
the U.S. and global economy, and other macroeconomic
factors affecting spending behavior. Uncertainty about future
economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast
operating results and to make decisions about future
investments. In addition, economic conditions or uncertainty may
cause customers and potential customers to reduce or delay
technology purchases, including purchases of our solutions. Our
sales cycle may lengthen if purchasing decisions are delayed as
a result of uncertain information technology or development
budgets or contract negotiations become more protracted or
difficult as customers institute additional internal approvals
for information technology purchases. Delays or reductions in
information technology spending could have a material adverse
effect on demand for our solutions, and consequently our results
of operations, prospects and stock price.
If we are
unable to attract new customers, or sell additional solutions,
or if our customers do not increase their use of our solutions,
our revenue growth and profitability will be adversely
affected.
To increase our revenues and achieve and maintain profitability,
we must regularly add new customers, sell additional solutions
and our customers must increase their use of the solutions for
which they currently subscribe. We intend to grow our business
by hiring additional inside sales personnel, developing
strategic relationships with resellers, including resellers that
incorporate our applications in their offerings, and increasing
our marketing activities. In addition, we derived more than 90%
of our revenues from sales of our Trading Partner Integration
solution in 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 and have not yet received significant
revenues from solutions and applications that we introduced in
2009. If we are unable to hire or retain quality sales
personnel, convert companies that have been referred to us by
our existing network into paying customers, ensure the
effectiveness of our marketing programs, or if our existing or
new customers do not perceive our solutions to be of
sufficiently high value and quality, we might not be able to
increase sales and our operating results will be adversely
affected. In addition, if we fail to sell our new solutions to
existing or new customers, we will not generate anticipated
revenues from these solutions, our operating results will suffer
and we might be unable to grow our revenues or achieve or
maintain profitability.
Our
quarterly results of operations may fluctuate in the future,
which could result in volatility in our stock price.
Our quarterly revenues and results of operations have varied in
the past and may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors,
including the success of our new offerings such as our Trading
Partner Intelligence solution. If our quarterly revenues or
results of operations fluctuate, the price of our common stock
could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our results of
operations may be due to a number of factors, including, but not
limited to, those listed below and identified throughout this
Risk Factors section in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and increase sales to customers and
attract new customers, including our ability to maintain and
increase our number of recurring revenue customers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the timing and success of introductions of new solutions or
upgrades by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the strength of the economy, in particular as it affects the
retail sector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
|
|
|
|
|
|
competition, including entry into the industry by new
competitors and new offerings by existing competitors;
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of expenditures related to expanding our
operations, research and development, or introducing new
solutions; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the payment terms for our solutions.
|
Due to the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in
this prospectus, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our
future performance.
We have
incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating
losses in the future.
We began operating our supply chain management solution business
in 1997. Throughout most of our history, we have experienced net
losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of
September 30, 2009, we had an accumulated deficit of
$65.9 million. We expect our operating expenses to increase
in the future as we expand our operations. Furthermore, as a
public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and
other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If
our revenues do not grow to offset these increased expenses, we
may not be profitable. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to achieve or maintain profitability. You should not consider
recent revenue growth as indicative of our future performance.
In fact, in future periods, we may not have any revenue growth,
or our revenues could decline.
Our inability to adapt to rapid technological change could
impair our ability to remain competitive.
The industry in which we compete is characterized by rapid
technological change, frequent introductions of new products and
evolving industry standards. Our ability to attract new
customers and increase revenues from customers will depend in
significant part on our ability to anticipate industry standards
and to continue to enhance existing solutions or introduce or
acquire new solutions on a timely basis to keep pace with
technological developments. The success of any enhancement or
new solution depends on several factors, including the timely
completion, introduction and market acceptance of the
enhancement or solution. Any new solution we develop or acquire
might not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and
might not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to
generate significant revenues. For example, we introduced our
Trading Partner Intelligence solution during 2009, but we have
not yet received significant revenues from this solution. If any
of our competitors implements new technologies before we are
able to implement them, those competitors may be able to provide
more effective solutions than ours at lower prices. Any delay or
failure in the introduction of new or enhanced solutions could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
We may experience service failures or interruptions due to
defects in the hardware, software, infrastructure, third party
components or processes that comprise our existing or new
solutions, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Technology solutions as complex as ours may contain undetected
defects in the hardware, software, infrastructure, third party
components or processes that are part of the solutions we
provide. If these defects lead to service failures after
introduction of a solution or an upgrade to the solution, we
could experience delays or lost revenues during the period
required to correct the cause of the defects. We cannot be
certain that defects will not be found in new solutions or
upgraded solutions, resulting in loss of, or delay in, market
acceptance, which could have an adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Because customers use our on-demand supply chain management
solutions for critical business processes, any defect in our
solutions, any disruption to our solutions or any error in
execution could cause recurring revenue customers to cancel
their contracts with us, prevent potential customers from
joining our network and harm our reputation. Although most of
our contracts with our customers limit our liability to our
customers for these defects, disruptions or errors, we
nonetheless could be subject to litigation for actual or alleged
losses to our customers businesses, which may require us
to spend significant time and money in litigation or arbitration
or to pay significant settlements or damages. We do not
currently maintain any warranty reserves. Defending a lawsuit,
regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert
managements attention and could cause our business to
suffer.
11
The insurers under our existing liability insurance policy could
deny coverage of a future claim that results from an error or
defect in our technology or a resulting disruption in our
solutions, or our existing liability insurance might not be
adequate to cover all of the damages and other costs of such a
claim. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our current liability
insurance coverage will continue to be available to us on
acceptable terms or at all. The successful assertion against us
of one or more large claims that exceeds our insurance coverage,
or the occurrence of changes in our liability insurance policy,
including an increase in premiums or imposition of large
deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results. Even if we succeed in litigation with respect to a
claim, we are likely to incur substantial costs and our
managements attention will be diverted from our operations.
Interruptions or delays from third-party data centers could
impair the delivery of our solutions and our business could
suffer.
We use two third-party data centers, located in Minneapolis and
Saint Paul, Minnesota, to conduct our operations. All of our
solutions reside on hardware that we own or lease and operate in
these locations. Our operations depend on the protection of the
equipment and information we store in these third-party centers
against damage or service interruptions that may be caused by
fire, flood, severe storm, power loss, telecommunications
failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling
devices, natural disasters, war, criminal act, military action,
terrorist attack and other similar events beyond our control. A
prolonged service disruption affecting our solutions for any of
the foregoing reasons could damage our reputation with current
and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to
lose recurring revenue customers or otherwise adversely affect
our business. We may also incur significant costs for using
alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation
for, or in reaction to, events that damage the data centers we
use.
Our on-demand supply chain management solutions are accessed by
a large number of customers at the same time. As we continue to
expand the number of our customers and solutions available to
our customers, we may not be able to scale our technology to
accommodate the increased capacity requirements, which may
result in interruptions or delays in service. In addition, the
failure of our third-party data centers to meet our capacity
requirements could result in interruptions or delays in our
solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations. In the
event that our data center arrangements are terminated, or there
is a lapse of service or damage to such facilities, we could
experience interruptions in our solutions as well as delays and
additional expense in arranging new facilities and services.
A failure to protect the integrity and security of our
customers information could expose us to litigation,
materially damage our reputation and harm our business, and the
costs of preventing such a failure could adversely affect our
results of operations.
Our business involves the collection and use of confidential
information of our customers and their trading partners. We
cannot assure you that our efforts to protect this confidential
information will be successful. If any compromise of this
information security were to occur, we could be subject to legal
claims and government action, experience an adverse effect on
our reputation and need to incur significant additional costs to
protect against similar information security breaches in the
future, each of which could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In
addition, because of the critical nature of data security, any
perceived breach of our security measures could cause existing
or potential customers not to use our solutions and could harm
our reputation.
Evolving regulation of the Internet may increase our
expenditures related to compliance efforts, which may adversely
affect our financial condition.
As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation
by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. We
are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet
is a critical component of our on-demand business model. For
example, we believe that increased regulation is likely in the
area of data privacy, and laws and regulations applying to the
solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or
consumer information could affect our customers ability to
use and share data, potentially reducing demand for solutions
accessed via the Internet and restricting our ability to store,
process and share data with our clients via the Internet.
12
In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or
other charges imposed by government agencies or by private
organizations for accessing the Internet may be imposed. Any
regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting
information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline
in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based
services, which could harm our business.
If we fail to protect our intellectual property and
proprietary rights adequately, our business could be adversely
affected.
We believe that proprietary technology is essential to
establishing and maintaining our leadership position. We seek to
protect our intellectual property through trade secrets,
copyrights, confidentiality, non-compete and nondisclosure
agreements, trademarks, domain names and other measures, some of
which afford only limited protection. We do not have any
patents, patent applications or registered copyrights. Despite
our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized
parties may attempt to copy aspects of our technology or to
obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We
cannot assure you that our means of protecting our proprietary
rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not
independently develop similar or superior technology or design
around our intellectual property. In addition, the laws of some
foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as
great an extent as the laws of the United States. Intellectual
property protections may also be unavailable, limited or
difficult to enforce in some countries, which could make it
easier for competitors to capture market share. Our failure to
protect adequately our intellectual property and proprietary
rights could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its
intellectual property could subject us to costly and
time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses and our business
might be harmed.
The Internet supply chain management and technology industries
are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents,
copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent
litigation based on allegations of infringement or other
violations of intellectual property rights. As we seek to extend
our solutions, we could be constrained by the intellectual
property rights of others.
We might not prevail in any intellectual property infringement
litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent
uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims,
regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and
distracting to management, result in costly litigation or
settlement, cause development delays, or require us to enter
into royalty or licensing agreements. If our solutions violate
any third-party proprietary rights, we could be required to
withdraw those solutions from the market, re-develop those
solutions or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which
might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any
efforts to re-develop our solutions, obtain licenses from third
parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology
might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially
increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition
and operating results. Withdrawal of any of our solutions from
the market might harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.
In addition, we incorporate open source software into our
platform. Given the nature of open source software, third
parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property
infringement claims against us based on our use of certain open
source software programs. The terms of many open source licenses
to which we are subject have not been interpreted by
U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those
licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes
unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to
commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required
to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue
offering our solutions, to re-develop our solutions or to
discontinue sales of our solutions, or to release our
proprietary software code under the terms of an open source
license, any of which could adversely affect our business.
We rely on third party hardware and software that could take
a significant time to replace or upgrade.
We rely on hardware and software licensed from third parties to
offer our on-demand supply chain management solutions. This
hardware and software, as well as maintenance rights for this
hardware and software, may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we lose the
13
right to use or upgrade any of these licenses, our customers
could experience delays or be unable to access our solutions
until we can obtain and integrate equivalent technology. There
might not always be commercially reasonable hardware or software
alternatives to the third-party hardware and software that we
currently license. Any such alternatives could be more difficult
or costly to replace than the third-party hardware and software
we currently license, and integration of the alternatives into
our platform could require significant work and substantial time
and resources. Any delays or failures associated with our
platform could injure our reputation with customers and
potential customers and result in an adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions and our potential
inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired companies or
businesses may adversely affect our financial results.
We believe part of our growth will be driven by acquisitions of
other companies or their businesses. If we complete
acquisitions, we face many risks commonly encountered with
growth through acquisitions. These risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
incurring significantly higher than anticipated capital
expenditures and operating expenses;
|
|
|
|
failing to assimilate the operations and personnel of the
acquired company or business;
|
|
|
|
disrupting our ongoing business;
|
|
|
|
dissipating our management resources;
|
|
|
|
failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and
policies; and
|
|
|
|
impairing relationships with employees and customers as a result
of changes in management.
|
Fully integrating an acquired company or business into our
operations may take a significant amount of time. We cannot
assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks
or any other problems encountered with acquisitions. To the
extent we do not successfully avoid or overcome the risks or
problems related to any acquisitions, our results of operations
and financial condition could be adversely affected. Future
acquisitions also could impact our financial position and
capital needs, and could cause substantial fluctuations in our
quarterly and yearly results of operations. Acquisitions could
include significant goodwill and intangible assets, which may
result in future impairment charges that would reduce our stated
earnings.
Our
ability to use U.S. net operating loss carryforwards might be
limited.
As of December 31, 2008, we had net operating loss
carryforwards of $55.5 million for U.S. federal tax
purposes. These loss carryforwards expire between 2010 and 2029.
To the extent these net operating loss carryforwards are
available, we intend to use them to reduce the corporate income
tax liability associated with our operations. Section 382
of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code generally imposes an
annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss
carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a
corporation has undergone significant changes in stock
ownership. As a result, prior or future changes in ownership
could put limitations on the availability of our net operating
loss carryforwards. In addition, our ability to utilize the
current net operating loss carryforwards might be further
limited by the issuance of common stock in this offering. To the
extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is
significantly limited, our income could be subject to corporate
income tax earlier than it would if we were able to use net
operating loss carryforwards, which could result in lower
profits.
The markets in which we participate are highly competitive,
and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult
for us to add and retain customers and would reduce or impede
the growth of our business.
The markets for supply chain management solutions are
increasingly competitive and global. We expect competition to
increase in the future both from existing competitors and new
companies that may enter our
14
markets. Increased competition could result in pricing pressure,
reduced sales, lower margins or the failure of our solutions to
achieve or maintain broad market acceptance. We face competition
from:
|
|
|
|
|
Software-as-a-Service providers that deliver
business-to-business information systems using a multi-tenant
approach;
|
|
|
|
traditional on-premise software providers; and
|
|
|
|
managed service providers that combine traditional on-premise
software with professional information technology services.
|
To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in
software development, marketing, customer service and support
and product delivery infrastructure. However, we cannot assure
you that new or established competitors will not offer solutions
that are superior to or lower in price than ours. We may not
have sufficient resources to continue the investments in all
areas of software development and marketing needed to maintain
our competitive position. In addition, some of our competitors
are better capitalized than us, which may provide them with an
advantage in developing, marketing or servicing new solutions.
Increased competition could reduce our market share, revenues
and operating margins, increase our costs of operations and
otherwise adversely affect our business.
Mergers or other strategic transactions involving our
competitors could weaken our competitive position, which could
harm our operating results.
Our industry is highly fragmented, and we believe it is likely
that some of our existing competitors will consolidate or will
be acquired. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into
new alliances with each other or may establish or strengthen
cooperative relationships with systems integrators, third-party
consulting firms or other parties. Any such consolidation,
acquisition, alliance or cooperative relationship could lead to
pricing pressure and our loss of market share and could result
in a competitor with greater financial, technical, marketing,
service and other resources, all of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial
condition.
If we fail to retain our Chief Executive Officer and other
key personnel, our business would be harmed and we might not be
able to implement our business plan successfully.
Given the complex nature of the technology on which our business
is based and the speed with which such technology advances, our
future success is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to
attract and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and
sales personnel. In particular, Archie C. Black, our Chief
Executive Officer and President, Kimberly K. Nelson, our
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, James J.
Frome, our Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer,
Michael J. Gray, our Executive Vice President of Operations, and
David J. Novak, Jr., our Executive Vice President of
Business Development, are critical to the management of our
business and operations. Competition for talented personnel is
intense, and we cannot be certain that we can retain our
managerial, technical and sales personnel or that we can
attract, assimilate or retain such personnel in the future. Our
inability to attract and retain such personnel could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Our continued growth could strain our personnel resources and
infrastructure, and if we are unable to implement appropriate
controls and procedures to manage our growth, we will not be
able to implement our business plan successfully.
We have experienced a period of rapid growth in our headcount
and operations. To the extent that we are able to sustain such
growth, it will place a significant strain on our management,
administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our
success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior
management to manage this growth effectively. To do so, we must
continue to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. If
our new hires perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in
hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees,
or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees,
our business would be harmed. To manage the expected growth of
our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management controls and
our reporting systems and
15
procedures. The additional headcount we are adding will increase
our cost base, which will make it more difficult for us to
offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the
short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth, we
will be unable to execute our business plan.
Our failure to maintain adequate internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or to prevent or detect material
misstatements in our annual or interim financial statements in
the future could result in inaccurate financial reporting, or
could otherwise harm our business.
We are required to comply with the internal control evaluation
and certification requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by no later than the end of our 2010
fiscal year. We are in the process of determining whether our
existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are
compliant with Section 404. This process may divert
internal resources and will take a significant amount of time
and effort to complete. To the extent that we are not currently
in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to
implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our
financial reporting. We may experience higher than anticipated
operating expenses as well as increased independent auditor fees
during the implementation of these changes and thereafter.
Further, we may need to hire additional qualified personnel in
order for us to comply with Section 404. If we are unable
to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could
harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results
and could result in our being unable to obtain an unqualified
report on internal controls from our independent auditors, which
could have a negative impact on our stock price.
In connection with preparing the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part, we identified an error in our prior
years financial statements. This error related to
accounting for the preferred stock warrants at fair value in
2006, 2007 and 2008. This error resulted in the restatement of
our previously issued 2006, 2007 and 2008 financial statements.
This error was determined to be a deficiency. Although we have
taken measures to remediate the deficiency, we cannot assure you
that we have identified all or that we will not in the future
have additional, material weaknesses, significant deficiencies
or control deficiencies. Any failure to maintain or implement
required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we
encounter in implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our
periodic reporting obligations or result in material
misstatements in our financial statements.
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash
flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new
technologies could reduce our ability to compete successfully
and adversely affect our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to
obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms,
if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security
holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership
interests and the value of shares of our common stock could
decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to
accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional
indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other
ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make
acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it
on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
develop and enhance our solutions;
|
|
|
|
continue to expand our technology development, sales and
marketing organizations;
|
|
|
|
hire, train and retain employees; or
|
|
|
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working
capital requirements.
|
Our inability to do any of the foregoing could reduce our
ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our results
of operations.
16
Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our
ability to expand the sales of our solutions to customers
located outside of the United States, our business will be
susceptible to risks associated with international
operations.
We have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions.
Customers in countries outside of North America accounted
for 2% of our revenues for 2008 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009. Our inexperience in operating our
business outside of North America increases the risk that our
current and any future international expansion efforts will not
be successful. Conducting international operations subjects us
to new risks that, generally, we have not faced in the United
States, including:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
|
longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in
collecting accounts receivable;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities
of foreign value added tax systems and restrictions on the
repatriation of earnings;
|
|
|
|
localization of our solutions, including translation into
foreign languages and associated expenses;
|
|
|
|
the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and
different legal standards, including laws and regulations
related to privacy;
|
|
|
|
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and
complexities;
|
|
|
|
political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist
attacks and security concerns in general; and
|
|
|
|
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in
some countries.
|
The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect
our international business and, consequently, our results of
operations generally. Additionally, operating in international
markets also requires significant management attention and
financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment
and additional resources required in establishing, acquiring or
integrating operations in other countries will produce desired
levels of revenues or profitability.
Risks
Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
Because there has not been a public market for our common
stock and our stock price may be volatile, you may not be able
to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering
price.
Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common
stock publicly. We cannot predict the extent to which
investors interests will lead to an active trading market
for our common stock or whether the market price of our common
stock will be volatile following this offering. If an active
trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling
any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public
offering price for our common stock was determined by
negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and us
and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the
open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not
be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater
than the price you paid in this offering. In addition to the
factors discussed elsewhere in this section, many factors, most
of which are outside of our control, could cause the market
price of our common stock to decrease significantly from the
price you pay in this offering, including:
|
|
|
|
|
variations in our quarterly operating results;
|
|
|
|
decreases in market valuations of similar companies;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock
after this offering or changes in financial estimates by
analysts who cover us, our competitors or our industry;
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
failure by us or our competitors to meet analysts
projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to
the market; and
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes.
|
In addition, securities class action litigation often has often
been initiated when a companys stock price has fallen
below the companys initial public offering price soon
after the offering closes or following a period of volatility in
the market price of a companys securities. If class action
litigation is initiated against us, we would incur substantial
costs and our managements attention would be diverted from
our operations. All of these factors could cause the market
price of our stock to decline, and you may lose some or all of
your investment.
Future sales of our common stock by our existing stockholders
could cause our stock price to decline.
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock
in the public market, the market price of our common stock could
decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that
our stockholders might sell shares of our common stock could
also depress the market price of our common stock. Upon the
closing of this offering, we intend to file registration
statements with the SEC covering any shares of our common stock
acquired upon option exercises prior to the closing of this
offering and all of
the shares
subject to options outstanding, but not exercised, as of the
closing of this
offering. shares
of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after
completion of this offering will become eligible for sale in the
public markets from time to time, subject to restrictions under
the Securities Act of 1933 following the expiration of
lock-up
agreements entered into for the benefit of the underwriters by
the holders of the common stock, including our directors and
executive officers. Furthermore, immediately after completion of
this offering, the holders
of shares
of our common stock will have the right to demand that we file
registration statements with respect to the shares of our common
stock held by them, and will have the right to include those
shares in any registration statement that we file with the SEC,
subject to exceptions, which would enable those shares to be
sold in the public market, subject to the restrictions under the
lock-up
agreements referred to above.
The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time
or from time to time, without notice, release all or any portion
of the shares of common stock subject to the
lock-up
agreements for sale in the public and private markets prior to
the expiration of the
lock-up. The
market price for shares of our common stock may drop
significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing
stockholders lapse or if those restrictions on resale are
waived. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock
might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance
of additional shares of our common stock or other equity
securities.
We have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this
offering and may apply the proceeds in ways with which you do
not agree.
We intend to use $732,000 of our net proceeds from this offering
to repay indebtedness under our equipment term loans. We intend
to use any remaining proceeds for working capital and general
corporate purposes. We have not determined the allocation of the
net proceeds in excess of the indebtedness we intend to repay
with the net proceeds we will receive in this offering. Our
management will have broad discretion over the use and
investment of these net proceeds, and, accordingly, you will
have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to
our use of these net proceeds, with only limited information
concerning managements specific intentions. You will not
have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to
assess whether we use these net proceeds appropriately. We may
place the net proceeds in investments that do not produce income
or that lose value, which may cause our stock price to decline.
Our charter documents, Delaware law and our credit agreement
may inhibit a takeover that stockholders consider favorable.
Upon the closing of this offering, provisions of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws and applicable provisions of Delaware law may delay or
discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change
in our control or change in our management,
18
including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise
receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our
stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
These provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
permit our board of directors to issue up
to shares
of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges
as our board may designate, including the right to approve an
acquisition or other change in our control;
|
|
|
|
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
by resolution of the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
provide that all vacancies, including newly created
directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum;
|
|
|
|
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a
meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in
writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to
the form and content of a stockholders notice; and
|
|
|
|
do not provide for cumulative voting rights.
|
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law generally limits our ability to engage in any
business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of
our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or
affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned
15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These provisions
may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may
deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential
acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential
inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of
our common stock.
Our credit agreement also prohibits us from entering into a
transaction whereby a person becomes the beneficial owner of
more than 30% of the total voting power of our capital stock or
a majority of the members of our board changes. These
restrictions may prevent us from entering into transactions in
which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their
shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise
deem to be in their best interests.
We do not
intend to declare dividends on our stock after this
offering.
We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the
operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not
anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. Our credit agreement also
restricts our ability to pay cash dividends. Any payment of cash
dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our
board of directors and will depend upon our results of
operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition,
future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors
deemed relevant by our board of directors. Therefore, you should
not expect to receive dividend income from shares of our common
stock.
Our
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will
continue to have substantial control over us after this offering
and could delay or prevent a change in corporate
control.
After this offering, our directors, executive officers and
holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their
affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together,
would have the ability to control the outcome of matters
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the
election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these
stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control
the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this
concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our
common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;
|
|
|
|
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business
combination involving us; or
|
|
|
|
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
|
19
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. In some
cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the
following words: anticipate, believe,
continue, could, estimate,
expect, intend, may,
ongoing, plan, potential,
predict, project, should,
will, would, or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology, although not all
forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking
statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results,
and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times
at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved.
Forward-looking statements are based on information available at
the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be
materially different from the information expressed or implied
by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. These
factors include:
|
|
|
|
|
less than expected growth in the supply chain management
industry, especially for Software-as-a-Service solutions within
this industry;
|
|
|
|
lack of acceptance of new solutions we offer;
|
|
|
|
an inability to continue increasing our number of customers or
the revenues we derive from our recurring revenue customers;
|
|
|
|
continued economic weakness and constrained retail sales;
|
|
|
|
an inability to effectively develop new solutions that compete
effectively with the solutions our current and future
competitors offer;
|
|
|
|
risk of increased regulation of the Internet;
|
|
|
|
an inability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities,
successfully negotiate acquisition terms or effectively
integrate acquired companies or businesses;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in our anticipated capital expenditures
resulting from unforeseen required maintenance or repairs,
upgrades or capital asset additions;
|
|
|
|
an inability to effectively manage our growth;
|
|
|
|
lack of capital available on acceptable terms to finance our
continued growth;
|
|
|
|
risks of conducting international commerce, including foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes in government
policies or regulations, longer payment cycles, trade
restrictions, economic or political instability in foreign
countries where we may increase our business and reduced
protection of our intellectual property;
|
|
|
|
an inability to add sales and marketing, research and
development or other key personnel who are able to successfully
sell or develop our solutions; and
|
|
|
|
other risk factors included under Risk Factors in
this prospectus.
|
You should read the matters described in Risk
Factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. We cannot
assure you that the forward-looking statements in this
prospectus will prove to be accurate and therefore prospective
investors are encouraged not to place undue reliance on
forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus
completely. Other than as required by law, we undertake no
obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements,
even though our situation may change in the future.
20
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of
common stock in this offering will be approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full. This estimate is
based upon an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the
mid-point of
our filing range, less estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use these net proceeds to:
|
|
|
|
|
repay $115,000 of indebtedness under equipment term loans that
bear interest at rates between 11.6% and 12.0% and mature in the
year ending December 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
|
repay $416,000 of indebtedness under equipment term loans that
bear interest at rates between 11.9% and 12.5% and mature in the
year ending December 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
repay $201,000 of indebtedness under equipment term loans that
bear interest at a rate of 11.8% and mature on January 1,
2012.
|
We intend to use any remaining net proceeds for working capital
and general corporate purposes, including potential
acquisitions. We are not currently in negotiations for any
acquisitions for which we intend to use the net proceeds of this
offering. By establishing a public market for our common stock,
this offering is also intended to facilitate our future access
to public markets.
Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net
proceeds of this offering in short- to medium-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have not historically paid dividends on our common stock.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to retain
our future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion and growth
of our business. We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our
common stock in the foreseeable future. Our credit agreement
also currently limits our ability to pay cash dividends. Payment
of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of
our board of directors after taking into account various
factors, including our financial condition, operating results,
current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding indebtedness and
plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any.
21
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock into common stock immediately prior
to the completion of this offering, as if the conversion
occurred as of September 30, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the conversion
described above, as well as our sale of shares in this offering
at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
mid-point of our filing range, after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses
payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from our
sale of common stock in this offering to repay
$ million of indebtedness
under our equipment term loans, as if each had occurred as of
September 30, 2009.
|
You should read this information in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
11,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
4,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 4,427,782 shares authorized,
4,322,708 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no
shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro
forma as adjusted
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 23,499,362 shares authorized,
21,570,243 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no
shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro
forma as adjusted
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized,
4,687,500 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no
shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro
forma as adjusted
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $0.001 par value, 50,345,706 shares
authorized, 1,270,696 shares issued and outstanding,
actual, authorized, shares
issued and outstanding pro forma,
and authorized, shares
issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares
authorized, issued or outstanding,
actual, shares authorized, no
shares issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(65,865
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(60,718
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
21,094
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
The table and calculations above are based on the number of
shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009
and exclude:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
issuable upon the exercise of then outstanding options at a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
issuable upon the exercise of then outstanding warrants at a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
available for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the shares
of common stock subject to the underwriters over-allotment
option.
|
23
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will
be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial
public offering price per share of our common stock and the
adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock
immediately after completion of this offering. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of
common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion
of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock. As of December 31, 2009, the pro forma
net tangible book value of our common stock as of was
approximately $ million, or
approximately $ per share.
After giving effect to our sale of shares at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the mid-point of our filing range, deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us, and applying the net proceeds from this
sale, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our
common stock, as of December 31, 2009, would have been
approximately $ million, or
$ per share. This amount
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to
our existing stockholders of $ per
share and an immediate dilution to new investors of
$ per share. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted increase per share attributable to new
investors
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, there will be an increase in pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value to existing stockholders of
$ per share and an immediate
dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new
investors of $ per share based on
the assumed initial public offering price per share. A $1.00
increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering
price per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering by
$ per share and increase or
decrease, respectively, the pro forma as adjusted dilution per
share of common stock to new investors in this offering by
$ per share, in each case
calculated as described above and assuming that the number of
shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, on
a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and
the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders
and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share and
before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The discussion and tables above are based
on shares
of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and
exclude:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
issuable upon the exercise of then outstanding options at a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
issuable upon the exercise of then outstanding warrants at a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share;
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate
of shares
then available for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the
shares of common stock subject to the underwriters
over-allotment option.
|
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause
the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced
to shares
or % of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the
underwriters overallotment option is exercised in full,
the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after
this offering would be reduced to %
of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding
after this offering, and the number of shares held by new
investors would increase to % of
the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after
this offering.
Because the exercise prices of certain of our outstanding
options and warrants are below the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
investors purchasing common stock in this offering will suffer
additional dilution when and if these options and warrants are
exercised.
25
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected financial data together
with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at
the end of this prospectus and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, which follows immediately after this section.
The selected financial data under the heading Balance
Sheet Data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, under
the heading Statement of Operations Data for each of
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and under
the heading Operating Data relating to Adjusted
EBITDA for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007
and 2008 have been derived from our audited annual financial
statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected financial data under the heading Balance Sheet
Data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, under
the heading Statement of Operations Data for each of
the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and under the
heading Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA
for each of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and
2006 have been derived from our audited annual financial
statements, which have not been included in this prospectus. The
selected financial data under the heading Statement of
Operations Data for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009, under the heading
Balance Sheet Data as of September 30, 2009 and
under the heading Operating Data related to Adjusted
EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and
2009 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements,
which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion
of management, our unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items, except
as noted in the notes to the financial statements, necessary for
a fair statement of interim periods. The financial information
presented for the interim periods has been prepared in a manner
consistent with our accounting policies described elsewhere in
this prospectus and should be read in conjunction therewith. The
unaudited summary financial data under the heading
Operating Data relating to recurring revenue
customers have been derived from our internal records of our
operations. Operating results for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a
full-year period.
The pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009
is unaudited and gives effect to the conversion of all of our
preferred stock into our common stock immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2009 is unaudited and gives
effect to (1) the pro forma adjustment above; (2) our
receipt of estimated net proceeds of
$ million from this offering,
based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
mid-point of our filing range, after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us and
(3) the application of
$ million of our net proceeds
from this offering to repay indebtedness under our equipment
term loans, as if each had occurred as of September 30,
2009. The pro forma as adjusted summary financial data are not
necessarily indicative of what our financial position or results
of operations would have been if this offering had been
completed as of the date indicated, nor are these data
necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of
operations for any future date or period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
12,002
|
|
|
$
|
13,827
|
|
|
$
|
19,859
|
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
22,617
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
Cost of revenues (1)
|
|
|
3,556
|
|
|
|
3,823
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,208
|
|
|
|
6,584
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
8,446
|
|
|
|
10,004
|
|
|
|
14,640
|
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing (1)
|
|
|
3,169
|
|
|
|
5,034
|
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
9,538
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
2,129
|
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
3,180
|
|
|
|
4,199
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,672
|
|
Early termination of lease
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
8,784
|
|
|
|
10,343
|
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,899
|
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
17,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(338
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(847
|
)
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(285
|
)
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(314
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(596
|
)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.78
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.78
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
36,850
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited) (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
1,643
|
|
|
$
|
1,609
|
|
|
$
|
1,942
|
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(234)
|
|
|
|
(647)
|
|
|
|
4,535
|
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
5,349
|
|
|
|
6,767
|
|
|
|
12,228
|
|
|
|
20,687
|
|
|
|
19,197
|
|
|
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
5,167
|
|
|
|
5,550
|
|
|
|
5,569
|
|
|
|
4,706
|
|
|
|
4,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt (3)
|
|
|
1,903
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
|
|
5,018
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
2,939
|
|
|
|
2,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
56,072
|
|
|
|
56,072
|
|
|
|
58,520
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(56,082)
|
|
|
$
|
(56,758)
|
|
|
$
|
(58,046)
|
|
|
$
|
(60,111)
|
|
|
$
|
(61,844)
|
|
|
$
|
(60,718)
|
|
|
$
|
5,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; Adjusted EBITDA in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (4)
|
|
$
|
414
|
|
|
$
|
385
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
2,501
|
|
Recurring revenue customers (5)
|
|
|
5,451
|
|
|
|
6,110
|
|
|
|
8,024
|
|
|
|
9,589
|
|
|
|
10,156
|
|
|
|
10,113
|
|
|
|
11,017
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
157
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the conversion of all of our preferred stock into
common stock and a
for reverse stock split of our
common stock that will occur immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. |
27
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Total debt consists of our current and long-term capital lease
obligations, current and long-term equipment and term loans,
line of credit, interest payable and, as of December 31,
2004, 2005, and 2006, mezzanine debt. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) plus depreciation and
amortization, interest expense and income tax expense. Adjusted
EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, share-based
compensation expense. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of
operating performance because it assists us in comparing
performance on a consistent basis, as it removes from our
operating results the impact of our capital structure. We
believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating
our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a
companys operating performance without regard to items
such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending
upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to
present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive
of our capital structure and the method by which assets were
acquired. The following table provides a reconciliation of net
income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(596
|
)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
414
|
|
|
$
|
385
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
2,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
This reflects the number of recurring revenue customers at the
end of the period. Recurring revenue customers are customers
with contracts to pay us monthly fees. A minority portion of our
recurring revenue customers consists of separate units within a
larger organization. We treat each of these units, which may
include divisions, departments, affiliates and franchises, as
distinct customers. Our contracts with our recurring revenue
customers typically allow the customer to cancel the contract
for any reason with 30 days prior notice. |
28
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with the section titled Selected Financial
Data and our financial statements and related notes
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could
differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking
statements included in this discussion as a result of certain
factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in
Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of trading partners
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that improves the way suppliers,
retailers, distributors and other trading partners manage and
fulfill orders. We deliver our solutions to our customers over
the Internet using a Software-as-a-Service model.
SPSCommerce.net fundamentally changes how organizations use
electronic communication to manage a supply chain by replacing
the collection of traditional, custom-built,
point-to-point
integrations with a
hub-and-spoke
model whereby a single integration to SPSCommerce.net allows an
organization to connect seamlessly to the entire SPSCommerce.net
network of trading partners. SPSCommerce.net combines
integrations with 2,700 order management models across 1,300
retailers, grocers and distributors through a multi-tenant
architecture and provides ancillary support applications that
deliver a comprehensive set of supply chain solutions.
The value SPSCommerce.net offers increases with the number of
trading partners connected to our platform. This network
effect creates a significant opportunity for our customers
to realize incremental sales by working with new trading
partners connected to our platform and vice versa. As a result
of this increased volume of activity amongst our customers, we
earn additional revenues. We also sell our solutions through
sales leads from retailers with whom we integrate our customers,
referrals from trading partners in our network and channel
partners, as well as our direct sales force.
We plan to grow our business by further penetrating the supply
chain management market, increasing revenues from our customers
as their businesses grow, expanding our distribution channels,
expanding our international presence and developing new
solutions and applications. We also intend to selectively pursue
acquisitions that will add customers, allow us to expand into
new regions or industries or allow us to offer new
functionalities.
For 2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2009, we generated revenues of
$19.9 million, $25.2 million, $30.7 million and
$27.8 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2009 represented our 35th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 83%, 84% and 80% of our total revenues for
2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30,
2009. No customer represented over 1% of our revenues for 2006,
2007, 2008 or the nine months ended September 30, 2009. For
2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, 2% of
our revenues were generated outside of North America.
Key
Financial Terms and Metrics
Sources
of Revenues
Trading Partner Integration. Our revenues primarily
consist of monthly revenues from our customers for our Trading
Partner Integration solution. Our revenues for this solution
consists of a monthly subscription fee and a transaction-based
fee. We also receive
set-up fees
for initial integration solutions we provide our customers. Most
of our customers have contracts with us that may be terminated
by the customer by
29
providing 30 days prior notice. Over 90% of our
revenues for 2008 and the nine months ended September 30,
2009 were derived from Trading Partner Integration.
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, to implement new integrations with trading partners.
This solution ranges from Electronic Data Interchange testing
and certification to more complex business workflow automation
and results in a one-time payment to us.
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced our
Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications. These applications allow our
supplier customers to improve their visibility across, and
analysis of, their supply chains. Through interactive data
analysis, our retailer customers improve their visibility into
supplier performance and their understanding of product
sell-through. Our revenues for this solution primarily consist
of a monthly subscription fee.
Other Trading Partner Solutions. The remainder of our
revenues are derived from solutions that allow our customers to
perform tasks such as barcode labeling or
picking-and-packaging
information tracking as well as purchases of miscellaneous
supplies. These revenues are primarily transaction-based.
Cost of
Revenues and Operating Expenses
Overhead Allocation. We allocate overhead expenses such
as rent, certain employee benefit costs, office supplies and
depreciation of general office assets to cost of revenues and
operating expenses categories based on headcount.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues primarily consists of
personnel costs such as wages and benefits related to
implementation teams, customer support personnel and application
support personnel. Cost of revenues also includes our cost of
network services, which is primarily data center costs for the
locations where we keep the equipment that serves our customers,
and connectivity costs that facilitate electronic data
transmission between our customers and their trading partners.
We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales,
marketing and product management teams, commissions earned by
our sales personnel and marketing costs. In order to grow our
business, we will continue to add resources to our sales and
marketing efforts over time. We expect that sales and marketing
expenses will increase in absolute dollars.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for
development and maintenance of existing solutions. This group
also is responsible for enhancing existing solutions and
applications as well as internal tools and developing new
information maps that integrate our customers to their trading
partners in compliance with those trading partners
requirements. We expect research and development expenses will
increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and
expand our solutions and applications.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for
finance, human resources and internal information technology
support, as well as legal, accounting and other fees, such as
credit card processing fees. General and administrative expenses
also include amortization of intangible assets relating to our
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Owens Direct
LLC in February 2006. We amortized these intangible assets over
a period of three years ending in February 2009. We expect to
incur additional general and administrative expenses associated
with being a public company, including higher legal, audit and
insurance fees.
Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) primarily
consists of interest income, interest expense and the fair
market value adjustment of preferred stock warrants using the
Black-Scholes method. Interest income represents interest
received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense is
associated with our debt, which includes equipment loan payments
and payments on our term loans.
30
Other
Metrics
Recurring Revenue Customers. As of December 31,
2009, we had over 11,000 customers with contracts to pay us
monthly fees, which we refer to as recurring revenue customers.
We report recurring revenue customers at the end of a period. A
minority portion of our recurring revenue customers consists of
separate units within a larger organization. We treat each of
these units, which may include divisions, departments,
affiliates and franchises, as distinct customers.
Average Recurring Revenues Per Recurring Revenue
Customer. We calculate average recurring revenues per
recurring revenue customer for a period by dividing the
recurring revenues from recurring customers for the period by
the average of the beginning and ending number of recurring
revenue customers for the period. For the period nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and nine months ended September 30,
2008, we annualize this number by multiplying that quotient by
the product of 12 divided by the number of months in the period.
We anticipate that average recurring revenues per recurring
revenue customer will continue to increase as we increase the
number of solutions we offer, such as the Trading Partner
Intelligence solution we introduced in 2009, and increase the
penetration of those solutions across our customer base.
Monthly Subscription and Transaction-Based Fees. For 2008
and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, revenues from
fixed monthly subscription and transaction-based fees accounted
for 84% and 80% of our revenues, which we refer to as recurring
revenues. All of these recurring revenues in 2008 and more than
95% of the recurring revenues for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 related to our Trading Partner
Integration solution. Our revenues are not concentrated with any
customer, as no customer represented over 1% of our revenues for
2006, 2007, 2008 or the nine months ended September 30,
2009.
Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA consists of net income (loss)
plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and income
tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our
non-cash, share-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted
EBITDA as a measure of operating performance because it assists
us in comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes
from our operating results the impact of our capital structure.
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in
evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used
to measure a companys operating performance without regard
to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary
depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets,
and to present a meaningful measure of performance exclusive of
our capital structure and the method by which assets were
acquired. The following table provides a reconciliation of net
income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301)
|
|
|
$
|
(2,156)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,895)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,609)
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
2,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which are
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these
financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions. We base our estimates of the carrying value of
certain assets and liabilities on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Our
actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
31
We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which
are described in the notes to our financial statements, the
following accounting policies involve a greater degree of
judgment, complexity and effect on materiality. A critical
accounting policy is one that is both material to the
presentation of our financial statements and requires us to make
difficult, subjective or complex judgments for uncertain matters
that could have a material effect on our financial condition and
results of operations. Accordingly, these are the policies we
believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and
evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue
Recognition
We generate revenues by providing a number of solutions to our
customers. These solutions include Trading Partner Integration,
Trading Partner Enablement and Trading Partner Intelligence. All
of our solutions are hosted applications that allow customers to
meet their supply chain management requirements. Revenues from
our Trading Partner Integration and Trading Partner Intelligence
solutions are generated through set-up fees and a recurring
monthly hosting fee. Revenues from our Trading Partner
Enablement solutions are generally one-time service fees.
Fees related to recurring monthly hosting services and one-time
services are recognized when the services are provided. The
recurring monthly fee is comprised of both a fixed and
transaction based fee. Revenues are recorded in accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 104, Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements, when all of the following criteria are
met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed and
determinable and (4) collectability is probable. If
collection is not considered probable, revenues are recognized
when the fees are collected.
Set-up fees
paid by customers in connection with our solutions, as well as
associated direct and incremental costs, such as labor and
commissions, are deferred and recognized ratably over the
expected life of the customer relationship, which is generally
two years. We continue to evaluate and adjust the length of
these amortization periods as more experience is gained with
customer renewals, contract cancellations and technology changes
requested by our customers. It is possible that, in the future,
the estimates of expected customer lives may change and, if so,
the periods over which such subscription
set-up fees
and costs are amortized will be adjusted. Any such change in
estimated expected customer lives will affect our future results
of operations.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from our customers inability to pay us.
The provision is based on our historical experience and for
specific customers that, in our opinion, are likely to default
on our receivables from them. In order to identify these
customers, we perform ongoing reviews of all customers that have
breached their payment terms, as well as those that have filed
for bankruptcy or for whom information has become available
indicating a significant risk of non-recoverability. In
addition, we have experienced significant growth in the number
of our customers, and we have less payment history to rely upon
with these customers. We rely on historical trends of bad debt
as a percentage of total revenues and apply these percentages to
the accounts receivable associated with new customers and
evaluate these customers over time. To the extent that our
future collections differ from our assumptions based on
historical experience, the amount of our bad debt and allowance
recorded may be different.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740,
Income Taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and
liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect
of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of
recorded assets and liabilities. ASC 740 also requires that
deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is
more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred
tax asset will not be realized. The realization of the deferred
tax assets is evaluated quarterly by assessing the valuation
allowance and by adjusting the amount of the allowance, if
necessary.
32
We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position
only after determining that the relevant tax authority would
more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.
For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold,
the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest
benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized
upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We follow ASC 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation, in accounting for our stock-based awards to
employees. ASC 718 establishes accounting for stock-based awards
exchanged for employee services. Accordingly, stock-based
compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the
fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over
the vesting period of the grant. Determining the appropriate
fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based
payment awards require the use of highly subjective assumptions,
including the expected life of the stock-based payment awards
and stock price volatility. We use the Black-Scholes method to
value our option grants and determine the related compensation
expense. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of
stock-based payment awards represent managements best
estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and
the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors
change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based
compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions
used for grants:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Risk-free interest rate (1)
|
|
4.4%
|
|
4.4%
|
|
4.0%
|
|
4.0%
|
|
2.7% - 4.0%
|
Expected term (2)
|
|
9
|
|
8
|
|
7
|
|
7
|
|
4-7
|
Estimated volatility (3)
|
|
60%
|
|
52%
|
|
53%
|
|
53%
|
|
49%-53%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rates for options granted during these periods varied within the
ranges stated. |
|
(2) |
|
Expected term for options granted during these periods varied
within the ranges stated. |
|
(3) |
|
Estimated volatility for options granted during these periods
varied within the ranges stated. |
We do not have information available that is indicative of
future exercise and post-vesting behavior to estimate the
expected term. As a result, we adopted the simplified method of
estimating the expected term of a stock option, as permitted by
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based
Payment. Under this method, the expected term is presumed to
be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual
end of the term.
As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for
our shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer
group of companies, which collectively provide a reasonable
basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to
consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer
companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient
information regarding volatility of our share price becomes
available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for
this purpose.
The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield
available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a
remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of our
stock options. The estimated pre-vesting forfeiture rate is
based on our historical experience. We do not expect to declare
dividends in the foreseeable future.
We recorded non-cash, stock-based compensation expense under ASC
718 of $157,000 during 2008 and $177,000 during the nine months
ended September 30, 2009. Based on stock options
outstanding as of September 30, 2009, we had unrecognized,
stock-based compensation of $475,000. We expect to continue to
33
grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do,
our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future
periods will likely increase.
As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding vested options
to
purchase shares
of our common stock and unvested options to
purchase shares
of our common stock with an intrinsic value of approximately
$ and
$ ,
respectively, based on the assumed initial public offering price
of $ per share, which is the
mid-point of our filing range.
Significant
Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common
Stock
The fair value of the shares of common stock that underlie the
stock options we have granted has historically been determined
by our audit committee or board of directors based upon
information available to it at the time of grant. Because, prior
to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock, our audit committee or board of directors has determined
the fair value of our common stock by utilizing, among other
things, recent or contemporaneous valuation information
available as of December 31, 2007 and for each quarter end
thereafter. The valuation information included reviews of our
business and general economic, market and other conditions that
could be reasonably evaluated at that time, including our
financial results, business agreements, intellectual property
and capital structure. The valuation information also included a
thorough review of the conditions of the industry in which we
operate and the markets that we serve. Our audit committee or
board of directors conducted an analysis of the fair market
value of our company considering two widely accepted valuation
approaches: (1) market approach and (2) income
approach. These valuation approaches are based on a number of
assumptions, including our future revenues and industry, general
economic, market and other conditions that could reasonably be
evaluated at the time of the valuation.
Under the market approach, the guideline market multiple
methodology was applied, which involved the multiplication of
revenues by risk-adjusted multiples. Multiples were determined
through an analysis of certain publicly traded companies, which
were selected on the basis of operational and economic
similarity with our principal business operations. Revenue
multiples were calculated for the comparable companies based
upon daily trading prices. A comparative risk analysis between
our and the public companies formed the basis for the selection
of appropriate risk-adjusted multiples for our company. The risk
analysis incorporated factors that relate to, among other
things, the nature of the industry in which we and other
comparable companies are engaged. Under the income approach, we
applied the discounted cash flow methodology, which involved
estimating the present value of the projected cash flows to be
generated from the business and theoretically available to the
capital providers of our company. A discount rate was applied to
the projected future cash flows to reflect all risks of
ownership and the associated risks of realizing the stream of
projected cash flows. Since the cash flows were projected over a
limited number of years, a terminal value was computed as of the
end of the last period of projected cash flows. The terminal
value was an estimate of the value of the enterprise on a going
concern basis as of that future point in time. Discounting each
of the projected future cash flows and the terminal value back
to the present and summing the results yielded an indication of
value for the enterprise. Our board of directors and audit
committee took these two approaches into consideration when
establishing the fair value of our common stock.
Set forth below is a summary of our stock option grants from
October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009 and our
contemporaneous valuations and Black-Scholes values for those
grants. The information below does not reflect the effect of
the
for
reverse split of our common stock that will occur immediately
prior to consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Fair Value(s)
|
|
|
|
Black-Scholes
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Estimate
|
|
|
|
Value(s) per
|
Period of Grant
|
|
Granted
|
|
Price(s)
|
|
per Share
|
|
Valuation Date(s)
|
|
Share
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2008
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
October 31, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
First Quarter 2009
|
|
|
309,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
Second Quarter 2009
|
|
|
374,000
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
0.65-0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.65-0.68
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2009
and April 22, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
0.35-0.38
|
|
Third Quarter 2009
|
|
|
893,364
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
.04-.45
|
|
34
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On April 1, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of the
309,000 stock options granted to three employees in the first
quarter of 2009 to reduce the exercise price for all of the
shares subject to each option to $0.65 per share, which was the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of the
amendments. The amendments did not affect the vesting provisions
or the number of shares subject to any of the option awards. For
financial statement reporting, we treat the previously granted
options as being forfeited and the amendments as new option
grants; however, none of the holders of these options made any
investment decisions in connection with the amendments. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes a total of 890,364 stock options granted to
17 employees and one director that resulted from our
unilateral amendment to reduce the exercise price for all of the
shares subject to options previously granted to the employees
and director. The amendments did not affect the vesting
provisions or the number of shares subject to any of the option
awards. For financial statement reporting, we treat the
previously granted options as being forfeited and the amendments
as new option grants; however, none of the holders of the
previously granted options made any investment decisions in
connection with the amendments. |
Our audit committee and board of directors made their
determinations as to the fair value in connection with the grant
of stock options exercising their best reasonable judgment at
the time of grant. In the absence of a public market for our
common stock, numerous objective and subjective factors (the
Key Valuation Considerations) were analyzed to
determine the fair value at each grant date, including the
following:
Business
Conditions and Results:
|
|
|
|
|
Our actual financial condition and results of operations during
the relevant period;
|
|
|
|
|
|
The status of strategic initiatives to increase the market for
our services;
|
|
|
|
|
|
The competitive environment that existed at the time of the
valuation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
All important developments for our company, including the growth
of our customer base and the progress of our business model,
such as the introduction of new services; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
The status of our efforts to build our management team to retain
and recruit the talent and size organization required to support
our anticipated growth.
|
Market
Conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
The market conditions affecting the technology industry; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
The general economic outlook in the United States and on a
global basis, including the extreme market downturn and turmoil
that was triggered in part by the September 2008 Lehman Brothers
bankruptcy filing as well as the ensuing decrease in employment,
purchasing power and consumer confidence that significantly
affected the U.S. and global economy and future outlook for
both.
|
Liquidity
and Valuation:
|
|
|
|
|
The fact that the option grants involved illiquid securities in
a private company; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of
common stock underlying the options such as an initial public
offering or sale of our common stock, given prevailing market
conditions and our relative financial condition at the time of
grant.
|
As noted below, the significant factors contributing to the
differences between the valuation of our common stock as
determined by our audit committee or board of directors and the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the
mid-point of our filing range, include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the assumed initial public offering price will not include the
discounts for lack of liquidity of our common stock that existed
prior to our initial public offering;
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
since our preferred stock will be converted to common stock
immediately prior to the initial public offering, the assumed
initial public offering price will not include the negative
impact of the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the assumed initial public offering price will be based on our
current financial performance and outlook, which has changed
since the valuation dates described in this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the development of our business in the ordinary course, which
has continued since the valuation dates described in this
prospectus.
|
Specifics related to grants from October 1, 2008 to
September 30, 2009 are as follows:
Fourth
Quarter 2008
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we granted 8,500 stock
options with a per share exercise price of $1.25. In the absence
of a public trading market for our common stock, our audit
committee, with input from management, considered the Key
Valuation Considerations and factors described below and
determined the fair market value of our common stock in good
faith to be $1.25 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investment balances of
$3.9 million as of September 30, 2008 were not
sufficient to sustain long-term growth and provide cash to
invest in operations. Our revenues grew from $6.7 million
for the three months ended September 30, 2007 to
$8.1 million for the three months ended September 30,
2008. At the same time, our losses for each of the first three
quarters of 2008 were ($918,000), ($555,000) and ($135,000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this
period our audit committee also considered the rights,
preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to
the common stock. As of September 30, 2008, our preferred
stock possessed an aggregate liquidation preference of
$38.6 million. The participation rights of our preferred
stock also provide that the preferred stock participates with
the common stock pro rata in our remaining assets. Our audit
committee did not believe at that time we were a candidate for a
liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of
our company at a premium whereby our preferred stock would
convert to common thereby eliminating the liquidation
preferences of the preferred stock.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of October 31, 2008.
In our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and
the income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 20.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
2.0 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $77.3 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $77.3 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $1.25 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
First
Quarter 2009
During the first quarter of 2009, we granted 309,000 stock
options with an exercise price of $0.92. In the absence of a
public trading market for our common stock, our board of
directors, with input from management, considered the Key
Valuation Considerations and factors described below and
determined the fair market value of our common stock in good
faith to be $0.92 per share.
36
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investment balances of
$3.7 million as of December 31, 2008 were not
sufficient to sustain long term growth and provide cash to
invest in operations. Our revenues grew from $6.9 million
for the three months ended December 31, 2007 to
$8.1 million for the three months ended December 31,
2008. At the same time, our losses for each of the last three
quarters of 2008 were ($555,000), ($135,000) and ($287,000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this
period our audit committee also considered the rights,
preferences and privileges of the preferred stock relative to
the common stock. As of December 31, 2008, our preferred
stock possessed an aggregate liquidation preference of
$38.6 million. The participation rights of our preferred
stock also provide that the preferred stock participates with
the common stock pro rata in our remaining assets. Our audit
committee did not believe at that time we were a candidate for a
liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of
the company at a premium whereby our preferred stock would
convert to common thereby eliminating the liquidation
preferences of the preferred stock.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of February 10, 2009.
In our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and
the income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
1.5 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $63.0 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $63.0 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $0.92 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
Second
Quarter 2009
During the second quarter of 2009, we granted 65,000 stock
options with a per share exercise price of $0.68 on
April 22, 2009 and on April 1, 2009 amended the
exercise price of 309,000 stock options previously granted to
three employees to lower the exercise price to $0.65 per
share. We treat the amended options as newly granted options for
financial statement reporting purposes. In the absence of a
public trading market for our common stock, our audit committee,
with input from management, considered the Key Valuation
Considerations and factors described below and determined the
fair market value of our common stock in good faith to be $0.65
per share on April 1, 2009 and $0.68 per share on
April 22, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investment balances of
$4.3 million as of March 31, 2009, which were not
sufficient to sustain long-term growth and provide cash to
invest in operations. Our revenues grew from $7.0 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2008 to
$8.5 million for the three months ended March 31,
2009. At the same time, our losses for each of the three most
recently completed quarters were ($135,000), ($287,000) and
($56,000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this
period our audit committee also considered the rights,
preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to
the common stock. As of March 31, 2009, our preferred stock
possessed an aggregate liquidation preference of
$38.6 million. The participation rights of our preferred
stock also provide that the preferred stock participates with
the common stock pro rata in our remaining assets. Our audit
committee did not believe at that time we were a candidate for a
liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of
our company at a
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
premium whereby our preferred stock would convert to common
thereby eliminating the liquidation preferences of the preferred
stock.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of April 1, 2009 for
the amended options and as of April 22, 2009 for the
options granted on that date. In our valuation analysis, we
utilized the market approach and the income approach. The
discounted cash flow used in the income approach applied
(i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate, which in
this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash flows, based on
forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to revenues to
determine a terminal value, which in this case was 1.5 times
revenues. The projections used in connection with the income
approach were based on our expected operating performance over
the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $64.0 million as of April 1, 2009. The
Black-Scholes option pricing model was then used to perform an
equity allocation of the marketable minority value of
$64.0 million to each of the series and classes of equity
capital to derive a common stock value as of that date. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $0.65 on
April 1, 2009 after considering a lack of marketability
discount of 30%. Our marketable minority equity value was
determined to be $64.6 million as of April 22, 2009.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was then used to perform
an equity allocation of the marketable minority value of
$64.6 million to each of the series and classes of equity
capital to derive a common stock value as of that date. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $0.68 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
The decrease in the per share value of our common stock during
the first and second quarters of 2009 compared to
October 31, 2008 primarily was the result of a decrease in
the value of the publicly traded companies used in our market
analysis as well as revised company projections that reduced our
expected revenues and cash flows in light of the general
economic downturn that continued during that time.
Third
Quarter 2009
During the third quarter of 2009, we granted 3,000 stock options
and amended 890,364 stock options such that all options granted
or amended during the period had a per share exercise price of
$0.81. We treat the amended options as newly granted options for
financial statement reporting purposes. In the absence of a
public trading market for our common stock, our audit committee,
with input from management, considered the Key Valuation
Considerations and factors described below and determined the
fair market value of our common stock in good faith to be $0.81
per share.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investments balances of
$5.4 million as of June 30, 2009 were not sufficient
to sustain long-term growth and provide cash to invest in
operations. Our revenues grew from $7.6 million for the
three months ended June 30, 2008 to $9.6 million for
the three months ended June 30, 2009. At the same time, our
losses for each of the three most recently completed quarters
were ($287,000), ($56,000) and ($135,000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this
period our audit committee also considered the rights,
preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to
the common stock. As of June 30, 2009, our preferred stock
possessed an aggregate liquidation preference of
$38.6 million. The participation rights of our preferred
stock also provide that the preferred stock participates with
the common stock pro rata in our remaining assets. At that time,
our audit committee believed we could become a candidate for a
liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of
our company at a premium whereby our preferred stock would
convert to common thereby eliminating the liquidation
preferences of the preferred stock. However, the audit committee
was unsure if there was any interest by potential underwriters
for an initial public offering or by potential acquirers of the
Company, as neither the audit committee nor the board of
directors had held any substantive discussions with potential
underwriters
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
or acquirers during the preceding 12 months. If there was
interest by a potential underwriter or acquirer, the audit
committee also was unsure of when an offering or acquisition
would occur and believed any offering or acquisition could occur
well in the future.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of July 23, 2009. In
our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and the
income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
1.5 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $71.8 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $71.8 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $0.81 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
Research
and Development
We account for the costs incurred to develop our software
solution in accordance with ASC
350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. Capitalizable
costs consists of (a) certain external direct costs of
materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining
internal-use computer software and (b) payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated
with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally
consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and
testing activities. Research and development costs incurred
during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data
conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and
administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Costs
that cannot be separated between maintenance of, and relatively
minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are
also expensed as incurred. Capitalization begins when the
preliminary project stage is complete, management with the
relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the
software project, it is probable the project will be completed,
the software will be used to perform the functions intended and
certain functional and quality standards have been met.
Our research and development expenses primarily consist of
personnel costs for development and maintenance of our existing
solutions. Historically, we therefore have expensed all research
and development expenditures as incurred.
Valuation
of Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business
combinations. We test goodwill for impairment annually at
December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The
impairment test is conducted by comparing the fair value of the
net assets with their carrying value. Fair value is determined
using the future cash flows expected to be generated. If the
carrying value exceeds the fair value, goodwill may be impaired.
If this occurs, the fair value is then allocated to its assets
and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation in order to determine the implied fair value of
goodwill. This implied fair value is then compared to the
carrying amount of goodwill and, if it is less, we would
recognize an impairment loss. There has been no impairment of
these assets to date.
The valuation of goodwill requires the use of discounted cash
flow valuation models. Those models require estimates of future
revenue, profits, capital expenditures and working capital.
These estimates will be determined by evaluating historical
trends, current budgets, operating plans and industry data.
Determining
39
the fair value of goodwill includes significant judgment by
management and different judgments could yield different results.
We have reviewed our operations and determined that to date we
have had one reporting unit. We based our conclusion primarily
on the fact that we do not prepare separate financial
information for distinct units, we do not have segment or unit
managers that are responsible for specific solutions we provide
and our management and board of directors use only one set of
financial information to make decisions about resources to be
allocated among our company.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
19,859
|
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
22,617
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,208
|
|
|
|
6,584
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
14,640
|
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
9,538
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,199
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,899
|
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
17,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(847
|
)
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(7)%
|
|
|
|
(9)%
|
|
|
|
(6)%
|
|
|
|
(7)%
|
|
|
|
3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine
months ended September 30, 2009 compared to nine months
ended September 30, 2008
Revenues. Revenues for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 increased $5.1 million, or 23%, to
$27.8 million from $22.6 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008. The increase in revenues resulted
primarily from a 9% increase in recurring revenue customers to
11,017 from 10,113 as well as a 9% increase in annualized
average recurring revenues per recurring revenue customer to
$2,797 from $2,564. The increase in annualized average recurring
revenues per recurring revenue customer was primarily
attributable to increased fees resulting from increased usage of
our solutions by our recurring revenue customers. In addition,
$900,000 of the increase in revenues was due to higher testing
and certification revenues due to a greater number of enablement
campaigns for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. In
2009, we expect to have our highest level of revenues from
Trading Partner Enablement due to significant increased demand
for enablement from our retailers in 2009. As a result, in 2010,
we anticipate a smaller number of enablement campaigns and a
corresponding decrease in testing and certification revenues, in
absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 increased $2.1 million, or
33%, to $8.7 million from $6.6 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008. Of the increase in costs,
approximately $2.0 million resulted from an increase in
personnel costs, which was primarily attributable to the
additional employees we hired for our implementation groups and
customer support team. The remaining $100,000 increase was
primarily due to higher costs of network services. As a
percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was 31% for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 29% for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008. Cost of revenues
increased as a percentage of revenues because we hired personnel
in anticipation of adding customers that we expect to drive
revenue growth in future periods.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2009
increased $467,000, or 5%, to $10.0 million from
$9.5 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2008. The increase in the dollar amount is due to higher
commissions earned by sales personnel from new business. As a
percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses were 36%
for the nine months ended
41
September 30, 2009 compared to 42% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008. Increased revenues for the 2009
period compared to prior years period allowed us to
leverage our fixed sales and marketing expenses and caused the
decrease in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of
revenues.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 increased $447,000, or 16%, to
$3.2 million from $2.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008. The increase in the dollar amount
was primarily related to increased personnel costs of $321,000
due to increased salaries and wages for 2009 as well as costs
for employees added during 2009. We also had additional
consulting fees of $65,000 during the 2009 period compared to
the prior years period, as consultants supplemented
development work on new solutions. As a percentage of revenues,
research and development expenses remained constant for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the nine months
ended September 30, 2008.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 decreased $320,000, or 6%, to
$4.7 million from $5.0 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008. As a percentage of revenues,
general and administrative expenses were 17% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 compared to 22% for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008. In February 2009, the
subscriber relationships from our 2006 Owens Direct acquisition
became fully amortized, causing a decrease in amortization costs
included in general and administrative expenses for the
remainder of the 2009 period and driving the decrease in general
and administrative expenses in absolute dollars and as a
percentage of revenues.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 decreased $97,000, or 30%,
to $225,000 from $322,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008. The decrease in interest expense is
principally due to reduced equipment borrowings. Other income
for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 increased
$113,000 to $114,000 from $1,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008. The other income change was driven by
updating the value of preferred stock warrants we issued to fair
market value using the Black-Scholes method.
Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007
Revenues. Revenues for 2008 increased $5.5 million,
or 22%, to $30.7 million from $25.2 million for 2007.
The increase in revenues resulted primarily from a 6% increase
in recurring revenue customers to 10,156 from 9,589 as well as a
10% increase in average recurring revenues per recurring revenue
customer to $2,599 from $2,361. The increase in average
recurring revenues per recurring revenue customer was primarily
attributable to increased fees resulting from increased usage of
our solutions by our recurring revenue customers.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for 2008 increased
$2.8 million, or 44%, to $9.2 million from
$6.4 million for 2007. Of the increase in costs,
$2.3 million is related to personnel costs associated with
implementation and customer and applications support based on
business growth. The principal driver of these increased
personnel costs, which we amortize over 24 months, is the
additional employees we hired during 2007 to provide
implementation services to support our focus on integrating our
solutions into our recurring revenue customers business
systems. This resulted in a larger impact in 2008 than 2007. The
remaining $500,000 increase in cost of revenues from 2007 to
2008 is attributable to direct cost, which includes cost of
resale and increased depreciation. As a percentage of revenues,
cost of revenues was 30% for 2008 compared to 25% for 2007. Cost
of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues because the
increased personnel costs for 2008 did not correspond with an
increase in revenues for the period.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for 2008 increased $907,000, or 8%, to
$12.5 million from $11.6 million for 2007. The
increase in sales and marketing expenses is due to the increase
in personnel costs driven by an increase to the number of
employees in sales and marketing in 2008 compared to 2007. As a
percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses were 41%
for 2008 compared to 46% for 2007. Sales and marketing expenses
decreased as a percentage of revenues because we effectively
leveraged these costs across the revenues generated by the
recurring revenue customers added during 2008.
42
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for 2008 increased $94,000, or 3%, to
$3.6 million from $3.5 million for 2007. As a
percentage of revenues, research and development expenses were
12% for 2008 compared to 14% for 2007. Research and development
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues because we
effectively leveraged these expenses across the revenues
generated by recurring revenue customers during 2008.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses for 2008 increased $1.2 million, or
23%, to $6.7 million from $5.5 million for 2007. The
increase in the dollar amount of general and administrative
expenses is primarily due to increased personnel costs for
internal information technology support. Also contributing to
the increase were a $102,000 increase in credit card fees from
increased usage of our solutions as well as an increase of
$245,000 resulting from a charge for bad debt, which we believe
was attributable to the general economic downturn that continued
throughout 2008. Auditing and legal fees increased by $169,000
in 2008 compared to 2007 due to additional activities such as
quarterly common stock valuation analyses and having quarterly
reviews completed by our auditors. As a percentage of revenues,
general and administrative expenses remained constant for 2008
compared to 2007.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for 2008
decreased $20,000, or 5%, to $419,000 from $439,000 for 2007.
The decrease in interest expense is due to reduced equipment
borrowings. Other income for 2008 decreased $92,000, or 77%, to
$28,000 from $120,000 for 2007. In 2007, other income included
$54,000 for a sales tax refund, and higher interest income on
certificates of deposits.
Year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended
December 31, 2006
Revenues. Revenues for 2007 increased $5.3 million,
or 27%, to $25.2 million from $19.9 million for 2006.
The increase in revenues resulted primarily from a 20% increase
in recurring revenue customers to 9,589 from 8,024 as well as a
1% increase in average recurring revenues per recurring revenue
customer to $2,361 from $2,334. The increase in average
recurring revenues per recurring revenue customer was primarily
attributable to increased fees resulting from increased usage of
our solutions by our recurring revenue customers.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for 2007 increased
$1.2 million, or 22%, to $6.4 million from
$5.2 million for 2006. The increase in the dollar amount of
cost of revenues primarily is related to personnel costs
associated with hiring additional implementation teams to
support new business and improve our customers experience
with our platform. In 2007, we increased our implementation
resources to focus on integrating our solutions into our
recurring revenue customers business systems to drive new
business growth. We also increased our customer support team by
adding people dedicated to support business growth; this
resulted in a $237,000 increase in cost of revenues. As a
percentage of revenues, cost of revenues remained relatively
constant for 2007 compared to 2006.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for 2007 increased $3.5 million, or 44%, to
$11.6 million from $8.1 million for 2006.
$2.7 million of the increase is due to increased personnel
costs from additional hires. The additional hires primarily
consisted of sales personnel we added who were specifically
dedicated to call on larger accounts within the mid-market and
people added in product management and marketing support. In
2007, we also hired our Executive Vice President of Business
Development to establish and lead our global business
development strategy, and we increased our general marketing
expenses by $629,000 to support new business growth. As a
percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses were 46%
for 2007 compared to 41% for 2006. Sales and marketing expenses
increased as a percentage of revenues because the sales
personnel we added during 2007 did not immediately generate
corresponding revenue growth, but instead positioned us to
increase revenues in future periods.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for 2007 increased $356,000, or 11%, to
$3.5 million from $3.2 million for 2006. The primary
driver of the increase in research and development expenses was
personnel costs related to new hires for development. As a
percentage of revenues, research and development expenses were
14% for 2007 compared to 16% for 2006. Research and development
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues because we
effectively leveraged these expenses across the revenues
generated by recurring revenue customers during 2007.
43
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses for 2007 increased $1.3 million, or
30%, to $5.5 million from $4.2 million for 2006. Our
general and administrative expenses for 2007 increased by
$932,000 due to increased personnel costs. We added employees to
support internal growth in training, customer satisfaction
surveys and analytics, business operations analytics and human
resources and accounting support. As a percentage of revenues,
general and administrative expenses remained relatively constant
for 2007 compared to 2006.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for 2007
decreased $119,000, or 21%, to $439,000 from $558,000 for 2006.
The decrease in interest expense is due to reduced equipment
borrowings. Other income for 2007 increased to $120,000 from
$108,000 for 2007. In 2007, other income included a net sales
tax refund of $54,000. Other income also included interest
income of $139,000. Other income was also reduced by $68,000 due
to an adjustment to the fair value of preferred stock warrants.
44
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our unaudited operating results
and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the 11 quarters preceding and
including the period ended September 30, 2009 and the
percentage of revenues for each line item shown. The information
is derived from our unaudited financial statements. In the
opinion of management, our unaudited financial statements
include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
items, except as noted in the notes to the financial statements,
necessary for a fair statement of interim periods. The financial
information presented for the interim periods has been prepared
in a manner consistent with our accounting policies described
elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction
therewith. Operating results for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a
full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
5,407
|
|
|
$
|
6,169
|
|
|
$
|
6,710
|
|
|
$
|
6,912
|
|
|
$
|
6,957
|
|
|
$
|
7,586
|
|
|
$
|
8,073
|
|
|
$
|
8,081
|
|
|
$
|
8,531
|
|
|
$
|
9,599
|
|
|
$
|
9,635
|
|
Cost of revenues (1)
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
|
|
1,517
|
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
1,930
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
2,184
|
|
|
|
2,424
|
|
|
|
2,623
|
|
|
|
2,837
|
|
|
|
2,896
|
|
|
|
3,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,204
|
|
|
|
4,652
|
|
|
|
4,981
|
|
|
|
4,982
|
|
|
|
4,981
|
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
5,649
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
5,694
|
|
|
|
6,703
|
|
|
|
6,626
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and
marketing (1)
|
|
|
2,359
|
|
|
|
2,889
|
|
|
|
3,130
|
|
|
|
3,258
|
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
|
|
3,255
|
|
|
|
3,111
|
|
|
|
3,006
|
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
3,539
|
|
Research and development (1)
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
876
|
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
General and administrative (1)
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
|
|
1,400
|
|
|
|
1,639
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
1,685
|
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
|
|
1,519
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,404
|
|
|
|
5,198
|
|
|
|
5,482
|
|
|
|
5,556
|
|
|
|
5,760
|
|
|
|
5,878
|
|
|
|
5,672
|
|
|
|
5,592
|
|
|
|
5,771
|
|
|
|
5,968
|
|
|
|
6,162
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
|
|
(546
|
)
|
|
|
(501
|
)
|
|
|
(574
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(349
|
)
|
|
$
|
(617
|
)
|
|
$
|
(575
|
)
|
|
$
|
(615
|
)
|
|
$
|
(918
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(135
|
)
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(56
|
)
|
|
$
|
658
|
|
|
$
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(258
|
)
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
503
|
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
534
|
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
|
$
|
862
|
|
45
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
EBITDA consists of net income
(loss) plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense and
income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our
non-cash, share-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted
EBITDA as a measure of operating performance because it assists
us in comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes
from our operating results the impact of our capital structure.
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in
evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used
to measure a companys operating performance without regard
to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary
depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets,
and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance
exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which
assets were acquired. The following table provides a
reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(349
|
)
|
|
$
|
(617
|
)
|
|
$
|
(575
|
)
|
|
$
|
(615)
|
|
|
$
|
(918
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(135
|
)
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(56
|
)
|
|
$
|
658
|
|
|
$
|
347
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(37)
|
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
783
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13)
|
|
|
$
|
(258
|
)
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
503
|
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
534
|
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
|
$
|
862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
As a percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
|
|
(10
|
)%
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(13
|
)%
|
|
|
(7
|
)%
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues increased sequentially for all quarters presented
primarily due to increases in our recurring revenue customers
and increases in recurring revenue per recurring revenue
customer.
Gross profits have generally increased each quarter as we
continue to grow our business. Gross profit margins generally
have decreased as we have added personnel across all areas of
our business to support our growth and expected future business.
Going forward we would anticipate gross profit margins will
approximate their current level as revenue growth begins to
match the personnel costs we have added to build our business.
Operating expenses generally have been increasing because we
have added personnel across all areas of our business to support
our growth and expected future business.
47
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily
through the sale of preferred stock, borrowings under credit
facilities and, prior to 2004, issuances of notes payable to
stockholders. At September 30, 2009, our principal sources
of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling
$5.8 million and accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts, of $4.8 million compared to cash and
cash equivalents of $3.7 million and accounts receivable,
net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of $4.6 million at
December 31, 2008. Our working capital as of
September 30, 2009 was $4.4 million compared to
working capital of $3.6 million as of December 31,
2008. During 2009, we borrowed against our revolving credit
facility and, as of September 30, 2009, we had an
outstanding balance of $1.3 million. We bill our recurring
revenue customers in arrears for monthly service fees and
initial integration
set-up fees.
As a result, the amount of our accounts receivable at the end of
a period is driven significantly by our revenues from recurring
revenue customers for the last month of the period, and our cash
flows from operations are affected by our collection of amounts
due from customers for services that resulted in the recognition
of revenues in a prior period.
Net Cash
Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was
$4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2009, $(1.0 million) for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, $(807,000) for 2008, $(803,000) for
2007 and $247,000 for 2006. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2009, net cash provided by operating
activities was primarily a result of $949,000 of net income,
non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.1 million, a
$1.3 million increase in accrued compensation for bonuses
in 2009 compared to 2008 due to our improved performance in
2009, and an $837,000 increase in deferred revenue. Increases in
deferred revenue are due to continued growth in new business,
offset by the recognition of setup revenue recognized ratably
over time.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, net cash used
in operations was due to a $1.6 million net loss, primarily
offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of
$1.5 million, an increase in accounts receivable of
$628,000 due to business growth and an increase in deferred
costs of $1.5 million primarily related to increased
personnel costs associated with our increased implementations in
the period, offset by increased deferred revenue from growth in
new business of $1.2 million.
For 2008, net cash used in operating activities was primarily a
result of a $1.9 million net loss, offset by
$2.0 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization
expense, an increase in accounts receivable of $811,000 due to
business growth and an increase in deferred costs of
$1.7 million primarily related to increased personnel costs
associated with our increased implementations in the period,
offset by increased deferred revenue from growth in new business
of $1.5 million.
For 2007, net cash used in operating activities was primarily a
result of a $2.2 million net loss, offset by
$1.7 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization
expense, and an increase in deferred costs of $2.9 million
primarily related to increased personnel costs associated with
our increased implementations in the period, offset by increased
deferred revenue from growth in new business of
$1.8 million and an increase in accrued compensation of
$658,000 due to increased bonus compensation.
For 2006, net cash used in operating activities was primarily a
result of a $1.3 million net loss, offset by
$1.5 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization
expense, an increase in accounts receivable of $1.2 million
due to business growth and an increase in deferred costs of
$695,000 primarily related to increased personnel costs
associated with our increased implementations in the period,
offset by increased deferred revenue from growth in new business
of $1.5 million.
Net Cash
Flows from Investing Activities
For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, cash used in
investing activities was $506,000 for the purchase of various
capital expenditures. In general, our various capital
expenditures are for supporting our existing customer base,
growth in new business, and internal use such as equipment for
our employees. Cash
48
used in investing was $443,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, consisting of $663,000 in capital
expenditures partially offset by the sale of short-term
investments of $220,000. Cash provided by investing for 2008 was
$379,000, consisting of the sale of short-term investments of
$1.3 million, partially offset by $884,000 in capital
expenditures. Cash used in investing was $2.4 million for
2007, consisting of $1.1 million of capital expenditures
and $1.3 million for the purchase of short-term investments.
Cash used in investing for 2006 was $4.7 million,
consisting of $1.0 million in capital expenditures, and
$3.7 million in a business acquisition.
Net Cash
Flows from Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities was $1.5 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2009. We used these funds
to pay $1.0 million in equipment loans and capital lease
obligations and to pay $515,000 toward the term loan from our
Owens Direct acquisition. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2008, cash used in financing activities was
$643,000. We used these funds primarily to pay capital lease
obligations as well as to pay a portion of the term loan from
our Owens Direct acquisition. For 2008, cash used in financing
activities was $711,000. We used these funds primarily to pay
capital lease obligations as well as to pay a portion of the
term loan from our Owens Direct acquisition. For 2007, cash
flows provided by financing was $6.1 million, primarily
from the issuance of Series C redeemable convertible
preferred stock in April. For 2006, cash provided by financing
activities was $4.8 million, primarily from
$2.4 million of redeemable convertible preferred stock
proceeds and $1.9 million of proceeds from the term loan.
Credit
Facility
We maintain a credit facility with BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited. Pursuant to this facility, BlueCrest
has provided us a series of equipment term loans that are
payable in 36 equal monthly installments. In 2007, BlueCrest
agreed to make equipment loans to us from time to time until
December 31, 2007. Before its commitment expired, BlueCrest
made loans in the aggregate principal amount of
$1.2 million, of which $13,000 was outstanding as of
September 30, 2009. Each loan bears interest at a per annum
rate equal to the sum of (i) 7.20% plus (ii) the
greater of 4.84% or the yield on three-year U.S. Treasury
notes on the date the loan was made. In 2008, BlueCrest agreed
to make additional equipment loans to us from time to time until
December 31, 2008. Before its commitment expired, BlueCrest
made loans in the aggregate principal amount of $756,000, of
which $280,000 was outstanding as of September 30, 2009.
Each loan bears interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of
(i) 9.25% plus (ii) the greater of 2.55% or the yield
on three-year U.S. Treasury notes on the date the loan was
made. In 2009, we executed an amendment to the credit facility
pursuant to which BlueCrest agreed to make additional equipment
loans from time to time until December 31, 2009. These
equipment loans may not exceed $1.1 million in the
aggregate and can be used only to purchase equipment. BlueCrest
had made no loans under this commitment as of September 30,
2009. Any loans made will bear interest at 12.75% per annum.
In 2009, BlueCrest also established a revolving credit facility
that allows us to borrow an amount that does not exceed the
lesser of the revolving loan commitment and the borrowing base.
The amount of the revolving loan commitment is
$3.5 million. The borrowing base is determined monthly and
calculated based on specified percentages of our domestic and
Canadian accounts receivable, less certain reserves established
by BlueCrest. As of October 31, 2009, the maximum amount we
could borrow under the revolving facility was $1.4 million,
all of which we had borrowed. The revolving facility terminates
on March 31, 2010 and outstanding amounts bear interest at
the rate of 9.00% per annum. We are required to pay to BlueCrest
an annual commitment fee equal to 0.75% per annum on the total
amount of the revolving loan commitment.
The BlueCrest revolving loans and equipment loans are secured by
a first lien on substantially all of our personal property. The
BlueCrest credit facility permits BlueCrest to accelerate the
loans upon the occurrence of various events of default,
including a change in control or a material adverse change in
our assets, business, operations or condition.
49
Adequacy
of Capital Resources
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those
now planned and will depend on many factors, including the costs
to develop and implement new solutions and applications, the
sales and marketing resources needed to further penetrate our
market and gain acceptance of new solutions and applications we
develop, the expansion of our operations in the United States
and internationally and the response of competitors to our
solutions and applications. Historically, we have experienced
increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our
operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our
expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business.
We believe our cash and cash equivalents, the proceeds from this
offering, funds available under our equipment term loan and
revolving credit facilities and cash flows from our operations
will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months.
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have
not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect
that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our
business in the foreseeable future.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments
in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt.
Additionally, we are not a party to any derivative contracts or
synthetic leases.
Contractual
and Commercial Commitment Summary
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of
December 31, 2008 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations (1)
|
|
$
|
2,159
|
|
|
$
|
1,427
|
|
|
$
|
723
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
3,021
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
1,577
|
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities (2)
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,270
|
|
|
$
|
2,639
|
|
|
$
|
2,853
|
|
|
$
|
682
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of equipment loans from BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of the long-term portion of deferred revenues and
deferred tax liability. |
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Sensitivity Risk. For fixed rate debt,
interest rate changes affect the fair value of financial
instruments but do not impact earnings or cash flows.
Conversely, for floating rate debt, interest rate changes
generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact
future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held
constant. The principal objectives of our investment activities
are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income
consistent with minimizing risk of material loss. The recorded
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair
value due to their short maturities. Due to the nature of our
short-term investments, we have concluded that we do not have
material market risk exposure. All of our outstanding debt as of
December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009 had a fixed
rate. We therefore do not have any material risk to interest
rate fluctuations.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our results of operations
and cash flows are not materially affected by fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates.
50
Seasonality
The size and breadth of our customer base mitigates the
seasonality of any particular retailer. As a result, our results
of operations are not materially affected by seasonality.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued guidance that delayed the effective date of
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,
for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities,
except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually). We adopted ASC 820 for non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities on January 1, 2009, and such
adoption did not have a material impact on our financial
condition or results of operations.
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the Fair Value Option
of ASC 825, Financial Instruments. ASC 825 permits
entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and
certain other items at fair value. We did not elect the fair
value of accounting option for any of our eligible assets or
liabilities; therefore, this adoption had no impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires interim
reporting period disclosure about the fair value of certain
financial instruments, effective for interim reporting periods
ending after June 15, 2009. We have adopted these
disclosure requirements. Due to their nature, the carrying value
of our cash, receivables, payables and debt obligations
approximates fair value.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events.
ASC 855 incorporates guidance into accounting literature that
was previously addressed only in auditing standards. The
statement refers to subsequent events that provide additional
evidence about conditions that existed at the balance-sheet date
as recognized subsequent events. Subsequent events
which provide evidence about conditions that arose after the
balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial
statements are referred to as non-recognized subsequent
events. It also requires companies to disclose the date
through which subsequent events have been evaluated and whether
this date is the date the financial statements were issued or
the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
The disclosure requirements of ASC 855 are effective for interim
and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We have
adopted this new standard.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by
nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles, or GAAP. Use of the new codification is effective
for interim and annual periods ending after September 15,
2009. We have used the new codification in reference to GAAP in
this prospectus and such use has not impacted our results.
In October 2009, the FASB issued the following ASUs:
|
|
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable
Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues
Task Force; and
|
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (ASC Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force.
|
ASU
No. 2009-13:
This guidance modifies the fair value requirements of ASC
subtopic
605-25,
Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements, by
allowing the use of the best estimate of selling
price in addition to VSOE and Vendor Objective Evidence
(now referred to as third-party evidence, or TPE) for
determining the selling price of a deliverable. A vendor is now
required to use its best estimate of the selling price when VSOE
or TPE of the selling price cannot be determined. In addition,
the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration is
no longer permitted.
ASU
No. 2009-14:
This guidance modifies the scope of ASC subtopic
965-605,
Software-Revenue Recognition, to exclude from its
requirements (a) non-software components of tangible
products and
51
(b) software components of tangible products that are sold,
licensed or leased with tangible products when the software
components and non-software components of the tangible product
function together to deliver the tangible products
essential functionality.
These updates require expanded qualitative and quantitative
disclosures and are effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010. However, companies may elect to adopt
as early as interim periods ended September 30, 2009. These
updates may be applied either prospectively from the beginning
of the fiscal year for new or materially modified arrangements
or retrospectively. We currently are evaluating the impact of
adopting these updates on our financial statements.
52
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of customers
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that improves the way suppliers,
retailers, distributors and other customers manage and fulfill
orders. Implementing and maintaining supply chain management
software is resource intensive and not a core competency for
most businesses. SPSCommerce.net uses pre-built integrations to
eliminate the need for on-premise software and support staff,
which enables our supplier customers to shorten supply cycle
times, optimize inventory levels, reduce costs and satisfy
retailer requirements. As of December 31, 2009, we had over
11,000 customers with contracts to pay us monthly fees,
which we refer to as recurring revenue customers. We have also
generated revenues by providing supply chain management
solutions to an additional 24,000 organizations that, together
with our recurring revenue customers, we refer to as our
customers. Once connected to our platform, our customers often
require integrations to new organizations that represent an
expansion of our platform and new sources of revenues for us.
We deliver our solutions to our customers over the Internet
using a Software-as-a-Service model. This model enables our
customers to easily interact with their trading partners around
the world without the local implementation and servicing of
software that traditional on-premise solutions require. Our
delivery model also enables us to offer greater functionality,
integration and reliability with less cost and risk than
traditional solutions. Our platform features pre-built
integrations with 2,700 order management models across 1,300
retailers, grocers and distributors, as well as integrations to
over 100 accounting, warehouse management, enterprise resource
planning and packing and shipping applications. Our delivery
model leverages our existing integrations across current and new
customers. As a result, each integration that we add to
SPSCommerce.net makes our platform more appealing to potential
customers by increasing the number of pre-built integrations we
offer. Furthermore, integrating trading partners to
SPSCommerce.net can generate new sales leads from the
organizations with which we integrate our customers because
those organizations typically have other trading partners who
can benefit from our solutions. We systematically pursue these
sales leads to convert them into new customers.
For 2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2009, we generated revenues of
$19.9 million, $25.2 million, $30.7 million and
$27.8 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2009 represented our 35th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 83%, 84% and 80% of our total revenues for
2006, 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30,
2009. No customer represented over 1% of our revenues for 2006,
2007, 2008 or the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
53
Our
Industry
Supply
Chain Management Industry Background
The supply chain management industry serves thousands of
retailers around the world supplied with goods from tens of
thousands of suppliers. Additional participants in this market
include distributors, third-party logistics providers,
manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers and
sourcing companies. Supply chain management involves
communicating data related to the exchange of goods among these
trading partners. At every stage of the supply chain there are
inefficient, labor-intensive processes between trading partners
with significant documentation requirements, such as the
counting, sorting and verifying of goods before shipment, while
in transit and upon delivery. Supply chain management solutions
must address trading partners needs for integration,
collaboration, connectivity, visibility and data analytics to
improve the speed, accuracy and efficiency with which goods are
ordered and supplied.
Our target market of supply chain integration solutions is
categorized by Gartner within the broader Integration Services
market, which Gartner estimates was $1.5 billion in 2008
(Magic Quadrant for Integration Service Providers, report by
Benoit Lheurueux, November 2009). The pervasiveness of the
Internet, along with the dramatic declines in the pricing of
computing technology and network bandwidth, have enabled
companies to adopt on-demand applications at an increasing rate.
As familiarity and acceptance of on-demand solutions continues
to accelerate, we believe customers, both large and small, will
continue to turn to on-demand delivery methods similar to ours
for their supply chain integration needs, as opposed to
traditional on-premise software deployment. International Data
Corporation, or IDC, estimates that the global on-demand
software market reached $5.7 billion in 2007 and expects it
to increase to $17.0 billion in 2012, a compounded annual
growth rate of 24%.
The
Rule Books Integration Between Retailers and
Suppliers
Retailers impose specific work-flow rules and standards on their
trading partners for electronically communicating supply chain
information. These rule books include specific
business processes for suppliers to exchange data and
documentation requirements such as invoices, purchase orders and
advance shipping notices. Rule books can be hundreds of pages,
and retailers frequently have multiple rule books for
international requirements or specific fulfillment models.
Suppliers working with multiple retailers need to accommodate
different rule books for each retailer. These rule books are not
standardized between retailers, but vary based on a
retailers size, industry and technological capabilities.
The responsibility for creating information maps,
which are integration connections between the retailer and the
supplier that comply with the retailers rule books,
resides primarily with the supplier. The cost of noncompliance
can be refusal of delivered goods, fines and ultimately a
termination of the suppliers relationship with the
retailer. The complexity of retailers requirements and
consequences of noncompliance create growing demand for
specialized supply chain management solutions.
54
Traditional
Supply Chain Management Solutions
Traditional supply chain management solutions range from
non-automated paper or fax solutions to electronic solutions
implemented using on-premise licensed software. On-premise
licensed software provides connectivity between only one
organization and its trading partners and typically requires
significant time and technical expertise to configure, deploy
and maintain. These software providers primarily link retailers
and suppliers through the Electronic Data Interchange protocol
that enables the structured electronic transmission of data
between organizations. Because of
set-up and
maintenance costs, technical complexity and a growing volume of
requirements from retailers, the traditional software model is
not well suited for many suppliers, especially those small and
medium in size.
Key
Trends in Supply Chain Management
A number of key trends are impacting the supply chain management
industry and increasing demand for supply chain management
solutions. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Retailer Service and Performance Demands.
Within the supply chain ecosystem, retailers hold a significant
strategic position relative to their trading partners,
particularly small- and medium-sized suppliers. Retailers
maintain the direct relationship with the consumer and collect
the retail price, within which the cost of manufacture and
distribution must be covered. Given this power dynamic,
retailers continuously demand enhanced levels of performance
from suppliers, including more frequent on-time delivery of
goods, increased availability of goods to manage inventory and
lower prices. We believe the recent economic downturn has
exacerbated these trends.
|
|
|
|
Globalization of the Supply Chain Ecosystem.
Globalization creates the need for participants in the supply
chain ecosystem to connect across time zones with different
languages and regulatory environments. Retailers typically
demand a
10-day
turnaround upon submitting a purchase order. However, growing
physical distances between the sources of materials,
manufacturers and retailers, as well as the complexities of
connecting with trading partners worldwide, increase the time a
supplier typically needs to obtain goods to 60 days from
receipt of a purchase order. This increased time pressure to
deliver goods requires that the various trading partners in the
supply chain communicate more efficiently than current solutions
typically offer.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Complexity of the Supply Chain Ecosystem.
Increasing cost pressures force many suppliers, especially those
of a small and medium size, to focus on product development and
business management. This specialization drives organizations to
outsource non-core business functions, including fabrication,
distribution and transportation. Outsourcing these functions
increases the number of participants in the supply chain
ecosystem. The increasing complexity from these additional
participants drives demand for a more integrated approach
allowing suppliers to communicate and track a larger volume of
information among a larger number of trading partners than
traditional solutions have supported.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Use of Outsourcing by Small- and Medium-Sized
Suppliers. The outsourcing of non-core business functions,
including by small- and medium-sized suppliers, has helped
participants in the supply chain ecosystem become more
comfortable utilizing outsourced service providers, including
for information technology services. Limited internal expertise
and constrained budgets also drive the need for suppliers to
rely on third-party service providers to manage the complexity
of their supply chain at an affordable cost.
|
Need for
Effective Analysis of Data for Intelligent Decision
Making
Integrating retailers and suppliers is a first step in
addressing the complexities in the supply chain ecosystem. As
the number and geographic dispersion of trading partners has
grown, so too has the volume of data produced by the supply
chain. As a result, trading partners want a solution to
effectively consolidate, distill and channel information to
managers and decision-makers who can use the information to
drive efficiency, revenue growth and profitability. The
abundance of data produced by these processes,
55
including data for fulfillment, sales and inventory levels, is
often inaccessible to trading partners for analysis. The data
and related analytics are essential for optimizing the inventory
and fulfillment process and will continue to drive demand for
supply chain management solutions.
Organizations are continuing to increase their demand for
gathering and analyzing data. For example, IDC estimates the
worldwide business analytics software market will grow from
$24.1 billion in 2008 to $34.2 billion in 2013 at a
compound annual growth rate of 7%. This broader market is
subcategorized by IDC into four segments: spatial information
analytics tools, data warehousing platform software, business
intelligence tools and analytics applications. The analytics
applications segment includes the supply chain analytics
application market. We believe our target market of analytical
applications falls within both the business intelligence
sub-segment,
which is expected to grow from $7.8 billion in 2008 to
$10.9 billion in 2013, at a compound annual growth rate of
7%, as well as the supply chain analytics application market,
which is expected to grow from $1.6 billion to
$2.0 billion at a compound annual growth rate of 5%.
Software-as-a-Service
Solutions Provide Flexibility and Effective Management Across
the Supply Chain
A Software-as-a-Service model is well suited for providing
supply chain management solutions. On-demand solutions are able
to continue utilizing standard connectivity protocols, such as
Electronic Data Interchange, but also are able to support other
protocols, such as XML, as retailers require. These on-demand
solutions connect suppliers and retailers more efficiently than
traditional on-premise software solutions by leveraging the
integrations created for a single supplier across all
participating suppliers.
Trading partners are demanding better supply chain management
solutions than traditional on-premise software, which does not
efficiently integrate an organization to all of its trading
partners. Software-as-a-Service solutions allow an organization
to connect across the supply chain ecosystem, addressing
increased retailer demands, globalization and increased
complexity affecting the supply chain. Also,
Software-as-a-Service solutions can integrate supply chain
management applications with organizations existing
enterprise resource planning systems. The increased integration
with trading partners and into organizations business
systems increases the reliance of customers on the solutions
their Software-as-a-Service vendors provide. We believe
suppliers will increasingly turn to Software-as-a-Service
solutions for a simple, cost-effective solution to supply chain
management problems.
SPSCommerce.net:
Our Platform
We operate one of the largest trading partner integration
centers through SPSCommerce.net, a hosted software suite that
improves the way suppliers, retailers, distributors and other
trading partners manage and fulfill orders. More than 35,000
customers across more than 40 countries have used our platform
to enhance their trading relationships. SPSCommerce.net
fundamentally changes how organizations use electronic
communication to manage their supply chains by replacing the
collection of traditional, custom-built,
point-to-point
integrations with a
hub-and-spoke
model whereby a single integration to SPSCommerce.net allows an
organization to connect seamlessly to the entire SPSCommerce.net
network of trading partners.
56
SPSCommerce.net combines integrations that comply with 2,700
rule books for 1,300 retailers, grocers and distributors,
through a multi-tenant architecture and provides ancillary
support services that deliver a comprehensive set of supply
chain management solutions to customers. By maintaining current
integrations with retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target,
Macys and Safeway, SPSCommerce.net obviates the need for
suppliers to continually stay
up-to-date
with the rule book changes required by these large retailers.
Moreover, by leveraging an on-demand delivery model, we
eliminate or greatly reduce the burden on suppliers to support
and maintain an on-premise software application, thereby
reducing ongoing operating costs. As the communication hub for
trading partners, we provide seamless, cost-effective
integration and connectivity as well as increased visibility and
data analytics capabilities for retailers and suppliers across
their supply chains, each of which is difficult to gain from
traditional,
point-to-point
integration solutions.
Our platform places us at the center of the supply chain
ecosystem and benefits every member of the chain.
Supplier Benefits. SPSCommerce.net provides suppliers,
distributors, third-party logistics providers, outsourced
manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers and
sourcing companies the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
More reliable and faster integration with retailers by
leveraging our expertise to comply with retailers rule
book requirements;
|
|
|
|
Reduced costs through improved efficiency and accuracy in the
order fulfillment process through on-demand communications with
trading partners around the world, reduced manual data entry and
access to support services such as our translation application;
|
|
|
|
Reduced deployment risk, simplified ongoing operations and lower
maintenance costs, each of which results from the ability of
SPSCommerce.net to provide a supplier with connectivity to its
trading partners without a significant upfront investment in
specialized software or ongoing investments in personnel to
maintain the software; and
|
|
|
|
Increased sales from enhanced supply chain visibility into
retailers inventory and
point-of-sale
information, which reduces
out-of-stock
situations and improves the effectiveness of promotional
activities.
|
Retailer Benefits. We enable buying organizations, such
as retailers, grocers and distributors, to establish more
comprehensive and advanced integrations with a broader set of
suppliers. Our platform also provides these buying organizations
the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
Reduced expenses through automation of the receipt of goods at
distribution centers, more effective reconciliation of
shipments, orders and payments, and reduced manual effort and
data entry;
|
|
|
|
Improved reliability of suppliers who are more likely to comply
with rule book requirements by leveraging our expertise
integrating trading partners;
|
|
|
|
Decreased cost and enhanced quality of inventory by more
efficiently tracking sales and inventory information and
communicating with suppliers; and
|
|
|
|
Growth of revenue by reducing the risk of failing to keep
products in stock and the associated reputational impact with
consumers.
|
Our platform delivers suppliers and retailers the following
solutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Integration. Our Trading Partner
Integration solution replaces or augments an organizations
existing trading partner electronic communication
infrastructure, enabling suppliers to comply with
retailers rule books and allowing for the electronic
exchange of information among numerous trading partners through
various protocols.
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, implement new integrations with trading partners to
drive automation and electronic communication across their
supply chains.
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced our
Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications and allows our supplier customers to
improve their visibility across, and analysis of, their supply
chains. Retailers improve their visibility into supplier
performance and their understanding of product sell-through.
|
|
|
|
Other Trading Partner Solutions. We provide a number of
peripheral solutions such as barcode labeling and our scan and
pack application, which helps trading partners process
information to streamline the picking and packaging process.
|
Our
Go-to-Market
Approach
As one of the largest on-demand supply chain management
solutions providers, the trading partner relationships that we
enable among our retailer, supplier and fulfillment customers
naturally lead to new customer acquisition opportunities.
Network
Effect of SPSCommerce.net
Once connected to our network, trading partners can exchange
electronic supply chain information with each other. Through our
platform, we helped over 35,000 customers to communicate
electronically with their trading partners. The value of our
platform increases with the number of trading partners connected
to the platform. The addition of each new customer to our
platform allows that new customer to communicate with our
existing customers and allows our existing customers to route
orders to the new customer. This network effect of
adding an additional customer to our platform creates a
significant opportunity for existing customers to realize
incremental sales by working with our new trading partners and
vice versa. As a result of this increased volume of activity
amongst our network participants, we earn additional revenues
from these participants.
Customer
Acquisition Sources
Trading Partner Enablement. When a retailer decides to
change the workflow or protocol by which it interacts with its
suppliers, the retailer may engage us to work with its supplier
base to communicate and test the change in procedure. Performing
these programs on behalf of retailers often generates supplier
sales leads for us, many of which may become recurring revenue
customers.
Referrals from Trading Partners. We also receive sales
leads from customers of SPSCommerce.net seeking to communicate
electronically with their trading partners. For example, a
supplier may refer to us its third-party logistics provider or
manufacturer which is not in our network. This viral referral
effect has helped us to add thousands of customers to our
platform every year and has proven to be a significant source of
sales lead generation. This viral sales lead generation allows
us to acquire new customers at a lower cost than traditional
marketing programs. Typically, these new customers become
recurring revenue customers.
Channel Partners. In addition to the customer acquisition
sources identified above, we market our solutions through
channel partners. For example, we have contractual relationships
with a leading global logistics provider and NetSuite, through
whom we gain additional sales. In the case of the leading global
logistics provider, we private label our applications, which are
in turn sold as this companys branded services. This
company sells our applications through their sales force at no
cost to us. In our relationship with NetSuite, we refer
customers to one another to gain additional revenue sources.
Our Sales
Force
We also sell our solutions through a direct sales force of over
60 people. Our sales force is organized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Retailer Sales. We employ a team of sales professionals
who focus on selling our Trading Partner Enablement solution to
retailers, grocers and distributors. These sales professionals
seek to establish relationships with executive managers at
existing and new retailers, through whom we generate supplier
sales leads. In addition to supplier sales leads, a portion of
these retailers purchase our solutions as well, resulting in
increased revenue generation.
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier Sales. We employ a team of supplier sales
representatives based in North America. We also maintain an
office in China with sales representatives. These sales
professionals primarily work over the phone to convert sales
leads into customers and then actively sell additional solutions
to those customers over time.
|
|
|
|
Business Development Efforts. Our business development
organization focuses on indirect sales channels. This group
establishes relationships with resellers, system integrators,
software providers and other partners. In the future, we expect
to forge additional indirect channel partnerships to continue to
grow this part of our business.
|
Other
Marketing Initiatives
We actively engage in sales lead generation and nurturing
programs through direct mail, email and telemarketing campaigns.
Our marketing programs include public relations, web seminars,
trade shows and industry conferences and an annual user
conference. We publish white papers relating to supply chain
issues and develop customer reference programs, such as customer
case studies. We also provide marketing support and referral
programs for channel partners.
Our
Growth Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading global provider of supply
chain management solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Further Penetrate Our Current Market. We believe the
global supply chain management market is under-penetrated and,
as the supply chain ecosystem becomes more complex and
geographically dispersed, the demand for supply chain management
solutions will increase, especially among small- and
medium-sized businesses. We intend to continue leveraging our
relationships with customers and their trading partners to
obtain new sales leads. We believe our leadership in providing
supply chain management solutions favorably positions us to
convert these sales leads into customers.
|
|
|
|
Increase Revenues from Our Customer Base. We believe our
overall customer satisfaction is strong and will lead our
customers to further utilize our current solutions as their
businesses grow, generating additional revenues for us. We also
expect to introduce new solutions to sell to our customers. We
believe our position as the incumbent supply chain management
solution provider to our customers, our integration into our
recurring revenue customers business systems and the
modular nature of our platform are conducive to deploying
additional solutions with customers.
|
|
|
|
Expand Our Distribution Channels. We intend to grow our
business by expanding our network of direct sales
representatives to gain new customers. We also believe there are
valuable opportunities to promote and sell our solutions through
collaboration with other providers. For example, we currently
provide tracking, visibility and data analysis applications to a
leading global logistics provider. We believe there are
opportunities for us to leverage our relationship with this
company to identify sales leads that will continue to lead to
new customers. We integrated our applications with
NetSuites business software, which is another relationship
we expect will continue to provide us new sales leads.
|
|
|
|
Expand Our International Presence. We believe our
presence in China represents a significant competitive
advantage. We plan to increase our international sales efforts
to obtain new supplier customers around the world. We also
intend to leverage our current international presence to
increase the number of integrations we have with retailers in
foreign markets to make our platform more valuable to suppliers
based overseas.
|
|
|
|
Enhance and Expand Our Platform. We intend to further
improve and develop the functionality and features of our
platform, including developing new solutions and applications.
For example, in 2009, we launched our Trading Partner
Intelligence solution, which delivers data analytics
applications to suppliers and retailers to improve performance.
We also introduced a scan and pack application in 2009 that
helps trading partners process information to streamline the
picking and packaging process.
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. The fragmented
nature of our market provides opportunity for selective
acquisitions. To complement and accelerate our internal growth,
we may pursue acquisitions of other supply chain management
companies to add customers. We also may pursue acquisitions that
allow us to expand into regions or industries where we do not
have a significant presence or to offer new functionalities we
do not currently provide. We plan to evaluate potential
acquisitions of other supply chain management companies
primarily based on the number of customers the acquisition would
provide relative to the purchase price. We plan to evaluate
potential acquisitions to expand into new regions or industries
or offer additional functionalities primarily based on the
anticipated growth the acquisition would provide, the purchase
price and our ability to integrate and operate the acquired
business. We are not currently in negotiations for any
acquisitions.
|
Technology,
Development and Operations
Technology
We were an early provider of Software-as-a-Service solutions to
the supply chain management industry, launching the first
version of our platform in 1997. We use commercially available
hardware and a combination of proprietary and commercially
available software, including software from Oracle, Microsoft,
Sun and EMC, as well as open source software including Linux and
Apache.
The software we license from third parties is typically licensed
to us pursuant to a multi-year or perpetual license that
includes a multi-year support services agreement with the third
party. Our ability to access upgrades to certain software is
conditioned upon our continual maintenance of a support services
agreement with the third party between the date of the initial
license and the date on which we seek or are required to upgrade
the software. Although we believe we could replace the software
we currently license from third parties with alternative
software, doing so could take time, could result in the
temporary unavailability of our platform and increase our costs
of operations.
Our scalable, on-demand platform treats all customers as
logically separate tenants in central applications and
databases. As a result, we spread the cost of delivering our
solutions across our customer base. Because we do not manage
thousands of distinct applications with their own business logic
and database schemes, we believe that we can scale our business
faster than traditional software vendors, even those that
modified their products to be accessible over the Internet.
Development
Our research and development efforts focus on improving and
enhancing our existing solutions, as well as developing new
solutions and applications. Because of our multi-tenant
architecture, we provide our customers with a single version of
our platform, which we believe allows us to maintain relatively
low research and development expenses compared to traditional
on-premise licensed software solutions that support multiple
versions.
Operations
We serve our customers from two third-party data centers located
in Minneapolis and Saint Paul, Minnesota. These facilities
provide security measures, environmental controls and
sophisticated fire systems. Additionally, redundant electrical
generators and environmental control devices are required to
keep servers running. We operate all of the hardware on which
our applications run in the data centers.
We continuously monitor the performance of our platform. We have
a site operations team that provides system management,
maintenance, monitoring and
back-up. We
have monitoring software that continually checks our platform
and key underlying components at regular intervals for
availability and performance, ensuring our platform is available
and providing adequate response.
To facilitate loss recovery, we operate a multi-tiered system
configuration with load-balanced web server pools, replicated
database servers and fault-tolerant storage devices. Databases
leverage third-party features for real-time replication across
sites. This is designed to ensure near real-time data recovery
in the event of a malfunction with a primary database or server.
60
Our
Customers
As of December 31, 2009, we had over 11,000 recurring
revenue customers and over 35,000 total customers. Our primary
source of revenue is from small- to mid-sized suppliers in the
consumer packaged goods industry. We also generate revenues from
other members of the supply chain ecosystem, including
retailers, grocers, distributors, third-party logistics
providers and other trading partners. No customer represented
over 1% of our revenues in 2006, 2007, 2008 or the nine months
ended September 30, 2009.
Competition
Vendors in the supply chain management industry offer solutions
through three delivery methods: on-demand, traditional
on-premise software and managed services.
The market for on-demand supply chain management solutions is
fragmented and rapidly evolving. Software-as-a-Service vendors
compete directly with each other based on the following:
|
|
|
|
|
breadth of pre-built connections to retailers, third-party
logistics providers and other trading partners;
|
|
|
|
|
|
history of establishing and maintaining reliable integration
connections with trading partners;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reputation of the Software-as-a-Service vendor in the supply
chain management industry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
price;
|
|
|
|
specialization in a customer market segment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
speed and quality with which the Software-as-a-Service vendor
can integrate its customers to their trading partners;
|
|
|
|
|
|
functionality of the Software-as-a-Service solution, such as the
ability to integrate the solution with a customers
business systems;
|
|
|
|
|
|
breadth of complementary supply chain management solutions the
Software-as-a-Service vendor offers; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
training and customer support services provided during and after
a customers initial integration.
|
We expect to encounter new and increased competition as this
market segment consolidates and matures. Consolidation among
Software-as-a-Service vendors could create a direct competitor
that is able to compete with us more effectively than the
numerous, smaller vendors currently offering
Software-as-a-Service supply chain management solutions.
Increased competition from Software-as-a-Service vendors could
reduce our market share, revenues and operating margins or
otherwise adversely affect our business.
Software-as-a-Service vendors also compete with traditional
on-premise software companies and managed service providers.
Traditional on-premise software companies focused on supply
chain integration management include Sterling Commerce, a
subsidiary of AT&T, GXS Corporation, Inovis, Extol
International and Seeburger. These companies offer a
do-it-yourself approach in which customers purchase,
install and manage specialized software, hardware and
value-added networks for their supply chain integration needs.
This approach requires customers to invest in staff to operate
and maintain the software. Traditional on-premise software
companies use a single-tenant approach in which information maps
to retailers are built for and used by one supplier, as compared
to Software-as-a-Service solutions that allow multiple customers
to share information maps with a retailer.
Managed service providers focused on the supply chain management
market include Sterling Commerce, GXS and Inovis. These
companies combine traditional on-premise software, hardware and
value-added networks with professional information technology
services to manage these resources. Like traditional on-premise
software companies, managed service providers use a
single-tenant approach.
61
Customers of traditional on-premise software companies and
managed service providers typically make significant upfront
investments in the supply chain management solutions these
competitors provide, which can decrease the customers
willingness to abandon their investments in favor of a
Software-as-a-Service solution. Software-as-a-Service supply
chain management solutions also are at a relatively early stage
of development compared to traditional
on-premise
software and managed service providers. Software-as-a-Service
vendors compete with these better established solutions based on
total cost of ownership and flexibility. If suppliers do not
perceive the benefits of Software-as-a-Service solutions, or if
suppliers are unwilling to abandon their investments in other
supply chain management solutions, our business and growth may
suffer. In addition, many traditional on-premise software
companies and managed service providers have larger customer
bases and may be better capitalized than we are, which may
provide them with an advantage in developing, marketing or
servicing solutions that compete with ours.
Intellectual
Property and Proprietary Content
We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade
secret laws in the United States as well as confidentiality
procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary
technology and our brand. We enter into confidentiality and
proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants
and other third parties and control access to software,
documentation and other proprietary information. We registered
the marks SPSCommerce.net and SPS Commerce in the United States.
We do not have any patents or applications for patents. Our
trade secrets consist primarily of the software we have
developed for our SPSCommerce.net integration center. Our
software is also protected under copyright law, but we do not
have any registered copyrights.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
From time to time, we have been named as a defendant in legal
actions arising from our normal business activities, none of
which has had a material effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition. We believe that we have
obtained adequate insurance coverage or rights to
indemnification in connection with potential legal proceedings
that may arise.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters, including our principal
administrative, marketing, sales, technical support and research
and development facilities, are located in Minneapolis, where we
lease approximately 47,300 square feet under an agreement
that expires on October 31, 2012.
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate
to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate
expansion of our operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 292 employees. We also
employ independent contractors to support our operations. We
believe that our continued success will depend on our ability to
continue to attract and retain skilled technical and sales
personnel. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our
employees are represented by a labor union. We believe our
relationship with our employees is good.
62
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information concerning our
directors and executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Operations
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Business Development
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Director
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Director
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Director
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
Murray R. Wilson
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Director
|
Executive
Officers
Archie C. Black joined us in 1998 as our Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer and served in those
capacities until becoming our President and Chief Executive
Officer and a director in 2001. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Black was a Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer at Investment Advisors, Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Prior to Investment Advisors, he spent three years at Price
Waterhouse.
Kimberly K. Nelson has served as our Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2007. Prior
to joining us, Ms. Nelson served as the Finance Director,
Investor Relations for Amazon.com from June 2005 through
November 2007. From April 2003 until June 2005, she served as
the Finance Director, Worldwide Application for
Amazon.coms Technology group. Ms. Nelson also served as
Amazon.coms Finance Director, Financial Planning and
Analysis from December 2000 until April 2003.
James J. Frome has served as our Executive Vice President
and Chief Strategy Officer since March 2001. Mr. Frome
served as our Vice President of Marketing from July 2000 to
March 2001. Prior to joining us, he served as a Divisional Vice
President of marketing at Sterling Software, Inc. from 1999 to
2000. Prior to joining Sterling Software, he served as a Senior
Product Manager and Director of Product Management at
Information Advantage, Inc. from 1993 to 1999.
Michael J. Gray has served as our Executive Vice
President of Operations since November 2008. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Gray served as Chief Technology Officer at IDeaS
Revenue Optimization from October 2007 to November 2008. From
2001 to October 2007, Mr. Gray served as Senior Director of
Technology at Thomson Corporation (formerly West Publishing).
Mr. Gray also served in various leadership and technical
position at Thomson Corporation prior to his promotion to Senior
Director of Technology.
David J. Novak, Jr. has served as our Executive Vice
President of Business Development since 2007. Prior to joining
us, he served as Vice President of Sales, North America-Business
Intelligence for Oracle Corporation from January 2006 to June
2007. Prior to Oracles acquisition of Siebel Systems, Inc.
in 2006, he served as Regional Vice President of
Sales Western U.S. and Asia Pacific for Siebel
Systems business intelligence division starting in 2001.
63
Board of
Directors
Steve A. Cobb was elected to our board of directors in
December 2006. He is currently a Managing Director of CID
Capital where he has served since 2001. Prior to joining CID
Capital, he was a finance manager with Procter &
Gamble.
Michael B. Gorman has served as a member of our board of
directors since March 1998. Mr. Gorman is a Managing
Director of Split Rock Partners, a venture capital firm which he
co-founded in June 2004. From 1995 until June 2004,
Mr. Gorman was a General Partner at St. Paul Venture
Capital, a venture capital firm, where he focused on early-stage
investing in software and Internet services companies.
Mr. Gormans prior work experience includes serving as
a management consultant with Bain & Company, where he
assisted clients in the development and execution of corporate
strategies.
Martin J. Leestma has served on our board of directors
since March 2006. He served as the President, Chief Executive
Officer, and was a member of the board of directors for Retek
Information Systems from 2003 to 2005, during which time Retek
was a publicly-traded company. Prior to joining Retek, he was
Global Managing Partner of Retail Technology at Accenture from
1996 to 1999 and Managing Partner of North American Consumer
Goods & Services from 1999 to 2002. He became Global
Industry Managing Partner Retail &
CG&S industries in 2002 and served in this role until his
departure in 2003. Since 2005, he has served as an independent
business consultant.
George H. Spencer, III has served on our board of
directors since February 2000. He is Senior Managing Director at
Seyen Capital, which he co-founded in October 2006, and serves
as a Senior Consultant to Adams Street Partners, LLC, which he
co-founded and where he served as a Partner from 1999 to October
2006.
Sven A. Wehrwein has served on our board of directors
since July 2008. He has been an independent financial consultant
to emerging companies since 1999. He has more than 30 years
of experience as an investment banker, chief financial officer
and certified public accountant. He currently serves on the
board of directors of Compellent Technologies, Inc., Image
Sensing Systems, Inc., Synovis Life Technologies, Inc.,
Uroplasty, Inc. and Vital Images, Inc., all of which are
publicly-traded companies, and he served on the board of
directors of Zamba Corporation between 1999 and 2004 when Zamba
was a publicly-traded company.
Murray R. Wilson has served on our board of directors
since April 2007. He is currently a Managing Director of
Mayfield & Robinson, Inc., the investment management
company for River Cities Capital Funds, a family of venture
capital funds. He joined Mayfield & Robinson in 1995
as a Principal, and was promoted to Managing Director in 2004.
Prior to Mayfield & Robinson, Mr. Wilson was an
Associate with Blue Chip Venture Company from 1992 to 1995. From
1985 through 1990, he served as Assistant Investment Officer for
Neworld Savings Bank.
Messrs. Cobb, Gorman, Wilson, Spencer and Black were
elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement
entered into in connection with the sale of our series C
convertible preferred stock in 2007. The voting agreement
provides that the parties thereto will vote for nominees of the
venture capital funds with which Messrs. Cobb, Gorman,
Spencer and Wilson are affiliated for so long as the applicable
fund and its affiliates own a specified percentage of our
capital stock. The voting agreement also provides that our Chief
Executive Officer will be elected to serve as a director. This
voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this
offering.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors.
Our board of directors has determined that six of our seven
directors are independent directors, as defined under the
applicable rules of the Nasdaq stock market. The independent
directors are Messrs. Cobb, Gorman, Leestma, Spencer,
Wehrwein and Wilson.
There is no family relationship between any director, executive
officer or person nominated to become a director or executive
officer.
64
Board
Committees
The board of directors has established an audit committee and a
compensation committee and, immediately prior to this offering
will establish a nominating and governance committee. Each of
our committees will have a charter in effect upon the closing of
this offering and we expect that each charter will be posted on
our website.
The following sets forth the membership of each of our
committees upon completion of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominating and Governance
|
|
|
Audit Committee
|
|
Committee
|
|
Compensation Committee
|
|
Sven A. Wehrwein, Chairperson
|
|
Steve A. Cobb, Chairperson
|
|
George H. Spencer, III, Chairperson
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
Audit
Committee
Among other matters, our audit committee will:
|
|
|
|
|
evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of our
independent auditor and review and approve both audit and
nonaudit services to be provided by the independent auditor;
|
|
|
|
discuss with management and our independent auditors any major
issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls, any actions
to be taken in light of significant or material control
deficiencies and the adequacy of disclosures about changes in
internal control over financial reporting;
|
|
|
|
establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of
complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or
auditing matters, including the confidential, anonymous
submission by employees of concerns regarding accounting or
auditing matters; and
|
|
|
|
prepare the audit committee report that SEC rules require to be
included in our annual proxy statement and annual report on
Form 10-K.
|
Each of the members of our audit committee upon closing of this
offering meets the requirements for financial literacy under the
applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq stock
market. Our board of directors has determined that
Mr. Wehrwein is an audit committee financial expert, as
defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. Each member of
our audit committee upon the closing of this offering satisfies
the Nasdaq stock market independence standards and the
independence standards of
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
of the Securities Exchange Act.
Nominating
and Governance Committee
Our nominating and governance committee will identify
individuals qualified to become members of the board of
directors, recommend individuals to the board for nomination as
members of the board and board committees, review the
compensation paid to our non-employee directors and recommend
any adjustments in director compensation and oversee the
evaluation of our board of directors.
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee will review and approve on an annual
basis the goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive
Officers compensation and annually review the evaluation
of the performance of our executive officers and approve our
executive officers annual compensation. Our compensation
committee also will administer the issuance of stock options and
other awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Code of
Conduct
We expect to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics upon
completion of this offering relating to the conduct of our
business by our employees, officers and directors, which will be
posted on our website.
65
Director
Compensation
In 2009, we did not provide any compensation to our
non-employees directors other than to reduce the exercise price
of an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock
granted to Sven A. Wehrwein in July 2008 from $1.26 per
share to $0.81 per share, which was the fair market value
of our common stock on the date of the amendment.
We reimburse our directors for
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and
committee meetings.
The table below sets forth the compensation provided to our
directors during the year ended December 31, 2009.
Mr. Blacks compensation is set forth under
Summary Compensation Table because he
served as our President and Chief Executive Officer during that
year. Mr. Black did not receive any separate compensation
for his service as a director.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards (1)
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Murray R. Wilson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the incremental fair value related to an amendment to
the terms of an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common
stock held by Mr. Wehrwein. The amendment decreased the
options exercise price from $1.26 per share to
$0.81 per share, which was the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of the amendment. The incremental fair
value related to the amendment is calculated as of the date of
the amendment in accordance with ASC 718 (excluding
estimates of forfeitures) and is determined based on the
assumptions in Note H to our financial statements in this
prospectus. None of our directors held any unvested options at
December 31, 2009, except for Mr. Wehrwein, who held
26,563 unvested options and Mr. Leestma who held 4,688
unvested options. |
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation
arrangements of our named executive officers for 2009. Our named
executive officers for 2009 were Archie C. Black, our President
and Chief Executive Officer, Kimberly K. Nelson, our Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, James J. Frome, our
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, Michael J.
Gray, our Executive Vice President of Operations, and David J.
Novak, Jr., our Executive Vice President of Business
Development.
Compensation
Objectives and Process
We have designed the compensation arrangements for our named
executive officers to provide compensation in overall amounts
and in forms that attract and retain talented and experienced
individuals and motivate executives to achieve the goals that
are important to our growth. During 2009, our compensation
primarily consisted of salary and annual cash incentive awards.
We also have granted our named executive officers stock options
from time to time as part of our overall compensation package to
align incentives with the interests of our stockholders. As
further described below, in 2009 we amended the terms of certain
stock options previously granted to Ms. Nelson and
Mr. Frome as a means of providing them additional
compensation. We also granted a stock option to Mr. Gray in
early 2009 in connection with his hiring in November 2008. We
have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines
for allocating compensation between the elements of compensation
we provide our named executive officers.
66
Historically, our compensation committee has established all
elements of compensation for all of our named executive
officers. Prior to this offering, our compensation committee has
never engaged a compensation consultant. Our compensation
committee engaged Compensia, Inc., a compensation consultant, in
connection with this offering to help evaluate our compensation
philosophy and provide guidance in administering our
compensation program. Following the completion of this offering,
we anticipate that our compensation committee will determine
executive compensation, at least in part, by reference to the
compensation information for the executives of a peer group of
comparable companies, although no peer group has yet been
determined. Our compensation committee plans to have Compensia
provide market data on a peer group of companies of similar size
or in the technology sector, or both, and we intend to review
this information and other information obtained by our
compensation committee in light of the compensation we offer to
help ensure that our compensation program is competitive.
Base
Salary
Base salaries are used to recognize the experience, skills,
knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees,
including our named executive officers. Base salaries for each
of our named executive officers are initially established based
on arms-length negotiations between us and the executive.
The compensation committee reviews our named executive
officers salaries annually at the beginning of each year.
When negotiating or reviewing base salaries, the compensation
committee considers market competitiveness based on their market
experience, the executives expected future contribution to
our success and the relative salaries and responsibilities of
our other executives. For 2009, each named executive officer
received a salary increase of 2% compared to 2008.
Bonuses
We provide our named executive officers an opportunity to
receive two types of bonuses: a formula-based bonus and a
discretionary bonus. The formula-based bonus is intended to
motivate our executives to achieve specific financial goals that
reflect the growth and success of our business. The
discretionary bonus is designed to motivate our executive team
to achieve goals that contribute to our growth and success but
are not necessarily measurable by our results of operations.
Formula-Based Bonuses. The formula-based bonus is based
on a target bonus for each named executive officer established
by the compensation committee at the beginning of each year. The
compensation committee establishes the target based on an amount
it believes is necessary to provide a competitive overall
compensation package in light of each named executive
officers base salary and to motivate our executives to
achieve an aggressive level of growth. The amount of the
formula-based bonus, if any, actually paid to executives after
the end of each year is determined by a matrix that takes into
account our revenues and earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, or
Adjusted EBITDA. The formula-based bonus is based in part on
revenues because, given the scalability of our current core
business, the compensation committee believes our financial
results are driven most significantly by the revenues we
generate. The compensation committee also believes formula-based
bonuses should be based in part on Adjusted EBITDA because
Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure of our operating performance.
The matrix provides that each executive will receive a
percentage of his or her target bonus, between 0% and 145%,
based on our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for the year. For
example, for our executives to earn their target bonuses for
2009, we needed to generate revenues of approximately
$34.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately
$3.4 million. If we failed to have either revenues of
approximately $33.1 million or Adjusted EBITDA of
approximately $2.5 million, our named executive officers
would not receive a formula-based bonus for the year. The
percentage of the target bonus earned between the minimum and
the maximum varies in five-percentage-point increments based on
revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for the year relative to increments
established for each metric in the matrix. The effect of
acquisitions, if any, during the year are excluded for purposes
of determining the revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for the year as
applied to the matrix. The compensation committee establishes
the intervals for the matrix with the intent that achieving 100%
of an executives target bonus will be a difficult but
achievable goal in light of the prior years results of
67
operations and anticipated growth for the year at the time the
matrix is created. For 2009, our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA
resulted in the maximum formula-based bonus being paid to our
named executive officers.
Discretionary Bonuses. At the beginning of each year, the
compensation committee also establishes a target discretionary
bonus for each named executive officer that it may pay to the
executive at the end of the year in the compensation
committees discretion. The compensation committee
establishes the target amount for each executive in an amount
the committee believes is appropriate to incentivize our
executives to strive to exceed performance expectations and
pursue activities that will not necessarily increase the
calculations of revenues or Adjusted EBITDA applied to the
formula-based bonus matrix.
For 2009, the target discretionary bonus for each named
executive officer was as follows:
Mr. Black $29,728
Ms. Nelson $23,625
Mr. Frome $24,800
Mr. Gray $15,000
Mr. Novak $23,625
The amount actually paid to each named executive officer is
based on the compensation committees subjective evaluation
of our executive teams achievement of performance goals in
areas such as leadership, pursuit of strategic initiatives and
overall performance relative to expectations. The compensation
committee evaluates achievement of these goals for our executive
team as a group and historically has granted each named
executive officer an award based on a percentage of the target
discretionary bonus that is the same for all named executive
officers. The compensation committee determines the amount of
the discretionary bonus actually paid to each member of our
executive team independent of the formula-based bonus earned
after considering the criteria described above. For 2009, the
compensation committee awarded each named executive officer 100%
of the executives target discretionary bonus.
Equity
Awards
Historically, we have granted our named executive officers stock
options in connection with our hiring of the executive. When
determining the size of the award, the compensation committee
considers the executives title and responsibilities, the
equity position of our other executives and the anticipated
future contribution the executive will make to our success. We
believe stock options are an important element of compensation
because they provide our executives a potential ownership
interest in our company, which helps align executives
interests with those of other stockholders. We believe stock
options further align the interest of our executives and
stockholders because executives profit from stock options only
if our stock price increases relative to the options
exercise price. We believe options also help retain our
executives because the awards vest over several years, and
vesting depends on the executives continued employment
with us. The typical vesting provisions for stock option grants
made to our executives provide that one-quarter of the options
vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the
remaining shares vesting in 36 successive equal monthly
installments thereafter upon completion of each additional month
of service. In February 2009, we granted Mr. Gray an option
to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock with a per
share exercise price of $0.92 in connection with his hiring in
November 2008. As described below, we subsequently amended this
option to lower the per share exercise price to $0.65.
We do not have a formal policy for making additional option
grants after we hire an executive and we have not historically
made annual or other periodic option grants to our executives.
We anticipate that equity compensation, whether in the form of
restricted stock, stock options, restricted stock units, or
other stock-based awards, will be a more significant part of our
executive compensation as a public company. We also expect to
make more regular equity grants to our executives as a public
company, although the form and frequency of our equity
compensation as a public company has not yet been determined.
68
Our policy is to grant stock options with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant. As a private company during 2009, the fair market
value of our common stock was determined by our audit committee.
Throughout the first quarter of 2009, the fair value of our
common stock declined significantly in connection with the
general economic downturn at that time. On April 1, 2009, our
compensation committee amended the terms of stock options
granted to three employees, including Mr. Gray, on February 10,
2009. The amendment lowered the exercise price for all shares
subject to the option awards to $0.65 per share, which was the
fair value of our common stock on the date of the amendment, and
did not affect the vesting provisions or number of shares
subject to any award. Our compensation committee believed that
the exercise price of the options should be amended to account
for the extraordinary market turmoil that occurred in the short
time since the grant date, which caused the options granted on
February 10 to be significantly underwater without regard to the
performance of the award recipients.
In July 2009, we amended the terms of certain stock options
granted to 17 employees and one director, including
Mr. Frome and Ms. Nelson, to reduce the exercise price
for all of the shares subject to each option to $0.81 per share,
which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of the amendment. The amendments did not affect the vesting
provisions or the number of shares subject to any of the option
awards. Ms. Nelsons amended option award was
originally granted in November 2007 when we hired her and had an
exercise price of $0.99 per share. Two of Mr. Fromes
option awards were amended; one was granted in October 2001 and
one was granted in July 2002, and each had an exercise price of
$2.00 per share. During 2008 and first half of 2009, the fair
market value of our common stock as determined by our audit
committee declined in connection with the general economic
downturn as the comparable companies utilized in the valuation
determination had a decrease in their stock prices. Our
compensation committee, however, believed that Ms. Nelson
and Mr. Frome performed well during that time. The
compensation committee therefore reduced the exercise prices of
Ms. Nelsons and Mr. Fromes stock options
to our then fair market value as determined by our audit
committee to provide them additional compensation without
requiring our company to use any cash to compensate them for
their strong contributions in a difficult economic environment.
The compensation committee did not amend any of the outstanding
option awards held by Messrs. Black, Gray or Novak because
all of their outstanding options had exercise prices less than
the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the
amendments.
Other
Compensation
Perquisites are not a material aspect of our executive
compensation plan. All of our full-time employees, including our
named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our
401(k) plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to
reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily
prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of this reduction
contributed to our 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan provides that we
will match eligible employees 401(k) contributions equal
to 25% of the employees elective deferrals, up to an
amount not to exceed 6% of the employees compensation.
We entered into agreements with our named executive officers
that provide for payments to them under certain circumstances
involving a termination of their employment with us or upon a
change in control of our company. These agreements are described
in more detail below under Potential Payments
Upon Termination or Change in Control.
69
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the
compensation earned during 2009 by our named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
276,000
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,579
|
|
|
|
2,827
|
|
|
|
409,134
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
23,625
|
|
|
|
22,550
|
(2)
|
|
|
79,931
|
|
|
|
3,110
|
|
|
|
344,216
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
24,800
|
|
|
|
28,431
|
(2)
|
|
|
83,908
|
|
|
|
3,123
|
|
|
|
355,262
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
184,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
113,790
|
(3)
|
|
|
50,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363,540
|
|
Executive Vice President of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
23,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,931
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
320,301
|
|
Executive Vice President of Business Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents matching 401(k) contributions. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the incremental fair value related to an amendment to
the terms of an option granted to the named executive officer
prior to 2009. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Equity Awards. The incremental fair
value is calculated as of the date of the amendment in
accordance with ASC 718 (excluding estimates of
forfeitures) and is determined based on the assumptions in
Note H to the financial statements in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents the grant date fair value of an award granted to
Mr. Gray on February 10, 2009 computed in accordance
with ASC 718 (excluding estimates of forfeitures) and the
incremental fair value related to an amendment to that award on
April 1, 2009, in each case based on the assumptions in
Note H to the financial statements in this prospectus. |
70
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers in
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Base Price
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plans
|
|
Underlying
|
|
of Option
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Options
|
|
Awards
|
|
and Option
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
Awards
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
38,151
|
|
|
|
99,093
|
|
|
|
130,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
30,319
|
|
|
|
78,750
|
|
|
|
103,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
James J. Frome
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
31,827
|
|
|
|
82,668
|
|
|
|
108,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,364
|
(1)
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
28,431
|
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
19,250
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
65,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
103,620
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
30,319
|
|
|
|
78,750
|
|
|
|
103,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents amendments to the per share exercise price of stock
options granted to the named executive officer prior to 2009.
See Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The April 1, 2009 grant to Mr. Gray represents an
amendment to the per share exercise price of stock options
granted to him on February 10, 2009. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
equity awards granted to our named executive officers
outstanding as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable (1)
|
|
Unexercisable (1)
|
|
Price ($)(1)
|
|
Option Expiration Date
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
137,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
October 5, 2011(2)
|
|
|
|
15,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
June 30, 2012(3)
|
|
|
|
364,760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
November 12, 2013(4)
|
|
|
|
162,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
June 30, 2014(5)
|
|
|
|
169,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
December 31, 2014(6)
|
|
|
|
404,938
|
|
|
|
36,832
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
March 31, 2016(7)
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
November 27, 2017(8)
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.55
|
|
|
July 5, 2010(9)
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
October 5, 2011(10)
|
|
|
|
15,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
June 30, 2012(3)
|
|
|
|
530,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
August 17, 2013(11)
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
June 30, 2014(12)
|
|
|
|
22,890
|
|
|
|
2,110
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
March 31, 2016(13)
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
March 31, 2019(14)
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
302,802
|
|
|
|
197,198
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
June 30, 2017(15)
|
71
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Does not reflect the effect of the for
reverse split of our common stock that will occur immediately
prior to consummation of this offering. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
May 26, 2002, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter beginning June 26, 2002 and
continuing to and including May 26, 2005. |
|
(3) |
|
This option vested in full on July 25, 2002. |
|
(4) |
|
This option vested as to 113,988 shares on August 18,
2003, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 7,599 shares thereafter beginning
September 1, 2003. |
|
(5) |
|
This option vested as to 88,030 shares on July 1,
2004, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 3,385 shares thereafter beginning
August 1, 2004. |
|
(6) |
|
This option vested as to 93,730 shares on December 24,
2005, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 8,521 shares thereafter beginning
January 1, 2006 for each additional month of service. |
|
(7) |
|
This option vested as to 110,442 shares on April 1,
2007, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 9,203 shares thereafter beginning
May 1, 2007 for each additional month of service. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
December 1, 2008, with the remaining shares vesting in 36
equal monthly installments on the first day of each month
thereafter beginning January 1, 2009 for each additional
month of service. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on each of
July 5, 2000, July 5, 2001, July 5, 2002 and
July 5, 2003. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
May 26, 2002, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter beginning June 26, 2002. |
|
|
|
(11) |
|
This option vested as to 165,625 shares on August 18,
2003, with the remaining shares vesting in equal installments of
11,042 shares on the first day of each month thereafter
beginning September 1, 2003. |
|
|
|
(12) |
|
This option vested as to 67,712 shares on July 1,
2004, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 2,604 shares thereafter beginning
August 1, 2004. |
|
|
|
(13) |
|
This option vested as to 6,250 shares on April 1,
2007, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 520 shares on the first day of each month
thereafter beginning May 1, 2007 for each additional month
of service. |
|
|
|
(14) |
|
This option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on
January 1, 2010, with the remaining shares vesting in
36 equal monthly installments on the first day of each
month thereafter beginning February 1, 2010 for each
additional month of service. |
|
|
|
(15) |
|
This option vested as to 125,000 shares on July 1,
2008, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal monthly
installments on the first day of each month thereafter beginning
August 1, 2008 for each additional month of service. |
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested in 2009
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
stock option exercises by our named executive officers during
2009. We have never granted any restricted stock, restricted
stock units or similar instruments to our named executive
officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Exercise (#)
|
|
on Exercise ($)
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
22,250(1
|
)
|
72
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value realized on exercise represents (1) the
difference between (a) the value of our common stock (as
most recently determined by our audit committee prior to
exercise) and (b) the per share exercise price
(2) multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise. |
Pension
Benefits
We do not offer pension benefits to our named executive officers.
Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation
We do not offer non-qualified deferred compensation to our named
executive officers.
Employment
Agreements
We entered into employment agreements with each of our named
executive officers. The employment agreements address various
termination of employment scenarios. No severance payments are
made to executives who are terminated for cause. The terms of
these agreements are summarized below under
Potential Payments Upon Termination or
Change-in-Control.
We entered into management incentive agreements with each of
Archie C. Black and James J. Frome that provide for a bonus to
be paid to them upon a sale of our company. A sale
includes (1) the disposition of all or substantially all of
our assets; (2) the sale of at least 70% of our voting
stock to a person who was not a stockholder of our company on
July 1, 2002 and (3) a merger or consolidation of our
company resulting in 70% or more of the voting power of the
surviving company following the transaction being held by
persons who were not a stockholder of our company on
July 1, 2002. The payment to Mr. Black would be equal
to 0.114% of the amount of the purchase price, as defined,
exceeding $25 million but less than $65 million,
subject to a maximum of $45,600. The payment to Mr. Frome
would be equal to 0.115% of the amount of the purchase price, as
defined, exceeding $25 million but less than
$65 million, subject to a maximum of $46,000. These
agreements terminate on June 30, 2012.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or
Change-in-Control
We have entered into agreements that will require us to provide
compensation to our named executive officers in the event of a
termination of employment or a change in control of our company.
Our employment agreement with Archie C. Black, our Chief
Executive Officer, provides that, if we terminate his employment
without cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for
good reason, we will (1) pay his salary for 12 months
in accordance with our regular payroll practices and any unused
vacation accrued as of the date of termination and
(2) provide health care benefits to him and his family for
12 months after the date of termination on the same terms
as they are provided as of termination. Cause for
termination exists upon (a) conviction of a felony;
(b) dishonesty or gross misconduct in the performance of
the agreement; or (c) failure by Mr. Black to cure his
material breach of the agreement within 30 days of
receiving written notice of breach from us. Mr. Black may
terminate his employment for good reason (a) by
providing us with notice of his intent to terminate his
employment within 10 days of his annual performance review;
(b) our failure to cure our material breach of the
agreement within 30 days of receiving written notice of
breach from him; or (c) upon a change in control, which
includes removal of Mr. Black as our Chief Executive
Officer by our board of directors or the occurrence of a
transaction that results in the holders of our stock immediately
prior to the transaction ceasing to hold the voting power
necessary to elect a majority of our board following the
transaction. Also, if we terminate Mr. Blacks
employment if he suffers a permanent disability, we will
maintain for his benefit for 12 months after termination
all health benefit plans in which he was entitled to participate
immediately prior to termination.
We have entered into agreements with each of our named executive
officers other than Mr. Black that provide that, if we
terminate the named executive officers employment without
cause, and provided the termination does not occur upon or
within 12 months of a change in control of our company, we
will pay the named executive officer six months of his or her
then-current base salary over a six-month period in accordance
with
73
our normal payroll practices. If we terminate the named
executive officers employment without cause upon or within
12 months after a change in control, or if the named
executive officer terminates his or her employment for good
reason upon or within 12 months after a change in control,
we will pay the named executive officer 12 months of his or
her then-current base salary over a
12-month
period in accordance with our normal payroll practices. Payment
of these amounts is subject to certain conditions and
limitations, including that the named executive officer execute
a release of claims against us. A change in control
and the reasons for which a named executive officer may
terminate without cause are defined in accordance
with our 2001 Stock Option Plan and described below. A named
executive officer may terminate his or her employment for
good reason if there is a material reduction in the
officers salary at the time of the change in control or a
material reduction in responsibilities following the change in
control.
Generally, option agreements executed pursuant to our 2001 Stock
Option Plan provide that, in the event of a change in control of
our company, outstanding stock options granted to senior
management, including our named executive officers, immediately
become exercisable as to 50% of the unvested shares subject to
option. Our option agreements with our named executive officers
also provide that if the named executive officers
employment with us is terminated, or the named executive
officers employment responsibilities or base salary are
materially reduced, other than for cause, prior to the first
anniversary of the change in control, all remaining unvested
shares subject to the option immediately become fully
exercisable. A change in control includes
(1) any persons acquisition of beneficial ownership
of 50% or more of our outstanding common stock; (2) a
failure to have a majority of our board of directors be people
for whose election our board solicited proxies;
(3) approval by our stockholders of a reorganization,
merger or consolidation, unless our stockholders immediately
prior to the transaction own more than 50% of the voting power
of the corporation resulting from the transaction; or
(4) approval by our stockholders of the disposition of all
or substantially all of our assets. Cause for
termination exists upon (a) failure by the named executive
officer to cure his or her material breach of the terms of a non
competition/non solicitation agreement between us and the
officer within 30 days of receipt of written notice of
breach from us; (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct
by the officer; (c) conviction of the officer of a crime
involving moral turpitude or any felony; (d) willful
violation of instructions from our board of directors or Chief
Executive Officer; or (e) fraud, embezzlement, theft or
proven dishonesty against us.
We entered into the management incentive agreements with each of
Archie C. Black and James J. Frome described above under
Employment Agreements that provide for a
bonus to be paid to them upon a sale of our company. The payment
to Mr. Black would be equal to 0.114% of the amount of the
purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25 million but less
than $65 million, subject to a maximum of $45,600. The
payment to Mr. Frome would be equal to 0.115% of the amount
of the purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25 million
but less than $65 million, subject to a maximum of $46,000.
The following tables list the potential payments and benefits
upon termination of employment or change in control of our
company for our named executive officers. The tables assume the
triggering event for the payments or provision of benefits
occurred on December 31, 2009. Amounts in the tables for
the vesting of unvested stock options are calculated based on
the number of accelerated stock options multiplied by the
difference between $0.99, the fair market value of our common
stock as most recently determined by our audit committee prior
to the end of our most recently completed fiscal year, and the
exercise price.
Archie C.
Black
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary, Bonus &
|
|
Health
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Unused Vacation
|
|
Benefits(1)
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
302,538
|
|
|
$
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
$
|
45,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,390
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
$
|
45,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,780
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts for health benefits were calculated by multiplying
our standard monthly rates for family health and dental benefits
by 12. |
74
Kimberly
K. Nelson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Unrelated to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
James J.
Frome
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary & Bonus
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
$
|
46,000
|
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
$
|
46,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,878
|
|
Michael
J. Gray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
184,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,000
|
|
David J.
Novak
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,706
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,412
|
|
Equity
and Stock Option Plans
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
Prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt our
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as our 2010 Plan.
The purposes of the 2010 Plan are to attract and retain the best
available personnel, to provide them with additional incentives
and to align their interests with those of our stockholders. The
material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.
Share Reserve. Upon adoption of the 2010
Plan, shares
of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under the
plan. The number of share reserved under our 2010 Plan will
increase on January 1 of each year beginning in 2011 and ending
on January 1, 2020 in an amount equal to the least
of: % of the total number of shares outstanding as
of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year
or a number of shares determined by our board of directors.
Shares subject to awards under the plan that expire unexercised,
are forfeited, are settled in cash or are surrendered pursuant
to an exchange program will again become available for grant
under the plan. If any award under the 2010 Plan is exercised by
the tendering or
75
withholding of shares in payment of the exercise price or any
applicable tax withholding arising from an award under the 2010
Plan is satisfied by the tendering or withholding of shares, the
shares tendered or withheld also will again become available for
grant under the plan.
Administration of Plan. The compensation committee of our
board of directors will administer the 2010 Plan. Subject to the
terms of the plan, the compensation committee will have the
authority to, among other things, interpret the plan and
determine who will be granted awards under the plan, the types
of awards granted and the terms and conditions of the awards,
including the number of shares covered by awards, the exercise
price of awards and the vesting schedule or other restrictions
applicable to awards. The committee also will have the power to
make any determinations and take any action necessary or
desirable for the administration of the plan. Determinations of
the committee under the plan may be made by a majority of the
committee members present at a meeting at which at least a
majority of the committee members are present.
To the extent permitted by law and stock exchange rules, the
2010 Plan permits the committee to delegate to one or more of
our executive officers or non-employee directors any or all of
the committees authority under the plan with respect to
awards made to individuals who are neither non-employee
directors nor executive officers of our company. Our full board
of directors will administer the plan with respect to awards to
non-employee directors.
Eligibility. Our employees, non-employee directors and
certain consultants and advisors who provide services to us are
eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. Incentive stock
options may be granted only to our employees.
Awards. The 2010 Plan allows us to grant stock options,
stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, stock
units and other stock-based awards. Each award will be evidenced
by an agreement with the award recipient setting forth the terms
and conditions of the award, including vesting conditions.
Awards under the plan will have a maximum term of ten years from
the date of grant. The plan administrator may provide that the
vesting or payment of any award will be subject to the
attainment of certain performance measures established by the
administrator, and the administrator will determine whether such
measures have been achieved. The administrator at any time may
amend the terms of any award previously granted, except that, in
general, no amendment may be made that materially impairs the
rights of any participant with respect to an outstanding award
without the participants consent. In addition, we may
amend the plan and any award agreements under the plan in order
to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 409A
of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options. Stock options permit the holder to
purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a
set price. Options granted under the plan may be either
incentive or nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of
options granted under the plan generally may not be less than
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Incentive stock options granted to employees who hold more than
10% of the total combined voting power of our stock will have an
exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant and will have a maximum
term of five years. The plan administrator will determine the
terms and conditions of options granted under the plan,
including exercise price and vesting and exercisability terms.
The maximum number of shares subject to stock options that may
be granted during a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed .
|
|
|
|
|
|
SARs. SARs provide for payment to the holder of all or a
portion of the excess of the fair market value of a specified
number of shares of our common stock on the date of exercise
over a specified exercise price. Payment may be made in cash or
shares of our common stock or a combination of both, as
determined by the plan administrator. The administrator will
establish the terms and conditions of exercise, including the
exercise price, of SARs granted under the plan. The maximum
number of shares subject to SARs that may be granted during a
calendar year to a participant may not
exceed .
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards are awards of
shares of our common stock that are subject to restrictions
determined by the plan administrator, which may include vesting
conditions, forfeiture
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
conditions and other restrictions. The administrator will
determine whether any consideration other than services to our
company must be paid for a restricted stock award. The maximum
number of shares of restricted stock that may be granted during
a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed .
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Units. Stock units provide the holder with the
right to receive, in cash or shares of our common stock or a
combination of both, the fair market value of a share of our
common stock and will be subject to such vesting and forfeiture
conditions and other restrictions as the plan administrator
determines. Stock unit awards may, at the discretion of the plan
administrator, provide the holder with the right to receive
dividend equivalent payments with respect to the shares subject
to the award. The administrator will determine whether any
consideration other than services to our company must be paid
for a stock unit award. The maximum number of stock units that
may be granted during a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed .
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other. The plan administrator, in its discretion, may
grant other stock-based awards under the plan. The administrator
will set the terms and conditions of such awards.
|
Substitute Awards. The plan administrator may grant
awards under the 2010 Plan in substitution for awards granted by
another entity acquired by our company or with which our company
combines. The terms and conditions of these substitute awards
will be comparable to the terms of the awards replaced, and may
therefore differ from the terms and conditions otherwise set
forth in the plan.
Exchange Program. The plan administrator may institute an
exchange program under which outstanding stock options or SARs
are surrendered or canceled in exchange for stock options or
SARs of the same type (with higher or lower exercise prices or
different terms), awards of a different type or cash. The plan
administrator also may institute a program under which the
exercise price of an outstanding stock option or SAR is reduced.
Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the plan
administrator, awards granted under the plan generally are not
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or to an appropriately designated beneficiary. The
plan administrator may permit the transfer of awards other than
incentive stock options pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order or by way of gift to a family member.
Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided in an
award agreement (and except with respect to terminations
following certain corporate transactions described below under
Change in Control; Corporate Transaction), upon
termination of an award recipients service with our
company, all unvested and unexercisable portions of the
recipients outstanding awards will immediately be
forfeited. If an award recipients service with our company
terminates other than for cause (as defined in the plan), death
or disability, the vested and exercisable portions of the
recipients outstanding options and SARs generally will
remain exercisable for three months after termination. If a
recipients service terminates due to death or disability
(or if a recipient dies during the three-month period after
termination of service other than for cause), the vested and
exercisable portions of the recipients outstanding options
and SARs generally will remain exercisable for one year after
termination. Upon termination for cause, all unexercised stock
options and SARs will also be forfeited.
Change in Control; Corporate Transaction. Unless
otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a sale
of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger,
consolidation, or share exchange involving our company, the
surviving or successor entity may continue, assume or replace
some or all of the outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. Our
awards agreements with our executive officers will typically
provide that if awards granted to the executive officer under
the 2010 Plan are continued, assumed or replaced in connection
with such an event and if within one year after the event the
executive officer experiences an involuntary termination of
service other than for cause, the executive officers
outstanding awards will vest in full, will immediately become
fully exercisable and will remain exercisable for one year
following termination. If awards granted to any participant are
not continued, assumed or replaced, the administrator may
provide for the surrender of any outstanding award in exchange
for payment to the holder of the amount of the consideration
that would have been received in the event for the number of
77
shares subject to the award less the aggregate exercise price
(if any) of the award. In the event of a change in control (as
defined in the 2010 Plan) that does not involve a merger,
consolidation, share exchange, or sale of all or substantially
all of our companys assets, the plan administrator, in its
discretion, may provide that any outstanding award will become
fully vested and exercisable upon the change in control or upon
the involuntary termination of the participant within one year
after the change in control or that any outstanding award will
be surrendered in exchange for payment to the holder of the
amount of the consideration that would have been received in the
change in control for the number of shares subject to the award
less the aggregate exercise price (if any) of the award.
Adjustment of Awards. In the event of an
equity restructuring that affects the per share value of our
common stock, including a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff,
rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary
dividend, the plan administrator will make appropriate
adjustment to: (1) the number and kind of securities
reserved for issuance under the plan, (2) the number and
kind of securities subject to outstanding awards under the plan,
(3) the exercise price of outstanding options and SARs, and
(4) any maximum limitations prescribed by the plan as to
grants of certain types of awards. The administrator may also
make similar adjustments in the event of any other change in our
companys capitalization, including a merger,
consolidation, reorganization or liquidation.
Amendment and Termination. The 2010 Plan will
remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors;
however we may not grant incentive stock options under the plan
more than ten years after its effective date, which we expect
will be shortly before the closing of this offering. Our board
of directors may terminate, suspend or amend the plan at any
time, but, in general, no termination, suspension or amendment
may materially impair the rights of any participant with respect
to outstanding awards without the participants consent.
Awards that are outstanding on the plans termination date
will remain in effect in accordance with the terms of the plan
and the applicable award agreements. Stockholder approval of any
amendment of the plan will be obtained if required by applicable
law or the rules of the Nasdaq stock market.
Registration. We intend to file with the SEC a
registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010
Plan.
2001
Stock Option Plan
Our board of directors adopted our 2001 Stock Option Plan, which
we refer to as our 2001 Plan, in August 2001, and our
stockholders approved the plan in July 2002. The 2001 Plan has
been amended several times, primarily to change the number of
shares of our common stock available for issuance under the
plan, with the most recent amendment occurring in July 2008. The
2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified
stock options to our employees, non-employee directors, and
other consultants who provide services to us. A total
of shares
of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2001
Plan. As
of ,
options to purchase a total
of shares
of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of
$ were outstanding under our 2001
Plan. We do not intend to grant any additional awards under the
2001 Plan following the completion of this offering. All awards
outstanding under the 2001 Plan will remain in effect and will
continue to be governed by their existing terms after completion
of this offering.
Administration. The compensation committee of our board
of directors administers the 2001 Plan and the awards granted
under it, except that our full board of directors administers
the plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors. The
committee has the authority to, among other things, interpret
the plan, adopt and amend rules relating to the administration
of the plan and prescribe and amend the terms of outstanding
awards, including accelerating the vesting schedule of awards.
Stock Options. The exercise price of nonqualified stock
options granted under the 2001 Plan may not be less than 85% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the
plan to employees who at the time of grant own more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock may
not be less than 110% of the fair market value
78
of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price
of incentive stock options granted to any other employees may
not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common
stock on the date of grant.
The stock options that are outstanding under the 2001 Plan
generally provide for vesting over four years. Options granted
to senior management and non-employee directors generally vest
as to 25% of the shares subject to option on the first
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter. Options granted to employees
other than senior management generally vest in 48 equal monthly
installments. In addition, the administrator has the authority
to declare at any time that any or all outstanding options shall
immediately become exercisable in full.
Option Term. In general, stock options granted under the
2001 Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of
grant. Options awarded under the plan may be exercised while the
optionee is employed by or providing services to us, and, if an
optionees service relationship with us terminates (other
than due to death or disability or for cause (as defined in the
plan)), the optionee may exercise the vested portion of such
option for 30 days after such termination of service. If an
optionees service relationship with us terminates due to
death or disability, such option may be exercised for one year
following such termination.
Change in Control. In the event of a change in control
(as defined in the plan) of our company, (1) outstanding
incentive stock options granted to senior management generally
immediately become exercisable as to 50% of the unvested shares
subject to option and (2) outstanding nonqualified stock
options immediately become exercisable in full. Option
agreements for senior management also generally provide that if
the optionees employment with us is terminated, or the
optionees employment responsibilities or base salary are
materially reduced, other than for cause (as defined in the
plan) prior to the first anniversary of the change in control,
all remaining unvested shares subject to such option immediately
become fully exercisable. Further, upon a change in control the
administrator of the 2001 Plan may cancel some or all
outstanding stock options and pay the holders of such options
cash equal to the excess of the per share fair market value of
our common stock immediately prior to the change in control over
the exercise price per share of such options.
Corporate Event. In the event of a merger or
consolidation of our company with or into another entity, a sale
of all or substantially all of our assets or a dissolution or
liquidation of our company, the plan administrator may
(1) substitute for stock options outstanding under the plan
shares of stock or options to purchase stock of the surviving
company or its parent or (2) declare that all outstanding
options will be cancelled at the time of such event and cause
payment to be made to each option holder equal to, for each
share subject to the option, the excess of the proceeds per
share received in such event over the exercise price of the
option. In the event of such a declaration by the plan
administrator, all outstanding options will immediately become
exercisable in full. In addition, the plan administrator has
authority to adjust the number and kind of securities issuable
upon exercise of options under the plan, and the exercise price
thereof, in the event of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification,
stock dividend, stock split or combination, rights offering or
extraordinary dividend or other change in our corporate
structure.
Registration. We intend to file with the SEC a
registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2001
Plan.
1999
Equity Incentive Plan
We adopted our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as
our 1999 Plan, in May 1999 and our stockholders approved the
1999 Plan in June 1999. The 1999 Plan permits the grant of
incentive and nonqualified stock options and restricted stock to
our employees, officers, directors and other consultants who
provide services to us. As
of ,
there were outstanding under the 1999 Plan options to purchase a
total
of shares
of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of
$ .
There are no shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding
under the 1999 Plan.
Plan Expiration. The term of the 1999 Plan was ten years
and has expired. Consequently, we are no longer authorized to
issue any awards under the 1999 Plan. All awards outstanding
under the 1999 Plan will remain
79
in effect and will continue to be governed by their existing
terms and the terms of the plan after completion of this
offering.
Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee
appointed by our board of directors, has the authority to
administer the 1999 Plan and the awards granted under it. The
compensation committee of our board of directors currently
administers the plan. The plan administrator has the authority
to, among other things, interpret the plan, prescribe and amend
rules relating to the plan and amend the terms of outstanding
awards, including accelerating the vesting of awards.
Stock Options. In general, options granted under the 1999
Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant.
The exercise price of options granted under the 1999 Plan
generally is equal to the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan
administrator. The exercise price of incentive stock options
granted under the 1999 Plan may not be less than the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise
price of incentive stock options granted to employees who at the
time of grant own more than 10% of the total combined voting
power of all classes of our stock may not be less than 110% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Change in Control; Corporate Transactions. In the event
of a change in control (as defined in the 1999 Plan), the plan
administrator may determine that all outstanding awards will
immediately become fully vested and exercisable and will
terminate thirty days after the change in control. In the event
of a change in our capital structure by reason of a stock
dividend, stock split, reclassification, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, share exchange, reorganization,
liquidation, extraordinary cash dividend or similar event, the
plan administrator has authority to adjust the number and class
of securities issuable upon exercise of options under the plan
and the terms and conditions of such options, including the
exercise price, and to provide for payment to option holders of
an amount equal to the difference between the then-current fair
market value of our common stock and the exercise prices of such
options.
Registration. We intend to file with the SEC a
registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 1999
Plan.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a deferred savings retirement plan for our
employees. The deferred savings retirement plan is intended to
qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The deferred savings retirement plan
provides that each participant may contribute his or her pre-tax
compensation (up to a statutory limit, which is $16,500 in
2009). For employees 50 years of age or older, an
additional
catch-up
contribution of $5,500 is allowable. In 2009, the statutory
limit for those who qualify for
catch-up
contributions is $22,000. Under the plan, each employee is fully
vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. On the first
day of the plan quarter following an employees one-year
anniversary of employment, we contribute 25% of the first 6% of
salary contributions made by an employee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at
any time during the last completed fiscal year been an officer
or employee of ours. None of our executive officers has served
as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the
compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or
more executive officers who served on our board of directors or
compensation committee during the last completed fiscal year.
80
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2006, we have entered into the following
transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of
more than five percent of our voting securities, and affiliates
of our directors, executive officers and five percent
stockholders in addition to the matters described under
Management:
Sale of
Preferred Stock
In February 2006, we sold the following affiliated funds of our
directors shares of our Series B convertible preferred
stock at the price of $0.97875 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P., an affiliated fund of George H.
Spencer, III, purchased 494,570 shares
|
|
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P., an affiliated fund of Murray R.
Wilson, purchased 1,435,928 shares
|
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital VI, LLC, an affiliated fund of Michael
B. Gorman, purchased 463,767 shares
|
In April 2007, we sold the following affiliated funds of our
directors shares of our Series C convertible preferred
stock at the price of $1.60 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P., an affiliated fund of George H.
Spencer, III, purchased 250,000 shares
|
|
|
|
CID Mezzanine Capital, L.P., an affiliated fund of Steve A.
Cobb, purchased 901,745 shares
|
|
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P. and River Cities Capital Fund II
L.P., affiliated funds of Murray R. Wilson, purchased an
aggregate of 2,348,438 shares
|
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital VI, LLC, an affiliated fund of Michael
B. Gorman, purchased 468,750 shares
|
Voting
and Co-Sale Agreement
The election of the members of our board of directors is
governed by a voting and co-sale agreement that we entered into
with certain holders of our capital stock and related provisions
of our certificate of incorporation. The voting agreement
requires these stockholders to vote in favor of nominees of CID
Capital, Inc., St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC, BVCF IV,
L.P., River Cities SBIC III L.P., a majority of the
Series B convertible preferred stock, which nominee may not
be affiliated with any officer or director of our company, and a
majority of the Series C convertible preferred stock, which
nominee may not be affiliated with any officer or director of
our company. In addition, our chief executive officer is to be
elected to the board. CID Capital, Inc. has nominated Steve
Cobb; St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC has nominated Michael
Gorman; BVCF IV, L.P. has nominated George Spencer; River Cities
SBIC III L.P. has nominated Murray Wilson, a majority of the
Series B convertible preferred stock has nominated Martin
J. Leestma and a majority of the Series C convertible
preferred stock has nominated Sven A. Wehrwein.
In addition, under the voting and co-sale agreement our
preferred stockholders are granted a right of first refusal to
purchase shares of our capital stock held by the stockholders
party to this agreement, rights of co-sale in the event of a
sale of our capital stock held by the stockholders party to this
agreement and drag-along rights that require the stockholders
party to this agreement to participate in a sale of the company
if the sale is approved by a certain percentage of the
stockholders party to the agreement.
Upon the closing of this offering, the voting and co-sale
agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of our
stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election
or designation of members of our board of directors or the other
rights granted under this agreement.
Registration
Rights Agreement
We are party to a registration rights agreement which generally
provides that holders of our redeemable convertible preferred
stock have the right to demand that we file a registration
statement or request that their shares be covered by a
registration statement that we are otherwise filing. After
giving effect to
the
for
reverse stock split that will occur immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering and the automatic conversion of
our preferred stock, the holders
of shares
of our common stock will have
81
these registration rights, which will survive the closing of
this offering. Certain of our directors and executive officers
and all holders of 5% of our capital stock are parties to this
agreement. Entities affiliated with Steve A. Cobb, Michael B.
Gorman, George H. Spencer, III and Murray R. Wilson hold shares
representing 23%, 18%, 18% and 23% of the shares subject to the
agreement. For a more detailed description of these registration
rights, see Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights.
2009
Stock Option Amendments
On July 23, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of
certain stock options granted to 17 employees and one
director, including Kimberly K. Nelson, James J. Frome and Sven
A. Wehrwein, to reduce the exercise price for all of the shares
subject to each option to $0.81 per share, which was the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of the
amendments. On April 1, 2009, we unilaterally amended the
terms of certain stock options granted to three employees,
including Michael J. Gray, to reduce the exercise price for all
of the shares subject to each option from $0.92 to $0.65 per
share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of the amendments. None of these amendments affected
the vesting provisions or the number of shares subject to any of
the option awards and none of the holders of these options made
any investment decisions in connection with the amendments.
Director
Indemnification Agreements
We entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them
to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their
service to us or on our behalf.
Policy
for Approval of Related Party Transactions
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions
with related persons, which we refer to as our related person
policy. Our related person policy will require that any
executive officer requesting to enter into a transaction with a
related person generally must promptly disclose to
our audit committee the related person transaction and all
material facts with respect thereto. In reviewing a transaction,
our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and
circumstances, including (1) the commercial reasonableness
of the terms, (2) the benefit and perceived benefits, or
lack thereof, to us, (3) opportunity costs of alternate
transactions and (4) the materiality and character of the
related persons interest, and the actual or apparent
conflict of interest of the related person. Our audit committee
will not approve or ratify a related person transaction unless
it determines that, upon consideration of all relevant
information, the transaction is beneficial to our company and
stockholders and the terms of the transaction are fair to our
company. No related person transaction will be consummated
without the approval or ratification of our audit committee. It
will be our policy that directors interested in a related person
transaction will recuse themselves from any vote relating to a
related person transaction in which they have an interest. Under
our related person policy, a related person includes
any of our directors, director nominees, executive officers, any
beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock and any
immediate family member of any of the foregoing. Related party
transactions exempt from our policy include transactions
available to all of our employees and stockholders on the same
terms and transactions between us and the related person that,
when aggregated with the amount of all other transactions
between us and the related person or its affiliates, involve
less than $120,000 in a fiscal year. We did not have a formal
review and approval policy for related party transactions at the
time of any transaction described in this Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions section.
82
PRINCIPAL
AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as
of ,
2010 by (i) each of our named executive officers;
(ii) each of our directors; (iii) all of our executive
officers and directors as a group; and (iv) each of those
known by us to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our
common stock. This table lists applicable percentage ownership
based
on shares
of common stock outstanding as of that date, but giving effect
to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares
of common stock in connection with this offering as if the
conversion occurred on that date.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. To our knowledge and subject to applicable community
property laws, each of the holders of stock listed below has
sole voting and investment power as to the stock owned unless
otherwise noted. The table below includes the number of shares
underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
from the date of this offering. Except as otherwise noted below,
the address for each person or entity listed in the table is
c/o SPS
Commerce, Inc., 333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership After this Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
(assuming no
|
|
|
(assuming full
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
exercise of
|
|
|
exercise of
|
|
Name
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Offered
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
over-allotment)
|
|
|
over-allotment)
|
|
|
Executive Officers and Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Murray R. Wilson
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, LP
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Funds affiliated with CID Capital
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Funds affiliated with River Cities Capital Funds
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Funds affiliated with Split Rock Partners
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates ownership of less than 1%. |
83
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares
owned by the Archie C. and Jane McDonald Black Charitable Trust
(the Charitable Trust) for which Mr. Black serves as
a co-trustee
and shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. Mr. Black may be deemed to have shared
voting and investment power over the shares held by the
Charitable Trust, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such
shares. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes shares
owned by CID Equity Fund V Liquidating Trust (the CID
Trust)
and shares
owned by CID Mezzanine Capital, LP (CID Mezzanine
Capital). Mr. Cobb is a representative to an advisory
board that controls the voting and disposition of the shares
held by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital. Mr. Cobb
may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over
the shares held by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital.
Mr. Cobb disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address of the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital is
201 W. 103rd Street, Suite 200, Indianapolis, IN
46290. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes shares
held by SPVC IV,
LLC, shares
held by SPVC V,
LLC, shares
held by SPVC VI, LLC
and shares
held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC. Split Rock Partners,
LLC, together with Vesbridge Partners, LLC, is the manager of
SPVC IV, LLC, SPVC V, LLC, SPVC VI, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC, however voting and investment power are
delegated solely to Split Rock Partners, LLC. Michael Gorman,
James Simons, David Stassen and Allan Will, as managing
directors of Split Rock Partners, LLC, share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares. Voting and
investment power over shares held by each of the named funds
above may be deemed to be shared with each of the managing
directors and Split Rock Partners, LLC due to the affiliate
relationships described above. Each of the managing directors
and Split Rock Partners, LLC disclaims any beneficial ownership
of the shares, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest
therein. The address for each of these SPVC funds is 10400
Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes shares
held by BVCF IV, LP. Mr. Spencer is a partner in
BVCF IV, LP and may be deemed to have shared voting and
investment power over the shares held by BVCF IV, LP.
Mr. Spencer disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for BVCF IV, LP is One N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL
60606. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes shares
subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of
the date of the table. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes shares
owned by River Cities Capital Fund II Limited
Partnership
and shares
owned by River Cities SBIC III, L.P. Mr. Wilson is a
managing director of the general partner of River Cities Capital
Fund II Limited Partnership and River Cities SBIC III, L.P.
Mr. Wilson may be deemed to have shared voting and
investment power over the shares held by River Cities Capital
Fund II Limited Partnership and River Cities SBIC III, L.P.
Mr. Wilson disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for each of these River Cities funds is 221 East Fourth
Street, Suite 2400, Cincinnati, OH 45202. |
84
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following is a description of the material provisions of
our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated bylaws as they will be in effect as of the
consummation of the offering. We refer you to the form of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and to the
form of our amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have
been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part.
Authorized
Capital
Prior to the completion of this offering, our authorized capital
stock consists of (without giving effect to
the
for
reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected
immediately prior to completion of this offering):
(1) 50,345,706 shares of common stock and
(2) 33,927,144 shares of preferred stock, including
4,427,782 shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock, 23,499,362 shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock and 6,000,000 shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2009, there
were 183 holders of record of our common stock, 27 holders of
record of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 15
holders of record of our Series B convertible preferred
stock and 10 holders of record of our Series C convertible
preferred stock.
Upon completion of this offering, we will amend and restate our
certificate of incorporation to provide that our authorized
capital stock will consist of
(1) shares
of common stock and
(2) shares
of preferred stock. Upon completion of this offering, all
currently outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be
converted into shares of a single class of common stock.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect
to have shares of common stock and no shares of preferred
stock outstanding
(or shares
of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding if
the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase
additional shares to cover overallotments, if any).
Common
Stock
Voting. Except as otherwise required by Delaware law, at
every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every holder of
common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There is no
cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Dividends Rights. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding series of preferred stock, the
holders of our common stock will receive ratably any dividends
declared by our board of directors out of funds legally
available for the payment of dividends. It is our present
intention not to pay dividends on our common stock for the
foreseeable future. Our board of directors may, at its
discretion, modify or repeal our dividend policy. Future
dividends, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock
will depend on, among other things, our results of operations,
cash requirements, financial condition, contractual
restrictions, provisions of applicable law and other factors
that our board of directors deems relevant. Our credit agreement
currently limits our ability to pay cash dividends. See
Dividend Policy.
Liquidation and Preemptive Rights. In the event of our
liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up,
the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in
all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to
prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then
outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive
or other subscription rights.
Preferred
Stock
Our charter provides that we may issue up
to shares
of preferred stock in one or more series as may be determined by
our board of directors. Our board has broad discretionary
authority with respect to the rights of any new series of
preferred stock and may establish the following with respect to
the shares to be included in each series, without any vote or
action of the stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
the number of shares;
|
|
|
|
the designations, preferences and relative rights, including
voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences; and
|
|
|
|
any qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
|
85
We believe that the ability of our board to issue one or more
series of preferred stock will provide us with flexibility in
structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in
meeting other corporate needs that may arise. The authorized
shares of preferred stock, as well as authorized and unissued
shares of common stock, will be available for issuance without
action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by
applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded.
Our board may authorize, without stockholder approval, the
issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights
that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of
holders of common stock. Although our board has no current
intention of doing so, it could issue a series of preferred
stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede
the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover
attempt of our company. Our board could also issue preferred
stock having terms that could discourage an acquisition attempt
through which an acquiror may be able to change the composition
of our board, including a tender offer or other transaction that
some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in
their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a
premium for their stock over the then-current market price. Any
issuance of preferred stock therefore could have the effect of
decreasing the market price of our common stock.
Our board will make any determination to issue such shares based
on its judgment as to our best interests of our company and
stockholders. We have no current plan to issue any preferred
stock after this offering.
Registration
Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of
approximately shares
of our common stock will be entitled to certain registration
rights.
Demand
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, we will be obligated to
effect up to four registrations as requested by the holders of
our common stock having registration rights, including two that
may be on
Form S-1.
A request for registration must cover at least 20% in the
aggregate of the then outstanding shares, on a fully diluted
basis, entitled to registration rights. We may delay the filing
of a registration statement in connection with a demand
registration for a period of up to 120 calendar days upon the
advice of the investment banker(s) and manager(s) that will
administer the offering.
Piggyback
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, in the event that we
propose to register any of our securities under the Securities
Act (except for the registration of securities to be offered
pursuant to an employee benefit plan on
Form S-8
or pursuant to a registration made on
Form S-4
or any successor forms then in effect), we will include in these
registrations all securities with respect to which we have
received written requests for inclusion under our registration
rights agreement, but subject to certain limitations.
We will not make any public sale or distribution of any of our
securities during the seven days prior to and the 90 days
after the effective date of any underwritten demand registration
or any underwritten piggyback registration unless the managing
underwriters agree otherwise. We will not register any of our
securities until at least three months has elapsed from the
effective date of the previous registration (except for the
registration of securities to be issued in connection with
employee benefit plans, to permit exercise or conversions of
previously issued options, warrants, or other convertible
securities or in connection with a demand registration). We will
pay substantially all of the registration expenses of the
holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand and
piggyback registrations described above.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Delaware
Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
86
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of
the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting
stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of
shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are
directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by
employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have
the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
offer; or
|
|
|
|
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business
combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized
at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by
written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the
interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation;
|
|
|
|
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the
issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder; and
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the
entity or person.
Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which
will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may
delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or
potential change in control of our company or change in our
management, including transactions in which stockholders might
otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions
that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best
interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect
the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated bylaws:
|
|
|
|
|
permit our board of directors to issue up
to shares
of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges
as they may designate, including the right to approve an
acquisition or other change in our control;
|
|
|
|
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
by resolution of the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
provide that all vacancies, including newly created
directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum;
|
|
|
|
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a
meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in
writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to
the form and content of a stockholders notice; and
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing
the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled
to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the
directors standing for election, if they should so choose).
|
Limitation
on Liability of Directors and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the
form that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, limits the liability of our directors to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that
directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for
monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as
directors, except for liability for any:
|
|
|
|
|
breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares as
provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law; or
|
|
|
|
transaction from which the directors derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities
arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become
effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we
will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by law or, if
applicable, pursuant to indemnification agreements. They further
provide that we may choose to indemnify other employees or
agents of the corporation from time to time. Section 145(g)
of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and
restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of
any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in connection with their
services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit
indemnification. We obtained a directors and
officers liability insurance policy.
We entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them
to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their
service to us or on our behalf.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers as to which
indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a
claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
Nasdaq
Stock Market
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq
Capital Market under the symbol SPSC.
88
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our
common stock, and a liquid trading market for the common stock
may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot
predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our
common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock
for sale will have on the market price of our common stock.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding
options or in the public market after this offering, or the
anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect the market
prices of our common stock and could impair our future ability
to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon completion of this offering, based on our outstanding
shares as
of ,
2010, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or
warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock
( shares
if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering
(plus any shares sold as a result of the underwriters
exercise of the over-allotment option) will be freely tradable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act, unless those shares are purchased by our affiliates as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The
remaining shares
of common stock to be outstanding after this offering will be
restricted securities under Rule 144. Of these
restricted
securities, shares
will be subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days from
the date of this prospectus pursuant to market stand-off
agreements. Restricted securities may be sold in the public
market only if they have been registered or if they qualify for
an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under
the Securities Act.
Lock-up
Agreements
All of our officers and directors, and holders
of shares
of our common stock and holders
of shares
of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options, in each case after giving effect to
a
for
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to the closing of this offering, have entered
into lock-up
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to
limited exceptions, not to offer, sell or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from
the date of this prospectus without our prior written consent
or, in some cases, the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC has advised us that it
has no current intent or arrangement to release any of the
shares subject to the
lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
period. There are no contractually specified conditions for the
waiver of
lock-up
restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC, which may be granted by Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC for any reason. The
180-day
lock-up
period will be automatically extended if (i) during the
last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce
material news or a material event or (ii) prior to the
expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
15-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in this
paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event. After the
lock-up
period, these shares may be sold, subject to applicable
securities laws. See Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, and beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this
prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any
time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six
months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares
of our common stock provided current public information about us
is available and, after owning such shares for at least one
year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of
our common stock without restriction. Beginning 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, our
89
affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common
stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then
outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Upon expiration of the
lock-up
period described
above, additional
shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under
Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale immediately
upon the closing of this offering as described above. We cannot
estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our
existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.
Options
and Warrants
Upon completion of this offering, stock options to purchase a
total
of shares
of our common stock will be outstanding with a weighted average
per share exercise price of $ and
expiration dates
between
and .
We have reserved an
additional shares
of common stock for issuance pursuant to our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan, which we will adopt in connection with this
offering. Upon completion of this offering, warrants to purchase
a total
of shares
of our common stock will be outstanding with a weighted average
per share exercise price of $ and
expiration dates
between
and .
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as
currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or
advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us
pursuant to options granted prior to the completion of this
offering under our existing stock option plan or other written
agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on
Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144. Additionally, following the consummation of this
offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements
on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register the sale of shares issued
or issuable upon the exercise of all these stock options. The
registration statements will become effective upon filing.
Subject to the exercise of issued and outstanding options and
contractual restrictions, shares of our directors and executive
officers to which Rule 701 is applicable or which are to be
registered under the registration statement on
Form S-8
will be available for sale into the public market after the
expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters, subject to the vesting
requirements.
Registration
Rights
After the completion of this offering, holders
of shares
of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register
those shares for sale in the public market. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights. Registration of these shares under the Securities
Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares
purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of
the registration statement relating to such shares.
90
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following discussion summarizes certain material
U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating
to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common
stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a
non-U.S. holder
(as defined below). This discussion is based on the provisions
of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder and current administrative rulings and
judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All
of these authorities may be subject to differing interpretations
or repealed, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive
effect, which could materially alter the tax consequences to
non-U.S. holders
described in this prospectus.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary
position to the tax consequences described herein or that such
position will not be sustained by a court. No ruling from the
IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained with respect to the
U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a
non-U.S. holder
of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.
This discussion is for general information only and is not
tax advice. All prospective
non-U.S. holders
of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with
respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our
common stock.
As used in this discussion, the term
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of
the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United
States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source;
|
|
|
|
a trust (a) if a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the trusts administration and one
or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of
the trusts substantial decisions or (b) that has a
valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
|
|
|
|
an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner if all
of its interests are owned by a single person described above.
|
An individual may be treated, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as a resident of the United States in any calendar
year by being present in the United States on at least
31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at
least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the
current calendar year. The
183-day test
is determined by counting all of the days the individual is
treated as being present in the current year, one-third of such
days in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of such
days in the second preceding year. Residents are subject to
U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.
This discussion assumes that a prospective
non-U.S. holder
will hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset
(generally, property held for investment). This discussion does
not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate
taxation that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holder
in light of that
non-U.S. holders
individual circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not
address any aspect of U.S. state or local or
non-U.S. taxes,
or the special tax rules applicable to particular
non-U.S. holders,
such as:
|
|
|
|
|
insurance companies and financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
|
controlled foreign corporations and passive foreign investment
companies;
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
partnerships or other pass-through entities;
|
|
|
|
regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;
|
|
|
|
pension plans;
|
|
|
|
persons who received our common stock as compensation;
|
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities;
|
|
|
|
owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated
investment; and
|
|
|
|
former citizens or residents of the United States subject to tax
as expatriates.
|
If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of
our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership
generally will depend on the status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. We urge any beneficial owner of
our common stock that is a partnership and partners in that
partnership to consult their tax advisors regarding the
U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning
and disposing of our common stock.
Distributions
on Our Common Stock
Any distribution on our common stock paid to
non-U.S. holders
will generally constitute a dividend for U.S. federal
income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess
of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will
generally constitute a return of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and will be applied
against and reduce the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis. Any remaining excess will be treated as
capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of
Our Common Stock.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are not treated as effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally
will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax
at a rate of 30% on the gross amount paid, unless the
non-U.S. holder
is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding
under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to claim the
benefit of a tax treaty or to claim an exemption from
withholding, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or successor form) prior to the payment of dividends. A
non-U.S. holder
eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income
tax treaty may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess
amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a
refund with the IRS.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or
business conducted by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax
treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent
establishment or a fixed base maintained within the
United States by the
non-U.S. holder)
are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the
non-U.S. holder
satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements.
To obtain the exemption, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide us with a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or successor form) prior to the payment of the dividend.
Dividends received by a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business generally are subject to U.S. federal income
tax at rates applicable to U.S. persons. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be
subject to an additional branch profits tax imposed
at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as specified by an
applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such
holders country of residence.
A
non-U.S. holder
who provides us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or
Form W-8ECI
must update the form or submit a new form, as applicable, if
there is a change in circumstances that makes any information on
such form incorrect.
92
Gain On
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common
Stock
In general, a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or
withholding on any gain realized from the
non-U.S. holders
sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common
stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides,
is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed
base maintained within the United States by the
non-U.S. holder),
in which case the gain will be taxed on a net income basis
generally in the same manner as if the
non-U.S. holder
were a U.S. person, and, if the
non-U.S. holder
is a corporation, the additional branch profits tax described
above in Distributions on Our Common Stock may also
apply;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the
disposition, which may be offset by
U.S.-source
capital losses of the
non-U.S. holder,
if any; or
|
|
|
|
we are, or have been at any time during the five-year period
preceding such disposition (or the
non-U.S. holders
holding period, if shorter), a United States real property
holding corporation.
|
Generally, we will be a United States real property
holding corporation if the fair market value of our
U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the
sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property
interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or
business, all as determined under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations. We believe that we have not been and are not
currently, and do not anticipate becoming in the future, a
United States real property holding corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of distributions paid to such holder and the amount
of tax withheld, if any. Copies of the information returns filed
with the IRS to report the distributions and withholding may
also be made available to the tax authorities in a country in
which the
non-U.S. holder
is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax
treaty or agreement.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on the gross
amount of dividends and certain other types of payments
(currently at a rate of 28%). Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to backup withholding if proper
certification of foreign status (usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
is provided, and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that the
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person. In addition, no backup withholding or
information reporting will be required regarding the proceeds of
a disposition of our common stock made by a
non-U.S. holder
within the United States or conducted through certain
U.S. financial intermediaries if we receive the
certification of foreign status described in the preceding
sentence and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know
that such
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person or the
non-U.S. holder
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application
of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to
them.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld
under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
can be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely
manner.
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
An individual
non-U.S. holder
who is treated as the owner, or who has made certain lifetime
transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required
to include the value of the common stock in his or her gross
estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable
estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
93
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting
agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally
agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the
aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite
their respective names below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
JMP Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC is the book-running manager and
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and
Needham & Company, LLC are co-lead managers.
Of
the shares
to be purchased by the
underwriters, shares
will be purchased from us and will be purchased from the selling
stockholders.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters are subject to various conditions,
including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of
the underwriters obligations commits them to purchase and
pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above if any
are purchased.
The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling
stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
specified in the underwriting agreement under the Securities
Act, or will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make relating to these liabilities.
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC expects to deliver the shares of
common stock to purchasers on or
about ,
2010.
Over-Allotment
Option
We have granted a
30-day
over-allotment option to the underwriters to purchase up to a
total
of
additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial
public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by
us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the
underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each
of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the
conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase
the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their
respective commitments set forth in the table above.
Determination
of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters.
In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the valuation multiples of publicly-traded companies that the
representatives of the underwriters believe are comparable to us;
|
|
|
|
our financial information;
|
|
|
|
our history and prospects and the outlook for our industry;
|
|
|
|
an assessment of our management, our past and present
operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future
revenues; and
|
|
|
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various
valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities
similar to ours.
|
94
We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market
will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will
trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or
above the initial offering price.
Commissions
and Discounts
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a
concession not in excess of $ per
share of common stock to other dealers specified in a master
agreement among underwriters who are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The underwriters may allow,
and the other dealers specified may reallow, concessions not in
excess of $ per share of common
stock to these other dealers. After this offering, the offering
price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the
underwriters. Our common stock is offered subject to receipt and
acceptance by the underwriters and to other conditions,
including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to
the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses,
payable to us and the selling stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
Without
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnification
of Underwriters
We and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters
against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our
representations and warranties contained in the underwriting
agreement. If we or the selling stockholders are unable to
provide this indemnification, we and the selling stockholders
will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make in respect of those liabilities.
No Sales
of Similar Securities
The underwriters will require all of our directors and officers,
the selling stockholders and certain other of our stockholders
to agree not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or
indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
common stock except for the shares of common stock offered in
this offering without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus.
We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written
consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, offer, sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of common stock, except for the shares of
common stock offered in this offering, the shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options on the date
of this prospectus and the shares of our common stock that are
issued under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which we will adopt
in connection with this offering.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will
be automatically extended if: (1) during the last
17 days of the l80-day restricted period we issue an
earnings release or announce material news or a material event
or (2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
15-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event.
95
Nasdaq
Stock Market
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq
Capital Market under the symbol SPSC.
Short
Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in
this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize,
maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock
during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters
may engage in the following activities in accordance with the
rules of the SEC.
Short Sales. Short sales involve the sales by the
underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are
required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are
short sales made in an amount not greater than the
underwriters overallotment option to purchase additional
shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out
any covered short position by either exercising their
over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in
the open market. In determining the source of shares to close
out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider,
among other things, the price of shares available for purchase
in the open market as compared to the price at which they may
purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short
sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment
option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position
by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common
stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing Transactions. The underwriters may make bids
for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as
stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Penalty Bids. If the underwriters purchase shares in the
open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering
transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the
underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as
part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering
transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than
it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition
of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the
shares if it discourages presales of the shares.
The transactions above may occur on the Nasdaq Capital Market or
otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any
representation or prediction as to the effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the
shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be
discontinued without notice at any time.
96
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and
certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
Faegre & Benson
LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
The underwriters have been represented in connection with this
offering by Goodwin Procter
LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of SPS Commerce, Inc. as of
December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in this
prospectus and registration statement have been so included in
reliance on the report of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance
upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common
stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information included in the registration
statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the
rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this
offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its
exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any
of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references
are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the
exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of
the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement or such other document,
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference. On the closing of this offering, we will be subject
to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
and will be required to file annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We
anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of
charge, on our website (www.spscommerce.com) as soon as
reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC.
You can read the registration statement and our future filings
with the SEC over the Internet at the SECs website at
www.sec.gov. You may request copies of the filing, at no cost,
by telephone at
(612) 435-9400
or by mail at SPS Commerce, Inc., 333 South Seventh Street,
Suite 1000, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. You may also read
and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public
reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain
copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the
Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
facilities.
97
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Financial Statements
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
F-24
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
SPS Commerce, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SPS Commerce,
Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2007 and
2008, and the related statements of operations, redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders deficit, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2008. Our audits of the basic financial
statements included the financial statement schedule listed in
the index. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of SPS Commerce, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
December 3, 2009
F-2
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
4,854
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$198, $308 and $244
|
|
|
4,149
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
4,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred costs, current
|
|
|
2,563
|
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
13,819
|
|
|
|
13,122
|
|
|
|
15,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT NET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
|
6,651
|
|
|
|
7,560
|
|
|
|
8,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
1,560
|
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
1,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,806
|
|
|
|
9,829
|
|
|
|
10,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,845
|
)
|
|
|
(7,020
|
)
|
|
|
(7,946
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,961
|
|
|
|
2,809
|
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOODWILL
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred costs, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,422
|
|
|
|
1,587
|
|
|
|
1,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets
|
|
|
1,507
|
|
|
|
1,654
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,687
|
|
|
$
|
19,197
|
|
|
$
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
489
|
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
452
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and term loans, net of discount, $31, $18 and $2
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit, net of discount
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
1,884
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,890
|
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
9,284
|
|
|
|
9,508
|
|
|
|
11,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, less current portion
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
|
|
4,014
|
|
|
|
4,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and term loans, less current portion and discount $18,
$0 and $0
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
14,834
|
|
|
|
15,077
|
|
|
|
15,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 4,427,782 shares authorized,
4,322,708 shares issued and outstanding; aggregate
liquidation preference of $10,000
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 23,499,362 shares authorized,
21,570,244 shares issued and outstanding, aggregate
liquidation preference of $21,112
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized,
4,687,500 shares issued and outstanding, aggregate
liquidation preference of $7,500
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 50,345,706 shares
authorized; 924,514, 1,240,588 and 1,270,696 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
4,807
|
|
|
|
4,969
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
71,079
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(64,919
|
)
|
|
|
(66,814
|
)
|
|
|
(65,865
|
)
|
|
|
(65,865
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(60,111
|
)
|
|
|
(61,844
|
)
|
|
|
(60,718
|
)
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,687
|
|
|
$
|
19,197
|
|
|
$
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
19,859
|
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
22,617
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,208
|
|
|
|
6,584
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
14,640
|
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
9,538
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,199
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,899
|
|
|
|
17,309
|
|
|
|
17,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(847
|
)
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Weighted average common shares used to compute net income (loss)
per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
1,237
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
36,850
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares used to complete net
income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,818
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,850
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-4
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
Balances at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
4,322,708
|
|
|
$
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
19,015,966
|
|
|
$
|
18,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
56,072
|
|
|
|
|
385,897
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,704
|
|
|
$
|
(61,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
(56,758
|
)
|
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of
offering costs of $52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,554,278
|
|
|
|
2,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
4,322,708
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
21,570,244
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,520
|
|
|
|
|
457,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,717
|
|
|
|
(62,763
|
)
|
|
|
(58,046
|
)
|
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of
offering costs of $56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466,642
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,322,708
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
21,570,244
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
924,514
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,807
|
|
|
|
(64,919
|
)
|
|
|
(60,111
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
307,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,322,708
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
21,570,244
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
1,240,558
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,969
|
|
|
|
(66,814
|
)
|
|
|
(61,844
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Exercise of stock options (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,442
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
4,322,708
|
|
|
$
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
21,570,244
|
|
|
$
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
|
$
|
7,444
|
|
|
$
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
|
1,270,696
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
5,146
|
|
|
$
|
(65,865
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,718
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
1,963
|
|
|
|
1,463
|
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
Amortization of debt issue costs
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Change in carrying value of preferred stock warrants
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of business
acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,176
|
)
|
|
|
(800
|
)
|
|
|
(811
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(574
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Deferred costs
|
|
|
(695
|
)
|
|
|
(2,885
|
)
|
|
|
(1,659
|
)
|
|
|
(1,517
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,459
|
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
(284
|
)
|
|
|
1,318
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
(803
|
)
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
(1,009
|
)
|
|
|
4,102
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,029
|
)
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(884
|
)
|
|
|
(663
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
Business acquisition
|
|
|
(3,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(4,708
|
)
|
|
|
(2,386
|
)
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on line of credit
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
3,125
|
|
|
|
10,425
|
|
|
|
6,650
|
|
|
|
12,025
|
|
Payments on line of credit
|
|
|
(7,900
|
)
|
|
|
(2,875
|
)
|
|
|
(10,125
|
)
|
|
|
(6,400
|
)
|
|
|
(12,025
|
)
|
Proceeds from equipment loans
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on equipment loans
|
|
|
(574
|
)
|
|
|
(432
|
)
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
|
|
(580
|
)
|
Proceeds from term loan
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on term loan
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
(621
|
)
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(238
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
|
|
(508
|
)
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
Proceeds from preferred stock
|
|
|
2,447
|
|
|
|
6,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
4,794
|
|
|
|
6,101
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
(643
|
)
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
2,912
|
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
|
(2,095
|
)
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
1,609
|
|
|
|
1,942
|
|
|
|
4,854
|
|
|
|
4,854
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
1,942
|
|
|
$
|
4,854
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
2,759
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
477
|
|
|
$
|
512
|
|
|
$
|
374
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations incurred
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
$
|
1,407
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock upon conversion of debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,292
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
NOTE A BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business
Description
SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company) is a leading
provider of on-demand supply chain management solutions,
providing integration, collaboration, connectivity, visibility
and data analytics to thousands of customers worldwide. The
Company provides its solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a hosted
software suite that improves the way suppliers, retailers,
distributors and other customers manage and fulfill orders. The
Company derives the majority of its revenues from thousands of
monthly recurring subscriptions from businesses that utilize the
Companys solutions.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Presentation
The unaudited pro forma stockholders deficit as of
September 30, 2009 and the unaudited pro forma net income
(loss) per share and weighted average common shares outstanding
used to compute net income (loss) per share for the year ended
December 31, 2008 and nine months ended September 30,
2009 reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock as of that date into
common stock which will occur immediately upon the consummation
of an initial public offering.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2009,
statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, statement of redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders deficit for
the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and related
interim information contained in the notes to the financial
statements are unaudited. Accordingly, they do not include all
of the information and notes required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of management, the unaudited interim financial
statements include all adjustments necessary for the fair
statement of the Companys financial position as of
September 30, 2009 and its results of operations and its
cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and
2009. The results for the nine months ended September 30,
2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected for the year ending December 31, 2009.
Use of
Estimates
Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Risk and
Uncertainties
The Company relies on hardware and software licensed from third
parties to offer its on-demand management solutions. Management
believes alternate sources are available; however, disruption or
termination of these relationships could adversely affect the
Companys operating results in the near term.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid
investments with original maturities when purchased of less than
90 days.
F-7
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Short-Term
Investments
Investments consist of certificates of deposit that have
original maturities when purchased greater than 90 days and
less than twelve months and are classified as
held-to-maturity.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary
cash investments in financial institutions in excess of
federally insured limits and trade accounts receivable.
Temporary cash investments are held with financial institutions
that the Company believes are subject to minimal risk.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable are initially recorded upon the sale of
products to customers. Credit is granted in the normal course of
business without collateral. Accounts receivable are stated net
of allowances for doubtful accounts, which represent estimated
losses resulting from the inability of customers to make the
required payments. Accounts that are outstanding longer than the
contractual terms are considered past due. When determining the
allowances for doubtful accounts, the Company takes several
factors into consideration including the overall composition of
the accounts receivable aging, the Companys prior history
of accounts receivable write-offs, the type of customers and the
Companys
day-to-day
knowledge of specific customers. The Company writes off accounts
receivable when they become uncollectible. Changes in the
allowances for doubtful accounts are recorded as bad debt
expense and are included in general and administrative expense
in the Companys statements of operations.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment, including assets acquired under capital
lease obligations, are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are
computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the
estimated useful lives of the individual assets or the lease
term.
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated useful lives are:
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
|
2 5 years
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
5 7 years
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
2 7 years
|
|
Significant additions or improvements extending asset lives
beyond one year are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance
are charged to expense as incurred. The assets and related
accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts are adjusted
for asset retirements and disposals with the resulting gain or
loss included in net income (loss).
Research
and Development
Costs incurred to develop software applications used in the
Companys on-demand supply chain management solution are
accounted for in accordance with ASC
350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. Capitalizable
costs consist of (a) certain external direct costs of
materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining
internal-use computer software and (b) payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated
with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally
consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and
testing activities. Research and development costs incurred
during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data
conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and
administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Costs
that cannot be separated between maintenance of, and relatively
minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are
also expensed as incurred. Capitalization begins when the
preliminary project stage is
F-8
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
complete, management with the relevant authority authorizes and
commits to the funding of the software project, it is probable
the project will be completed, the software will be used to
perform the functions intended and certain functional and
quality standards have been met. Historically, no projects have
had material costs beyond the preliminary project stage.
The Companys research and development efforts during 2006,
2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009
(unaudited), related to its on-demand supply chain management
solution were primarily maintenance and data conversion
activities. As such, the Company did not capitalize any research
and development costs during 2006, 2007, 2008 or the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited).
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a
long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and
eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for
recoverability, whether in use or under development. An
impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. There has
been no impairment of these assets to date.
Income
Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes using the asset and
liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements.
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted
tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are
expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not
presently more likely than not.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the
provisions of ASC
740-10,
Income Taxes. Previously, the Company had accounted for
tax contingencies in accordance with ASC
450-10,
Contingencies. As required by ASC
740-10 the
Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax
position only after determining that the relevant tax authority
would more likely than not sustain the position following an
audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not
threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is
the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the
relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, the Company
applied ASC
740-10 to
all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained
open. The implementation of ASC
740-10 did
not have a material impact on the Companys financial
statements
Revenue
Recognition
The Company generates revenues by providing a number of
solutions to its customers. These solutions include Trading
Partner Integration, Trading Partner Enablement and Trading
Partner Intelligence. All of the Companys solutions are
hosted applications that allow customers to meet their supply
chain management requirements. Revenues from its Trading Partner
Integration and Trading Partner Intelligence solutions are
generated through set-up fees and a recurring monthly hosting
fee. Revenues from its Trading Partner Enablement solutions are
generally one-time service fees.
Fees related to recurring monthly hosting services and one-time
services are recognized when the services are provided. The
recurring monthly fee is comprised of both a fixed and
transaction based fee. Revenue is recorded in accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 104, Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements, when all of the following criteria are
met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
F-9
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(2) delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed and
determinable and (4) collectability is probable. If
collection is not considered probable, revenues are recognized
when the fees are collected.
Set-up fees
paid by customers in connection with the Companys
solutions, as well as associated direct and incremental costs,
such as labor and commissions, are deferred and recognized
ratably over the expected life of the customer relationship,
which is generally two years. The Company continues to evaluate
and adjust the length of these amortization periods as more
experience is gained with customer renewals, contract
cancellations and technology changes requested by its customers.
It is possible that, in the future, the estimates of expected
customer lives may change and, if so, the periods over which
such subscription
set-up fees
and costs are amortized will be adjusted. Any such change in
estimated expected customer lives will affect the Companys
future operations.
In accordance with ASC 605-45, Revenue Recognition, taxes
are presented on a net-basis.
Basic and
Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Net income (loss) per share has been computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each
period. Diluted amounts per share include the impact of the
Companys outstanding potential common shares, such as
options and warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock.
Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from
the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per common share.
The following table sets forth the components of the computation
of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator (basic):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
1,237
|
|
Net income (loss) per share-basic
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
Denominator (fully diluted):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
36,850
|
|
Net income (loss) per share-fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(2.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
The following outstanding options, redeemable convertible
preferred stock and warrants were excluded from the computation
of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because
including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
4,095
|
|
|
|
4,646
|
|
|
|
4,448
|
|
|
|
4,443
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
25,893
|
|
|
|
30,580
|
|
|
|
30,580
|
|
|
|
30,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common and preferred stock warrants
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Stock-Based
Compensation
ASC 718, Compensation Stock Compensation,
requires the cost of all share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in
the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of
those awards. In accordance with ASC 718, this cost is
recognized over the period for which an employee is required to
provide service in exchange for the award. ASC 718 requires that
the benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of
recognized compensation expense be reported as a financing cash
flow rather than as an operating cash flow. The compensation
cost recognized by the Company for stock options was $6, $46 and
$157 for 2006, 2007 and 2008, and $110 and $177 for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited). As of
December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, there was
$466 and $475 (unaudited), respectively, of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation
arrangements granted under the Companys stock option
plans. As of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009,
that cost is expected to be recognized on a straight line basis
over a weighted average period of approximately 2.0 and 2.4
(unaudited) years.
The Company estimates the fair value of the options granted
using the Black-Scholes method. The estimation of stock awards
that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent
actual results differ from the Companys estimates, such
amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period
estimates are revised. In valuing share-based awards,
significant judgment is required in determining the expected
volatility of common stock and the expected term individuals
will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected
volatility of the stock is based on the Companys peer
group in the industry in which the Company does business because
the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data
for its own stock. The expected term of options granted was
determined based on the simplified method in accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based
Payment.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Advertising costs were approximately $191, $655 and $85 for
2006, 2007 and 2008, and $74 and $34 (unaudited) for the nine
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. Advertising costs
are included in operating expenses in the statement of
operations.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business
combinations. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually
at December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The
impairment test is conducted by comparing the fair value of the
Company with its carrying value. Fair value is determined using
the future cash flows expected to be generated by the reporting
unit. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, goodwill may
be impaired. If this occurs, the fair value is then allocated to
its assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase
price allocation in order to determine the implied fair value of
the reporting with goodwill. This implied fair value is then
compared with the carrying amount of goodwill and, if it is
less, the Company would then recognize an impairment loss. There
has been no impairment of the Companys assets to date.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets include subscriber relationships and covenants
not-to-compete.
The subscriber relationship asset is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over three years, which approximates its
respective useful life. The covenants
not-to-compete
are amortized on a straight-line basis over two years upon
termination of employment of the respective employees.
F-11
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for intangible
assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscriber relationships
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,179
|
|
|
$
|
751
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,822
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Covenants
not-to-compete
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
1,276
|
|
|
$
|
1,234
|
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
$
|
446
|
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate amortization expense incurred was $536, $740 and $788
for 2006, 2007 and 2008, and $591 and $156 (unaudited) for the
nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009.
Segment
Information
The Company operates in and reports on one segment, supply chain
management solutions, based upon the provisions of ASC
280-10,
Segment Reporting.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Companys financial
instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, short term
investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other
accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their
short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available
to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value
of debt and capital lease obligations approximates fair value.
Fair
Value Measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted ASC 820,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for financial
assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes
a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures
about fair value measurements. The adoption of ASC 820 did not
have a material impact on the Companys financial condition
or results of operations.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received
for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in
the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. ASC 820 also describes three levels of
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 observable inputs other than quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 unobservable inputs in which there is
little or no market data available, which require the reporting
entity to develop its own assumptions.
|
F-12
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The table below presents our assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrants
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets measured at fair value
|
|
$
|
3,903
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of the preferred stock
warrants, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
188
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance that delayed the
effective date of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or
disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis (at least annually). The Company adopted ASC 820
for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities on
January 1, 2009, and such adoption did not have a material
impact on the Companys financial condition or results of
operations.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the fair
value option of ASC 825, Financial Instruments. ASC 825
permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments
and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect
the fair value of accounting option for any of its eligible
assets or liabilities; therefore, this adoption had no impact on
the Companys financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires interim
reporting period disclosure about the fair value of certain
financial instruments, effective for interim reporting periods
ending after June 15, 2009. The Company has adopted these
disclosure requirements. Due to their nature, the carrying value
of cash, receivables, payables and debt obligations approximates
fair value.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events.
ASC 855 incorporates guidance into accounting literature that
was previously addressed only in auditing standards. The
statement refers to subsequent events that provide additional
evidence about conditions that existed at the balance-sheet date
as recognized subsequent events. Subsequent events
that provide evidence about conditions that arose after the
balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial
statements are referred to as non-recognized subsequent
events. ASC 855 also requires companies to disclose the
date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and
whether this date is the date the financial statements were
issued or the date the financial statements were available to be
issued. The disclosure requirements of ASC 855 are effective for
interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The
Company has adopted this new standard.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) as the
source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the
FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Use of the new
Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending
F-13
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
after September 15, 2009. The Company has used the new
Codification in reference to GAAP in this report and such use
has not impacted the results of the Company.
In October 2009, the FASB issued the following ASUs:
|
|
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable
Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues
Task Force; and
|
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (ASC Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force.
|
ASU
No. 2009-13:
This guidance modifies the fair value requirements of ASC
subtopic
605-25,
Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements, by
allowing the use of the best estimate of selling
price in addition to VSOE and Vendor Objective Evidence
(now referred to as third-party evidence, or TPE) for
determining the selling price of a deliverable. A vendor is now
required to use its best estimate of the selling price when VSOE
or TPE of the selling price cannot be determined. In addition,
the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration is
no longer permitted.
ASU
No. 2009-14:
This guidance modifies the scope of ASC subtopic
965-605,
Software-Revenue Recognition, to exclude from its
requirements (a) non-software components of tangible
products and (b) software components of tangible products
that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when
the software components and non-software components of the
tangible product function together to deliver the tangible
products essential functionality.
These updates require expanded qualitative and quantitative
disclosures and are effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010. However, companies may elect to adopt
the updated requirements as early as interim periods ended
September 30, 2009. These updates may be applied either
prospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year for new or
materially modified arrangements or retrospectively. The Company
is currently evaluating the impact of adopting these updates on
its financial statements.
|
|
NOTE B
|
ACQUISITION
OF OWENS DIRECT
|
On February 3, 2006, the Company and Owens Direct LLC
(Owens Direct) entered into an asset purchase
agreement, pursuant to which, on February 23, 2006, the
Company purchased substantially all of Owens Directs
assets with the exception of cash, cash equivalents and certain
contracts. As a part of the agreement, the Company did not
assume any of Owens Directs liabilities. The Company paid
$3,500 in exchange for Owens Directs assets. The Company
incurred additional acquisition costs of $179 for legal and
closing costs. Operations associated with Owens Direct are
included in the financial statements starting on
February 23, 2006.
To fund the purchase, the Company issued an additional
2,554,276 shares of Series B redeemable convertible
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, at $0.98 per share
before expenses on February 17, 2006. The shares of
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock issued have
all the same characteristics of previously issued Series B
redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note G).
Also, in connection with financing related to the Owens Direct
acquisition, the Company entered into a loan and security
agreement with a lender on February 3, 2006. Under this
agreement, the Company entered into a $2,000 term loan, an
equipment loan not to exceed an aggregate of $1,250, and a
revolving line of credit with an amount not to exceed the lesser
of $1,250 or 85% of the eligible domestic accounts receivable
plus 70% of the eligible foreign accounts receivable less any
reserves (Note E).
In conjunction with the February 3, 2006 loan and security
agreement, the Company issued a fully vested ten-year warrant to
purchase 235,000 shares of Series B redeemable
convertible preferred stock at a price of
F-14
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
$0.98 per share to the lender. The original fair value of the
warrant of $160 was recorded as a discount and is being
amortized to interest expense over the weighted-average life of
the term loan, equipment loan and the revolving line
(Note E).
The Company has accounted for the acquisition as a purchase
whereby the assets of Owens Direct were recorded as of the
acquisition date, at their respective fair values, and with
those of the Company. The purchase price was allocated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
580
|
|
Subscriber relationships
|
|
|
1,930
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE C
|
DEBT
ISSUE COSTS
|
The Company capitalizes all debt issue costs and amortizes these
costs as interest expense over the term of the related debt.
Debt issue costs are included in other assets on the balance
sheet. Debt issue costs consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Debt issue costs
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense was $24, $29 and $22 for 2006, 2007 and
2008, and $20 and $8 (unaudited) for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009.
The provision for income taxes at December 31, 2006, 2007
and 2008 consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, the
Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $12 and $60.
The tax provision includes estimated federal alternative minimum
taxes, state franchise taxes and deferred tax expense related to
book and income tax basis differences in goodwill created in the
Owens Direct asset acquisition.
F-15
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to the
statutory federal rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Expected federal income tax at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(441)
|
|
|
$
|
(728)
|
|
|
$
|
(612)
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect
|
|
|
(41)
|
|
|
|
(68)
|
|
|
|
(52)
|
|
Permanent book/tax differences
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards of $55.5 million for U.S. federal tax
purposes. These loss carryforwards expire between 2010 and 2029.
To the extent these net operating loss carryforwards are
available, the Company will use them to reduce its corporate
income tax liability associated with its operations.
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code generally imposes
an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss
carryforwards that might be used to offset taxable income when a
corporation has undergone significant changes in stock
ownership. As a result, prior or future changes in ownership
could put limitations on the availability of the Companys
net operating loss carryforwards.
Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets
and liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2008 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(305)
|
|
|
|
(377)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
$
|
19,632
|
|
|
$
|
19,867
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
20,726
|
|
|
|
21,186
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(20,726)
|
|
|
|
(21,268)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the net deferred tax asset has
been reduced fully by a valuation allowance, as realization is
not considered to be likely based on an assessment of the
likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. The deferred tax
liability recorded at December 31, 2008 relates to goodwill
created in the Owens Direct asset acquisition which is
deductible for tax purposes.
F-16
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
In the event the Company realizes its deferred tax assets in the
future, approximately $26,000 of the NOL carry-forwards were
generated through stock option deductions and will be recorded
in additional paid-in capital rather than offset income tax
expense.
The Company adopted the provisions of ASC
740-10,
Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. ASC
740-10
creates a single model to address uncertainty in tax positions
and clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the
minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet
before being recognized in the financial statements. ASC
740-10 also
provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. At the adoption date, the
Company did not have a material liability under ASC
740-10 for
unrecognized tax benefits. Since adoption, the Company has had
no change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. It is
the Companys practice to recognize penalties
and/or
interest to income tax matters in income tax expenses. As of
September 30, 2009, the Company did not have an accrual for
interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.
|
|
NOTE E
|
LINE OF
CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT
|
On March 30, 2009, the Company agreed to terms with a
lender to provide for equipment loans in the aggregate amount
not to exceed $1,100. All loans are payable in 36 monthly
installments of principal and interest at 12.75%. The Company
entered into an equipment loan with the same lender on
March 24, 2008 to provide equipment loans in the aggregate
amount not to exceed $1,250. All loans are payable in
36 monthly installments of principal and interest at 9.25%
plus the greater of 2.55% or the yield for the three-year
U.S. Treasury note on the date of the advance.
The Company entered in to an equipment loan agreement with the
same lender on March 20, 2007 in the aggregate amount not
to exceed $1,250. All loans from the agreement dated
March 20, 2007 are payable in 36 monthly installments
of principal and interest at 7.20% plus the greater of 4.84% or
the yield for the three-year U.S. treasury note on the date
of the advance.
In conjunction with the acquisition of Owens Direct, the Company
entered into a loan and security agreement with the same lender
on February 3, 2006. Under the agreement, the Company
entered into a $2,000 term loan, an equipment loan not to exceed
an aggregate of $1,250, and a revolving line of credit with an
amount not to exceed the lesser of $1,250 or 85% of the eligible
domestic accounts receivable plus 70% of the eligible foreign
accounts receivable less any reserves. Each loan is
collateralized by the assets of the Company. At
December 31, 2008, $2,027 was available under the revolving
line, of which the Company had borrowed $1,300. In addition,
each loan contains certain non-financial covenants with which
the Company was in compliance at December 31, 2008. The
fair value of the preferred stock warrant issued in connection
with this transaction was $160 and was recorded as a debt
discount and is being amortized as interest expense over the
weighted average life of the term loan, equipment loan and the
revolving line of credit.
On April 8, 2009, the Company also agreed to terms for a
line of credit arrangement renewal with the same lender. The
line of credit provides available borrowings up to $3,500 based
on eligible borrowings and expires March 31, 2010. The
Company had $1,100 and $1,300 of borrowings with effective
interest rates of 5.50% and 9.50% as of December 31, 2007
and 2008, respectively. At September 30, 2009, the line of
credit bears an effective rate of 9.0% and the Company had
$1,300 of borrowings and $1,345 available under the agreement
(unaudited).
F-17
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Term note of $2,000 payable in six monthly interest only
payments followed by 39 monthly payments of principal and
interest at 6.95% plus the greater of 4.54% or the yield for the
four-year U.S. Treasury note on the date of the loan (effective
rate of 11.60% at December 31, 2008 and 2007) through
December 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
697
|
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
Equipment line all loans made under the equipment
line are payable in 36 monthly installments of principal
and interest. Various equipment loans interest
ranging from 11.49% to 12.53% and due at dates through
January 1, 2012
|
|
|
1,328
|
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
2,646
|
|
|
$
|
2,159
|
|
|
$
|
1,062
|
|
Less: discount
|
|
|
(49)
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt, less discount
|
|
|
2,597
|
|
|
|
2,141
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
Less: current maturities
|
|
|
(1,230)
|
|
|
|
(1,409)
|
|
|
|
(727)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,367
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the year
ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1,427
|
|
2010
|
|
|
499
|
|
2011
|
|
|
224
|
|
2012
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE F
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Capital
Leases
The Company leases certain computer equipment under capital
leases that bear interest ranging from 8.9% to 10.75%. A summary
of the Companys property under these leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
$
|
1,529
|
|
|
$
|
1,664
|
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(681)
|
|
|
|
(795)
|
|
|
|
(260)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
848
|
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
|
$
|
834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Future minimum payments under capital leases are as follows for
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
529
|
|
2010
|
|
|
472
|
|
2011
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
Less: amount representing interest
|
|
|
(132)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
|
994
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(441)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Leases
The Company is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases
primarily for office space. In addition to base rent under the
leases, the Company pays utilities and its pro rata share of
real estate taxes. Rent expense charged to operations was $482,
$580 and $663 for 2006, 2007 and 2008, and $497 and $509
(unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009.
Future minimum lease payments are as follows for 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
771
|
|
2010
|
|
|
783
|
|
2011
|
|
|
794
|
|
2012
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
Incentive Agreements
During 2002, the board of directors of the Company approved
management incentive agreements that provide for a bonus to be
paid to certain executive officers upon the sale of the Company.
The aggregate bonus is equal to 0.322% of the amount of the
purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25,000 and less than
$65,000. The aggregate bonus under these agreements is limited
to $150. The management incentive agreements terminate on
June 30, 2012, regardless of employment status. At
December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, no expense
or liability had been recorded relating to these agreements.
Other
Contingencies
The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions in
the normal course of business. Management believes that the
outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant
adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
|
|
NOTE G
|
STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company has issued various classes of redeemable convertible
preferred stock. The holders of Series A, B and C
redeemable convertible preferred stock have the option to put
their shares back to the Company at the liquidation preference
value, as defined in the certificate of incorporation, in the
event of any
F-19
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Certain
events defined in the certificate of incorporation are deemed to
be a liquidation.
None of the Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock have a mandatory redemption feature. In the
event of a liquidation, as defined, the holders of Series C
redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to
receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any
assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of
Series B and A redeemable convertible preferred stock or
common stock, an amount in cash equal to $1.60 per share plus
accrued unpaid dividends. After the liquidation payment to
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stockholders, the
holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock
shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any
distribution of any assets or surplus funds of the Company to
the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred
stock or common stock, an amount in cash equal to $0.98 per
share plus accrued unpaid dividends. After the liquidation
payment of Series B redeemable convertible preferred
stockholders, the holders of Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock shall be entitle to receive, prior
to and in preference to any distribution of any assets or
surplus funds of the Company to the holders of common stock, an
amount in cash equal to $2.31 per share plus accrued unpaid
dividends. After the liquidation payment to Series C, B and
A redeemable convertible preferred stockholders, holders of
common stock and Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock shall share pro rata in the remaining assets of
the Company.
Each share of Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible at
a conversion price of $2.31, $0.98 and $1.60 per share,
respectively. Each share of Series A, B and C redeemable
convertible preferred stock shall automatically and immediately
be converted into shares of common stock upon the closing of a
public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement
if the offering price per share is not less than $3.59 and the
gross proceeds to the Company are at least $20,000. Each share
of redeemable convertible preferred stock is subject to
weighted-average anti-dilution price protection. The holders of
the redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to
dividends only when declared. No dividends have been declared
since the issuance of the redeemable convertible preferred
stock. Generally, holders of Series A, B and C redeemable
convertible preferred stock shall vote on all matters submitted
to a vote of stockholders, except those required by law to be
submitted to a class vote.
|
|
NOTE H
|
SHARE-BASED
COMPENSATION
|
At September 30, 2009, there were 390,633 options available
for grant under approved stock option plans. At
December 31, 2006, 2007 and September 30, 2008, there
were 581 stock options outstanding issued outside the stock
option plans. The stock options generally vest over three to
four years and generally have a contractual term of ten years
from the date of grant. The 2001 Stock Option Plan provides for
the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options to
employees, non-employee directors and other consultants who
provide services to the Company. The 2001 Stock Option Plan
provides that grants of incentive stock options cannot be less
than 110% of the fair market value of the Companys common
stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of incentive
stock options granted to any other employees may not be less
than 100% of the fair market value of the Companys common
stock on the date of grant.
F-20
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Stock
Options
A summary of the Companys stock option activity is
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
3,390,957
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
785,770
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(71,975
|
)
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(10,951
|
)
|
|
|
1.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
4,093,801
|
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,165,115
|
|
|
|
0.87
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(466,642
|
)
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(146,130
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,646,144
|
|
|
|
0.61
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
173,000
|
|
|
|
1.23
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(307,684
|
)
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(63,381
|
)
|
|
|
0.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,448,079
|
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
Granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
1,267,364
|
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
Exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
(33,580
|
)
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
Forfeited (unaudited)
|
|
|
(918,184
|
)
|
|
|
2.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
4,763,679
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes our stock option grants from
October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009 and our
contemporaneous valuations and Black-Scholes values for those
grants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Value(s)
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Estimate
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
|
Period of Grant
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Price(s)
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Valuation Date(s)
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2008
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
$
|
|
(1)
|
|
October 31, 2008
|
First Quarter 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
309,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
Second Quarter 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
374,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.65-0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.65-0.68
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
April 1, 2009
and April 22, 2009
|
Third Quarter 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
893,364
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All stock options granted in the fourth quarter of 2008 were
amended in July 2009 to lower the per share exercise price to
$0.81. |
F-21
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$0.10
|
|
|
2,890,642
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
2,673,308
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
$0.11 $1.99
|
|
|
1,332,115
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
364,002
|
|
|
|
0.85
|
|
$2.00 3.00
|
|
|
212,050
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
|
|
212,050
|
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
$40.00 $66.00
|
|
|
8,945
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
61.04
|
|
|
|
8,945
|
|
|
|
61.04
|
|
$102.40 $115.60
|
|
|
4,202
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
105.01
|
|
|
|
4,202
|
|
|
|
105.01
|
|
$180.00 $220.00
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
180.00
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
180.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,448,079
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
3,262,632
|
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2006, 2007 and
2008 was $0, $280 and $346, and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 was $27 (unaudited).
The weighted-average fair value of the options granted during
2007, 2008 and 2009 were $0.47, $0.64 and $0.34 (unaudited). The
fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes method with the following
assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Weighted-average volatility
|
|
|
60.0
|
%
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
|
|
53.0
|
%
|
|
49.0% - 53.0%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
0.0%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
4.0 - 7.0
|
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
2.7% - 4.0%
|
The expected term of the options is based on evaluations of
historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates
at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to
the expected life at the grant date. Volatility is based on
historic volatilities from traded shares of a selected publicly
traded peer group. It is not routine for the Company to issue
dividends and it does not expect to do so in the future.
On July 23, 2009, the Company unilaterally amended the
terms of certain stock options granted to 17 employees and
one director to reduce the exercise price for all of the shares
subject to each option to $0.81 per share, which was the
fair market value of the common stock on the date of amendments.
The amendments did not change the vesting provisions or the
number of shares subject to any of the option awards. This was
accounted for as a stock option modification and required the
remeasurement of these stock options. This remeasurement
resulted in total additional incremental stock-based
compensation cost of $60, which will be recognized ratably over
the remaining vesting period of the original awards. Of the $177
of stock-based compensation recognized in the period ended
September 30, 2009, approximately $29 (unaudited) related
to the stock-based compensation costs associated with the
modified options.
Common
Stock Warrants
The Company had 10,750 and 750 warrants outstanding to purchase
common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.20 to $105.00
per share, at December 31, 2007 and 2008. These warrants
expired on May 13, 2009 or were previously exercised.
F-22
SPS
Commerce, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Preferred
Stock Warrants
At December 31, 2007, 2008 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had warrants outstanding to purchase 255,435 shares
of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, with
exercise prices of $0.98 per share. These warrants expire on
dates ranging from May 2011 to February 2016.
The Company is required to classify the outstanding warrants to
purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock as a liability
on its balance sheet and record adjustments to their fair value
in the statements of operations. The Company recorded income
(expense) of ($85), $69 and $45 for 2006, 2007 and 2008, and $49
and ($96) (unaudited) for the nine months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009. This expense was recorded in
other income (expense). The warrants are subject to revaluation
at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is
recognized as a component of other income (expense), net, until
conversion of the preferred stock warrants to common stock
warrants upon completion of the Companys initial public
offering.
|
|
NOTE I
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN
|
The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement savings plan whereby
employees are allowed to contribute up to 50% of their salaries
and the Company will match 25% up to the first 6%. The
Companys contributions vest immediately. Company
contributions to the plan were $83, $124 and $172 for 2006, 2007
and 2008, and $124 and $161 (unaudited) for the nine months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009.
The Company provides limited guarantees to certain customers
through service level agreements. These agreements are defined
in the master agreements with the customer and performance is
measured on a monthly basis for the life of the contracts.
Service level agreements require the Company to perform at
specified levels, which would include, but are not limited to,
document processing times, data center availability, customer
support and issue resolution.
|
|
NOTE K
|
SUBSEQUENT
EVENTS
|
The Company has evaluated its financial statements as of
December 31, 2008 for subsequent events through
December 3, 2009, the date the financial statements were
available to be issued. The Company is not aware of any
subsequent events that would require recognition or disclosure
in the financial statements.
F-23
SCHEDULE II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Revenue,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Description
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
End of Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves deducted from assets to which it applies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
|
$
|
(103
|
)
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
(193
|
)
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
|
$
|
396
|
|
|
$
|
(286
|
)
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
Shares
Common
Stock
PROSPECTUS
,
2010
Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Needham & Company, LLC |
JMP
Securities
Neither we nor any
of the selling stockholders or underwriters have authorized
anyone to provide information different from that contained in
this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to
invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any
information other than the information in this prospectus. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer
to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under
which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Until ,
2010, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotment or
subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us
in connection with the sale of common stock being registered.
All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration
fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing
fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
FINRA fee
|
|
|
5,100
|
|
Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment |
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action
by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation against expenses (including
attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in
connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and
in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that,
in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no
indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as
to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that
will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide
that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and
officers (and may choose to indemnify and advance expenses to
other employees and other agents) to the fullest extent
permitted by law; provided, however, that if we enter into an
indemnification agreement with such directors or officers, such
agreement controls.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of
incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be
personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director,
except for liability for any:
|
|
|
|
|
breach of a directors duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its stockholders;
|
|
|
|
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
|
|
|
|
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
benefit.
|
II-1
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the
form that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, provides that our directors are not personally liable
for breaches of fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities
arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
permits a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in
the form that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any
officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in connection with their
services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit
indemnification. We intend to obtain a directors and
officers liability insurance policy prior to the closing
of this offering.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we entered
into indemnity agreements with each of our directors that
require us to indemnify such persons against various actions
including, but not limited to, third-party actions where such
director, by reason of his or her corporate status, is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to an action, or by reason
of anything done or not done by such director in any such
capacity. We indemnify directors against all costs, judgments,
penalties, fines, liabilities, amounts paid in settlement by or
on behalf such directors, and for any expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by such directors in connection with such
action, if such directors acted in good faith and in a manner
they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was
unlawful. We also advance to our directors expenses (including
attorneys fees) incurred by such directors in advance of
the final disposition of any action after the receipt by the
corporation of a statement or statements from directors
requesting such payment or payments from time to time, provided
that such statement or statements are accompanied by an
undertaking, by or on behalf of such directors, to repay such
amount if it shall ultimately be determined that they are not
entitled to be indemnified against such expenses by the
corporation.
The indemnification agreements set forth certain procedures that
will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification or
advancement of expenses, including, among others, provisions
about providing notice to the corporation of any action in
connection with which a director seeks indemnification or
advancement of expenses from the corporation, and provisions
concerning the determination of entitlement to indemnification
or advancement of expenses.
Prior to the closing of this offering we plan to enter into an
underwriting agreement, which will provide that the underwriters
are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our
directors, officers and controlling persons against specified
liabilities.
II-2
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration
statement, we issued the securities indicated below that were
not registered under the Securities Act. All share and price
information in the table below does not reflect the impact of
the
conversion of
all of our preferred stock into common stock immediately prior
to consummation of this offering and
a for
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
Individual or Group Name
|
|
Type of Securities
|
|
Date of Sale
|
|
Preferred
|
|
Common
|
|
Consideration
|
|
Pacific Capital Ventures LLC
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 10, 2007
|
|
|
124,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
199,257.60
|
|
River Cities Capital Fund II L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 10, 2007
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
400,000.00
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 10, 2007
|
|
|
625,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,000,000.00
|
|
SPVC VI, LLC
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 10, 2007
|
|
|
468,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
750,000.00
|
|
CID Mezzanine Capital, L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 10, 2007
|
|
|
901,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,442,787.20
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
1,473,438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,357,500.80
|
|
Axiom Venture Partners II, L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
312,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
500,000.00
|
|
BlueCrest Strategic Limited
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
263,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
421,003.20
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P.
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
400,000.00
|
|
Ronald P. Karlsberg, TTEE FBO R.P. Karlsberg Cardiovascular
Medical Group of Southern California 401K, profit sharing plan,
DTD 1/1/1989
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,000.00
|
|
Casimir Skrzypczak
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
April 18, 2007
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,451.20
|
|
Robert J. Guerriere
|
|
common stock
|
|
April 20, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,092
|
|
|
$
|
2,709.20
|
|
Thomas C. Velin
|
|
common stock
|
|
June 29, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,848
|
|
|
$
|
23,284.80
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
common stock
|
|
July 11, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000.00
|
|
Thomas C. Velin
|
|
common stock
|
|
August 9, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,322
|
|
|
$
|
632.20
|
|
Gregory R. Storlie
|
|
common stock
|
|
August 18, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
$
|
38.00
|
|
John P. Sekeres
|
|
common stock
|
|
January 16, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,038
|
|
|
$
|
778.80
|
|
PNC Investment Corp.
|
|
common stock
|
|
May 21, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,360
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Patrick J. Maurer
|
|
common stock
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263,260
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Chad Johnson
|
|
common stock
|
|
August 8, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,386
|
|
|
$
|
138.60
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
common stock
|
|
September 4, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
4,000.00
|
|
Sandra L. Evanson
|
|
common stock
|
|
September 11, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,188
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates shares acquired upon
cashless exercise of an option or warrant. In the case of PNC
Investment Corp., the exercise price of $2,000 was paid by
cancellation of 1,640 shares subject to the applicable
warrant. In the case of Patrick J. Maurer, the exercise price of
$28,676 was paid by cancellation of 25,506 shares subject
to the applicable option. In the case of Sandra L. Evanson, the
exercise price of $3,358 was paid by cancellation of
3,392 shares subject to the applicable option.
|
The above-described sales of Series C convertible preferred
stock were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration
requirements of the Securities Act available under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of
Regulation D. These sales did not involve any underwriters,
underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.
The recipients of the securities in these transactions
represented that they were sophisticated persons and that they
intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not
with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution
thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share
certificates and instruments issued in such sales. We believe
that the purchasers either received adequate information about
us or had adequate access, through their relationships with us,
to such information.
The sale of common stock to PNC Investment Corp. was made in
reliance upon the exemption from registration requirements of
the Securities Act available under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. This sale did not involve any underwriters,
underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.
All other sales of common stock described above were made
pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under our 2001
Stock Option Plan to our officers, directors, employees and
consultants in reliance upon an available exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, including those
II-3
contained in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b)
of the Securities Act. Among other things, we relied on the fact
that, under Rule 701, companies that are not subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d)
of the Exchange Act are exempt from registration under the
Securities Act with respect to certain offers and sales of
securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans as
defined under that rule. We believe that our 2001 Stock Option
Plan qualifies as a compensatory benefit plan.
The following table sets forth information on the stock options
issued by us in the three years preceding the filing of this
registration statement. All information in the table below
relating to the number of options or exercise price does not
reflect
a
for
reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur
immediately prior to consummation of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Date of Issuance
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
January 24, 2007
|
|
|
53,475
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
April 26, 2007
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
July 26, 2007
|
|
|
522,640
|
|
|
$
|
0.78
|
|
|
$
|
0.78
|
|
|
$
|
0.78
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
November 27, 2007
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
November 28, 2007
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
January 21, 2008
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
January 21, 2008
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
April 23, 2008
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.22
|
|
|
$
|
1.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
July 24, 2008
|
|
|
123,500
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
October 31, 2008
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
309,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
April 1, 2009
|
|
|
309,000
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
April 22, 2009
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
893,364
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
October 22, 2009
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents stock options granted to three employees that result
from our unilateral amendment to reduce the exercise price for
all of the shares subject to options granted to the employees on
February 10, 2009. The amendments reduce the exercise price
of the previously granted options to $0.65 per share, which was
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the
amendments. The amendments did not affect the vesting provisions
or the number of shares subject to any of the option awards. For
financial statement reporting, we treat the previously granted
options as being forfeited and the amendments as new option
grants; however, none of the holders of the previously granted
options made any investment decisions in connection with the
amendments. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes a total of 890,364 stock options granted to
17 employees and one director that result from our
unilateral amendment to reduce the exercise price for all of the
shares subject to options previously granted to the employees
and director. The amendments reduce the exercise price of the
previously granted options to $0.81 per share, which was the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of the
amendments. The amendments did not affect the vesting provisions
or the number of shares subject to any of the option awards. For
financial statement reporting, we treat the previously granted
options as being forfeited and the amendments as new option
grants; however, none of the holders of the previously granted
options made any investment decisions in connection with the
amendments. |
No consideration was paid to us by any recipient of any of the
foregoing options for the grant of such options. All of the
stock options described above were granted under our 2001 Stock
Option Plan to our
II-4
officers, directors, employees and consultants in reliance upon
an available exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, including those contained in Rule 701
promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among
other things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701,
companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are
exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect
to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to
compensatory benefit plans as defined under that
rule. We believe that our 2001 Stock Option Plan qualifies as a
compensatory benefit plan.
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
See the Exhibit Index following the signature page.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this amendment
no. 1 to registration statement on
Form S-1
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota on
this 11th
day of January, 2010.
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kimberly
K. Nelson
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amendment no. 1 to registration statement has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Archie
C. Black
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive
officer)
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kimberly
K. Nelson
Kimberly
K. Nelson
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Steve
A. Cobb
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Michael
B. Gorman
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Martin
J. Leestma
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
George
H. Spencer, III
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Murray
R. Wilson
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Sven
A. Wehrwein
|
|
Director
|
|
January 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
* /s/ Kimberly
K. Nelson
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
Agent and attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-6
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
registrant to be effective immediately prior to the closing of
the offering
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant to be effective
immediately prior to the closing of the offering
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of SPS
Commerce, Inc.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration rights agreement dated April 10, 2007
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Faegre & Benson LLP
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
1999 Equity Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Option Agreement under 1999 Equity Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
2001 Stock Option Plan**
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2001 Stock Option
Plan**
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) under
2001 Stock Option Plan**
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) under
2010 Equity Incentive Plan**
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement dated February 3, 2006 by and
between Ritchie Capital Finance, L.L.C. and the Company
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated March 20,
2007 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance Master
Fund Limited, as assignee of Ritchie Capital Finance, LLC
and Ritchie Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd., and the Company
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated
March 24, 2008 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited, as assignee of Ritchie Capital
Finance, LLC and Ritchie Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd., and the
Company
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated
March 30, 2009 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited, as assignee of Ritchie Capital
Finance, LLC and Ritchie Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd., and the
Company
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated
April 8, 2009 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited, as assignee of Ritchie Capital
Finance, LLC and Ritchie Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd., and the
Company
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
2002 Management Incentive Agreement between the Company and
Archie C. Black**
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
2002 Management Incentive Agreement between the Company and
James J. Frome**
|
|
10
|
.16*
|
|
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy**
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Steve A. Cobb, Michael B.
Gorman, George H. Spencer, III and Murry R. Wilson
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Martin J. Leestma and Sven
A. Wehrein
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Archie C. Black**
|
|
10
|
.20*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Archie C. Black**
|
|
10
|
.21*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Kimberly K. Nelson**
|
|
10
|
.22*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and James J. Frome**
|
|
10
|
.23*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Michael J. Gray**
|
|
10
|
.24*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and David J. Novak,
Jr.**
|
II-7
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Faegre & Benson LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
II-8
exv4w2
Exhibit 4.2
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
(Amended and Restated April 10, 2007)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 1. Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 3. Demand Registration |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 4. Piggyback Registrations |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 5. Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company and Others |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 6. Registration Procedures |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 7. Registration Expenses |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 8. Indemnification |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 9. Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Company Obligations |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 11. Miscellaneous |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A Investors |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B Notice of Adoption |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page A-i |
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
(Amended and Restated April 10, 2007)
This Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (Agreement) is entered into as of
April 10, 2007 (the Effective Date), by and among SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Company), the investors listed on Exhibit A (each an Investor) and the stockholders on
Exhibit A (each a Stockholder).
Preliminary Statements
A. On the Effective Date the Company filed a Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation authorizing shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value
(Series A Preferred Stock), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value (Series B
Preferred Stock), and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value (Series C Preferred
Stock, and collectively with the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the
Preferred Stock).
B. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company and certain of the Investors, dated as of the date
hereof (the Stock Purchase Agreement), such Investors purchased Series C Preferred Stock.
C. Certain of the Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Fourth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2003, as amended (the 2003
Registration Rights Agreement), that provides for certain registration rights as set forth
therein.
D. It is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase
Agreement that the parties enter into this Agreement, and that this Agreement will amend, supersede
and restate in its entirety the 2003 Registration Rights Agreement.
E. The 2003 Registration Rights Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed
by the Company and the holders of at least 66.67% of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred
Stock and the holders of at least 66.67% of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock.
F. The Company, the holders of at least 66.67% of the issued and outstanding Series A
Preferred Stock, and the holders of 66.67% of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock
desire to amend and restate the 2003 Registration Rights Agreement to provide such contractual
rights to the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth herein.
Terms and Conditions
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and the
Stock Purchase Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, and in addition to other terms
defined herein, the following terms have the meanings indicated below or in the referenced sections
of this Agreement:
2003 Purchase Agreement means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
by and among the Company and the purchasers listed therein, dated as of May 16, 2003, as from time
to time amended in accordance with the provisions thereof.
2006 Purchase Agreement means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
by and among the Company and the purchasers listed therein, dated as of February 21, 2006, as from
time to time amended in accordance with the provisions thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page A-1 |
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday or the equivalent
for banks under the laws of the States of Minnesota or Indiana.
Common Stock means the Companys common stock, $.001 par value per share, as the same may be
constituted from time to time.
Demand Registration has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal
statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at
the time.
Exchange Agreement means the Preferred Stock Exchange Agreement, by and among the Company
and the investors listed therein, dated as of May 16, 2003, as from time to time amended in
accordance with the provisions thereof.
Initial Public Offering means the first primary offering of Common Stock to the public by
the Company registered pursuant to the Securities Act.
Majority of the Registrable Securities means 51% or more of the Registrable Securities being
registered, unless the text of this Agreement indicates that it is 51% or more of the Registrable
Securities then issued and outstanding.
Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an
association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a
government entity or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof.
Piggyback Registration has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).
Preferred Stock means the Companys Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and
Series C Preferred Stock.
Pro rata basis means with respect to each Investor (or Stockholder if applicable) the ratio
determined by dividing (i) the number of Registrable Securities (on an as-if-converted to Common
Stock basis) then held by such Investor (or Stockholder if applicable) by (ii) the aggregate number
of outstanding Registrable Securities (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).
Registrable Securities means (a) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the
Preferred Stock acquired by the Investors pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the 2003 Purchase
Agreement, the 2006 Purchase Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement; (b) any Common Stock
issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security
that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in
replacement of, the Preferred Stock; (c) any other shares of Common Stock that the Investors have
the right to acquire or do acquire upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock or other equity or
debt securities of the Company issued or acquired pursuant to any current or future agreement
between or among any of the Investors and the Company or any current stockholder of the Company;
(d) any shares of Common Stock otherwise acquired by the Investors; and (e) the shares of Common
Stock held by the Stockholders as of the date of this Agreement (including shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or option currently held by any
Stockholder), but as to the shares subject to this phrase (e), only in connection with the
Piggyback Registration rights provided for in Section 4, and any other rights or obligations of the
Stockholders provided herein to effectuate Stockholders rights under Section 4.
Registration Expenses has the meaning set forth in Section 7.
SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other federal agency
at that time administering the Securities Act).
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 2 |
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at the time.
Underwritten registration or underwritten offering means a registration in which
securities of the Company are sold pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting.
Section 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.
(a) Registrable Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement
are Registrable Securities. A Registrable Security ceases to be entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement when it is registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the
registration statement covering it.
(b) Holders of Registrable Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of
Registrable Securities whenever that Person owns, directly or beneficially, or has the right to
acquire Registrable Securities, disregarding any legal restrictions upon the exercise of that
right.
Section 3. Demand Registration.
(a) Requests for Registration. At any time after the completion of an Initial Public
Offering, the holders of the Registrable Securities may demand that the Company register all or
part of their Registrable Securities under the Securities Act (a Demand Registration) on Forms
S-1 or S-3 (or similar forms then in effect) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
Within ten days after receipt of a demand, the Company will notify in writing all holders of
Registrable Securities of the demand. Any holder who wants to include his, her or its Registrable
Securities in the Demand Registration must notify the Company within ten Business Days of receiving
the notice of the Demand Registration. Except as provided in this Section 3, the Company will
include in all Demand Registrations all Registrable Securities for which the Company receives
timely written demands for inclusion. All demands made pursuant to this Section 3(a) must specify
the number of Registrable Securities to be registered (that may not be less than 20% in the
aggregate of the then outstanding Registrable Securities on a fully diluted basis, including
Registrable Securities issued upon conversion of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock) and the
intended method of disposing of the Registrable Securities.
(b) Number of Demand Registrations. The Company is obligated to effect up to four
Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 3, including two that may be Demand Registrations on
Form S-1 (or any successor form).
(c) Form of Registration. The Demand Registration will be on Form S-3 whenever the
Company is permitted to use the form, unless the holders of a Majority of the Registrable
Securities or the underwriter reasonably request registration on an expanded form; provided,
however, that no more than two Demand Registrations will be on Form S-1. The Company will use its
reasonable best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3.
(d) Registration Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses for the
Demand Registrations. A registration initiated as a Demand Registration for which the Company pays
the Registration Expenses will not count (i) toward the limit on Demand Registrations set forth in
Section 3(b) or (ii) for the purposes of the first sentence of this Section 3(d) until it becomes
effective and at least 50% of all of the Registrable Securities included in that registration have
actually been sold.
(e) Selection of Underwriters. The holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities requested to be included in a Demand Registration may select the investment banker(s)
and manager(s) that will administer the offering, as long as the investment banker(s) and the
manager(s) are reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company will enter into a customary
underwriting agreement with those investment banker(s) and manager(s).
(f) Priority on Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriters give the Company
and the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered a written opinion that the number
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 3 |
of
Registrable Securities requested to be included exceeds the number of securities that can be sold,
the Company will include in the registration only the number of Registrable Securities that the
underwriters believe can be sold. The number of securities registered will be allocated on a pro
rata basis among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of
Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration.
(g) Delay in Filing. The Company may delay the filing of the registration statement
in connection with a Demand Registration for a period of not more than 120 calendar days upon the
advice of the investment banker(s) and manager(s) that will administer the offering that a delay is
necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to prevent a material adverse effect on the
Company. The Company may not use this right to delay more than once during the term of this
Agreement.
(h) Limited Piggyback Right on Demand Registrations.
(i) Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities demand a Demand Registration, the Company
may notify in writing the other holders of securities of the same type as the Registrable
Securities that are to be registered not later than the earlier to occur of (A) the fifth Business
Day following the Companys receipt of notice of exercise of the Demand Registration right or (B)
45 calendar days prior to the anticipated filing date.
(ii) The Company may include in the Demand Registration securities of the same type and class
to be sold for its own account or held by other holders, but only to the extent that the managing
underwriters give the Company their written opinion that the total number or dollar amount of
securities requested to be included can be sold. If the number or dollar amount of securities
requested to be sold exceeds the amount that in the opinion of the managing underwriters can be
sold, the Company will include in the registration: (A) first, up to all Registrable Securities
(allocated on a pro rata basis among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the
total number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration), (B) second,
up to the full number or dollar amount of securities requested to be included for the account of
the Company, and (C) third, up to the full number or dollar amount of securities requested to be
included in the registration in excess of the number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities to
be registered (allocated on a pro rata basis among the holders of the securities in such
proportions as the Company and those holders may agree).
(iii) The holders of securities (including the Company) other than Registrable Securities to
be registered pursuant to this Section 3(h) will enter into the same agreement with the managing
underwriters as do the holders of the Registrable Securities.
(iv) If the Company registers any of its securities on its own behalf in a Demand Registration
(in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(h)), that Demand Registration will not count
(i) toward the limit on Demand Registrations set forth in Section 3(b) or (ii) for the purpose of
determining the number of Demand Registrations for which the Company is required under Section 3(h)
to pay all Registration Expenses, and the Company will pay all of the Registration Expenses of that
registration.
(v) If any of the holders of any other securities of the Company register those securities in
a Demand Registration in accordance with this Section 3(h), those holders will pay the fees and
expenses of their counsel and their share on a pro rata basis of the Registration Expenses not paid
by the Company for any reason.
Section 4. Piggyback Registrations.
(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act (except for the registration of securities to be offered
pursuant to an employee benefit plan on Form S-8 or pursuant to a registration made on Form S-4, or any successor
forms then in effect) at any time other than pursuant to a Demand Registration and the registration
form to
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 4 |
be used may be used for the registration of the Registrable Securities (a Piggyback
Registration), it will so notify in writing all holders of Registrable Securities not later than
the earlier to occur of (i) the fifth Business Day following the Companys receipt of notice of
exercise of other demand registration rights, or (ii) 30 calendar days prior to the anticipated
filing date. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4(c) and (d), the Company will include in the
Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received
written requests for inclusion within 15 Business Days after the applicable holders receipt of the
Companys notice. The holders of Registrable Securities may withdraw all or any part of the
Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time before five Business Days prior to
the effective date of the Piggyback Registration. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten
offering effected under Section 4(c), all Persons whose securities are included in the Piggyback
Registration must sell their securities on the same terms and conditions as apply to the securities
being issued and sold by the Company. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering
effected under Section 4(d), all Persons whose securities are included in the Piggyback
Registration must sell their securities on the same terms and conditions as apply to the securities
being sold by the Person(s) initiating the Piggyback Registration. A registration of Registrable
Securities pursuant to this Section 4 will not be counted as a Demand Registration under Section 3.
(b) Piggyback Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection
with each Piggyback Registration.
(c) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten
primary registration on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters give the Company their
written opinion that the total number or dollar amount of securities requested to be included in
the registration exceeds the number or dollar amount of securities that can be sold, the Company
will include the securities in the registration in the following order of priority: (i) first, all
securities the Company proposes to sell; (ii) second, up to the full number or dollar amount of
Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration (allocated on a pro rata basis
among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the dollar amount or number of
Registrable Securities requested to be included); and (iii) third, any other securities (provided
they are of the same class as the securities sold by the Company) requested to be included,
allocated among the holders of securities in such proportions as the Company and those holders may
agree.
(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an
underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Companys securities, and the
managing underwriters give the Company their written opinion that the dollar amount or number of
securities requested to be included in the registration exceeds the dollar amount or number of
securities that can be sold, the Company will include in the registration: (i) to the extent of
50% of the number or dollar amount of securities other than Registrable Securities that in the
underwriters opinion can be sold, the securities requested to be included in the registration,
allocated among the holders of those securities in such proportions as the Company and those
holders may agree, and (ii) to the extent of the balance, the Registrable Securities requested to
be included, allocated on a pro rata basis among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis
of the dollar amount or number of securities requested to be included. If after including all of
the Registrable Securities the underwriters determine that there are additional securities that can
be sold, then securities other than the foregoing may be added to the registration.
(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten
offering, the Company will select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) that will administer the
offering, as long as the investment banker(s) and manager(s) are reasonably satisfactory to the
holders of a Majority of the Registrable Securities. The Company and the holders of Registrable
Securities participating in the offering will enter into a customary underwriting agreement with
the investment banker(s) and manager(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 5 |
(f) Other Registrations. The Company agrees that after filing a registration
statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3 or this Section 4 that has
not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company will not register any of its equity securities or
securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the
Securities Act, whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder of those securities,
until at least three months has elapsed from the effective date of the previous registration. This
three-month hiatus does not apply to registrations of securities to be issued in connection with
employee benefit plans, to permit exercise or conversions of previously issued options, warrants,
or other convertible securities, or in connection with a Demand Registration.
Section 5. Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company and Others. The Company agrees
not to make any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for its equity securities, including a sale under Regulation D
of the Securities Act or under any other exemption of the Securities Act (except as part of the
underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), during
the seven days prior to and the 90 days after the effective date of any underwritten Demand
Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration unless the managing underwriters agree
otherwise. The Company also agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder of at
least 5% (on a fully diluted basis) of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for at least 5% (on a fully diluted basis) of its equity securities
(other than Registrable Securities), purchased from the Company at any time on or after the date of
this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to make any public sale or
distribution of those securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act
(except as part of the underwritten registration, if permitted), during the seven days prior to and
the 90 days after the effective date of the registration unless the managing underwriters agree
otherwise.
Section 6. Registration Procedures.
(a) Best Efforts. Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities request the
registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will use its
reasonable best efforts to register and to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities in
accordance with the intended method of disposition. To carry out this obligation, the Company will
as expeditiously as possible:
(i) prepare and file with the SEC, but in any event no later than 90 calendar
days after receipt of a request to file a registration statement (subject to Section
3(g)), a registration statement on the appropriate form and use its best efforts to
cause the registration statement to become effective. At least two Business Days
before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto that covers Registrable Securities, the Company will furnish to
the counsel of the holders of a Majority of the Registrable Securities being
registered copies of all documents proposed to be filed for that counsels review
and approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
(ii) notify immediately each seller of Registrable Securities of any stop order
threatened or issued by the SEC and take all actions reasonably required to prevent
the entry of a stop order or if entered to have it rescinded or otherwise removed;
(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the
registration statement and the corresponding prospectus necessary to keep the
registration statement effective for 180 days or such shorter period as may be
required to sell all Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement;
and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition
of all securities covered by the registration statement during each period in
accordance with the sellers intended methods of disposition as set forth in the
registration statement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 6 |
(iv) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a sufficient number of
copies of the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each
case including all exhibits), the corresponding prospectus (including each
preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as seller may reasonably request
to facilitate the disposition of the sellers Registrable Securities;
(v) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities
under securities or blue sky laws of jurisdictions in the United States of America
as any seller requests and will do any and all other acts and things that may be
necessary or advisable to enable the seller to consummate the disposition of the
sellers Registrable Securities;
(vi) use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the
registration statement to be registered with or approved by those governmental
agencies or authorities necessary to enable each seller to consummate the
disposition of its Registrable Securities;
(vii) notify each seller of Registrable Securities, at any time when a
prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of any event as a
result of which the prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference
contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will prepare a
supplement or amendment to the prospectus or any such document incorporated therein
by reference so that thereafter the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading;
(viii) cause all registered Registrable Securities to be listed on each
securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are
then listed;
(ix) provide an institutional transfer agent and registrar and a CUSIP number
for all Registrable Securities on or before the effective date of the registration
statement;
(x) enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement
in customary form) and take all other actions in connection with those agreements as
the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered or the underwriters, if
any, request to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable
Securities;
(xi) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any
underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the registration statement,
and any attorney, accountant, or other agent of any seller or underwriter, all
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the
Company, and cause the Companys officers, directors, and employees to supply all
information requested by any seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in
connection with the registration statement; provided that an appropriate
confidentiality agreement is executed by any seller, underwriter, attorney,
accountant, or other agent;
(xii) in connection with any underwritten offering, obtain a cold comfort
letter from the Companys independent public accountants in customary form and
covering those matters customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders
of the Registrable Securities being registered or the managing underwriters request
(and the letter will be addressed to holders of the Registrable Securities);
(xiii) furnish, at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities being
registered, an opinion of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of
the registration, in the form and substance customarily given to underwriters in an
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 7 |
underwritten public offering and satisfactory to the counsel representing the
holders of Registrable Securities being registered, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and to the holders of Registrable Securities being registered; and
(xiv) use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations
of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an
earnings statement complying with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities
Act and covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months,
beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration
Statement.
(b) Distribution of Securities. From time to time, the Company may require each
seller of Registrable Securities subject to the registration to furnish to the Company information
regarding the distribution of the securities subject to the registration.
(c) Prospectus. Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of those
securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of any event of the kind described in
Section 6(a)(vii), the holder will discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until the
holder receives copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 6(a)(vii).
In addition, if the Company requests, the holder will deliver to the Company (at the Companys
expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the holders possession, of the
current prospectus covering the Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of the notice. If
the Company gives any such notice, the time period mentioned in Section 6(a)(iii) will be extended
by the number of days elapsing between the date of notice and the date that each seller receives
the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 6(a)(iii).
(d) Duty to Provide Information. Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have
requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, those holders
will notify the Company, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered
under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event that as to any holder of Registrable
Securities is (i) to its respective knowledge, and (ii) uniquely within its respective knowledge,
and (iii) solely as to matters concerning that holder of the Registrable Securities, as a result of
which the prospectus included in the registration statement contains an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
(e) Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Investor hereby agrees that during a period
not to exceed 180 days and to the extent specified by the Company and an underwriter of Common
Stock or other securities of the Company in connection with any Initial Public Offering of the
Common Stock of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the
Company filed under the Securities Act, it will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell,
contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any
securities of the Company held by it at any time during that period, except Common Stock included
in the registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(i) the agreement provided by this Section will apply only to the first
registration statement of the Company that covers Common Stock (or other securities)
to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and
(ii) this Section will not be effective unless all officers and directors of
the Company, each holder of greater than 1% of the Companys Common Stock (on a
fully converted basis), and all other Persons with registration rights (whether or
not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements.
In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions
with respect to the securities (assuming exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, and
convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 8 |
securities) of the Company held by each Investor (and the shares or securities of every other
Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of that period.
Section 7. Registration Expenses.
(a) Defined. All Registration Expenses incident to the Companys performance of or
compliance with this Agreement will be paid as provided in this Agreement. The term Registration
Expenses means all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing, or qualification
of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including (without limitation) all
registration filing fees, professional fees, and other expenses of compliance with federal, state,
and other securities laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in
connection with state or other securities law qualifications and registrations); printing expenses,
messenger, telephone, and delivery expenses; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and
for the sellers of the Registrable Securities (subject to the provisions of Section 7(b)); and fees
and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants (including the expenses of any
audit or cold comfort letters required by or incident to performance of the obligations
contemplated by this Agreement).
(b) Legal Fees and Expenses. In connection with each registration for which the
Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities, the
Company will directly pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm, selected by the
holders of a Majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such registration, to serve as
counsel to all the holders.
(c) Expenses Not Covered. To the extent the Company is not required to pay
Registration Expenses, each holder of securities included in any registration will pay those
Registration Expenses allocable to the holders of securities so included, and any Registration
Expenses not allocable will be borne by all sellers in proportion to the number of securities each
registers.
Section 8. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification by Company. To the full extent permitted by law, the Company
agrees to indemnify each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors, and each
Person who controls the holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act)
against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses caused by any untrue or allegedly
untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, or
preliminary prospectus or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation by the
Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and
relating to the action or inaction of the Company in connection with any registration,
qualification or compliance, except to the extent the untrue statement or omission resulted from
information that the holder furnished in writing to the Company expressly for use therein or by the
holders failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto to any purchaser after the Company has furnished the holder with a sufficient
number of copies of the relevant documents. In connection with a firm or best efforts underwritten
offering, to the extent required by the managing underwriters, the Company will indemnify the
underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls the underwriters (within
the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act), to the extent customary in such
agreements.
(b) Indemnification by Holders of Securities. In connection with any registration
statement, each participating holder of Registrable Securities will furnish to the Company in
writing the information and affidavits that the Company reasonably requests for use in connection
with any registration statement or prospectus and each holder agrees to indemnify, to the extent
permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers, and each Person who controls the Company
(within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) against any losses, claims,
liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact
or any omission or alleged omission
of a
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 9 |
material fact required to be stated in the registration statement or prospectus or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to
the extent that the untrue statement or omission is contained in or omitted from any information or
affidavit the holder furnished in writing, or resulting from the holders failure to deliver a copy
of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto to any
purchaser after the Company has furnished the holder with a sufficient number of copies of the
relevant documents; provided, however, that the obligations of any holder of Registrable Securities
hereunder will be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such holder of the sale of
securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement as contemplated herein.
(c) Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification under this
Agreement will (i) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which
it seeks indemnification, and (ii) unless in the indemnified partys reasonable judgment a conflict
of interest may exist between the indemnified and indemnifying parties with respect to the claim,
permit the indemnifying party to assume the defense of the claim with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party. If the indemnifying party does not assume the defense, the
indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement made without its consent (but that consent
may not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or
will enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term the claimants or
plaintiffs release of the indemnified party from all liability concerning the claim or litigation.
An indemnifying party who is not entitled to or elects not to assume the defense of a claim will
not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified
by the indemnifying party with respect to the claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any
indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between the indemnified party and any other
indemnified party with respect to the claim, in which event the indemnifying party will be
obligated to pay the fees and expenses of additional counsel.
(d) Contribution to Joint Liability. In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any holder
of Registrable Securities exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling Person of any
such holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8 but it is judicially
determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the
expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification
may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact this Section 8 provides for
indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the
part of any such selling holder or any such controlling Person in circumstances for which
indemnification is provided under this Section 8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such
holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities that they may be
subject to (after contribution to others) in such proportion so that such holder is responsible for
the portion represented by the percentage that the public offering price of its Registered
Securities offered by the registration statement bears to the public offering price of all
securities offered by such registration statement, and the Company is responsible for the remaining
portion; provided, however, that in any such case, (A) no such holder will be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registered Securities
offered by it pursuant to such registration statement; and (B) no Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to
contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
Section 9. Rule 144 and Rule 144A; Company Obligations. If the Company files a
registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act or Section 12 of the
Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder
(or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any holder
of Registrable
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 10 |
Securities, make publicly available other information), and it will take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities reasonably may request,
all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the holder to sell Registrable Securities
without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by
(i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act as amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or
regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities,
the Company will deliver to the holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with Rule
144 or any successor rule requirements. The Company also covenants that it will provide all such
information and it will take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities reasonably
may request to enable the holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the
Securities Act within the limitation of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as amended from time to
time, or any successor rule requirements.
Section 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person may participate in
any underwritten registration without (a) agreeing to sell securities on the basis provided in
underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements
(the holders of the Registrable Securities in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3(d) and
the Company in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 4(e)), and (b) completing and executing
all questionnaires, powers of attorneys, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
required by the underwriting arrangements.
Section 11. Miscellaneous.
(a) Adjustments Affecting Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit
any change to occur, with respect to the Registrable Securities that would affect adversely the
ability of the holders to include those securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this
Agreement or the marketability of the Registrable Securities in any registration.
(b) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement
executed by the Company and the holders of (i) at least 66.67% of the then issued and outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) the holders of at least 66.67% of the then issued and outstanding
Series B and Series C Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class on an as-if converted to
Common Stock basis).
(c) Attorneys Fees. In any legal action or proceeding brought to enforce any
provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all reasonable
expenses, charges, court costs, and attorneys fees in addition to any other available remedy at
law or in equity.
(d) Benefit of Parties; Assignability. All of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective
successors and assigns, including without limitation all subsequent holders of securities entitled
to the benefits of this Agreement who agree in writing to become bound by the terms of this
Agreement; provided, however, the Company may not delegate its responsibilities or assign its
rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the holders of at least 66.67% of
the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series.
(e) Cooperation. The parties agree that after execution of this Agreement they will
from time to time, upon the request of any other party and without other consideration, execute,
acknowledge, and deliver in proper form any further instruments and take such other action as any
other party may reasonably require to carry out effectively the intent of this Agreement.
(f) Cumulative Remedies and Survival. The rights and remedies specified in this
Agreement will not be exclusive of any other right or remedy and are cumulative and in addition to
every other right or remedy now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or
otherwise that may be available to the Investors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 11 |
(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and
simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of
which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Stock Purchase Agreement, the 2006 Purchase
Agreement, the 2003 Purchase Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the Amended and Restated Voting
and Co-Sale Agreement, dated of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors, and certain of
the Companys other stockholders (Voting and Co-Sale Agreement) contain the entire understanding
of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no
representations, promises, warranties, covenants, or undertakings other than those expressly set
forth or provided for herein and therein. This Agreement and the Voting and Co-Sale Agreement
supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to the
transactions contemplated herein and therein. Without limiting the foregoing, this Agreement
amends, supersedes and restates in its entirety the 2003 Registration Rights Agreement.
(i) Governing Law. The internal laws of the State of Delaware will govern all
questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. Delaware law also
will govern the interpretation, construction, and enforcement of this Agreement and all
transactions and agreements contemplated hereby, notwithstanding any states choice of law rules to
the contrary.
(j) Interpretation. The terms and conditions of this Agreement represent the results
of bargaining and negotiations among the parties, each of which has the opportunity to be
represented by counsel of its own selection, and none of which has acted under duress or
compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise, and represent the results of a combined
draftsmanship effort. Consequently, the terms and conditions hereof will be interpreted and
construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings and the parties hereby expressly
waive and disclaim in connection with the interpretation and construction hereof any rule of law or
procedures requiring otherwise, specifically including but not limited to any rule of law to the
effect that ambiguous or conflicting terms or conditions contained herein will be interpreted or
construed against the party whose counsel prepared this Agreement or any earlier draft hereof.
(k) Listing. If the Common Stock is listed for trading on any national securities
exchange, that listing will include all of the Registrable Securities (to the extent permitted by
the rules of the exchange).
(l) No Inconsistent Agreements. Except with the prior written consent of the holders
of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the
holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred
Stock, each considered separately as a series, and the holders of at least a majority of the then
issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting
together as a class, the Company will not enter into any agreement with respect to its securities
that will grant to any Person registration rights that are senior to, are in conflict with, or will
interfere with the practical realization of the rights provided under this Agreement except as
disclosed on Schedule 3.2 to the Stock Purchase Agreement.
(m) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications that are
required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be in writing and delivery
will be deemed sufficient in all respects and to have been duly given on the date of service if
delivered personally by overnight courier or by facsimile transmission if receipt is confirmed to
the party to whom notice is to be given, or on the third day after mailing if mailed by first-class
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and properly addressed to the most recent
respective address set forth in the 2003 Purchase Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the 2006
Purchase Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement or to such other addresses as the respective
parties hereto may from time to time designate to the others in writing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 12 |
(n) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be
interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any
provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, that
provision will be ineffective only to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity, without
invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.
(o) Specific Performance. Each of the parties agrees that damages for a breach of or
default under this Agreement would be inadequate and that in addition to all other remedies
available at law or in equity the parties and their successors and assigns will be entitled to
specific performance or injunctive relief, or both, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach
of this Agreement.
(p) Table of Contents and Captions. The table of contents and captions of the
sections and subsections of this Agreement are solely for convenient reference and will not be
deemed to affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
(q) Waiver of Breach. Neither any waiver of any breach of, nor any failure to enforce
any term or condition of, this Agreement will operate as a waiver of any other breach of any term
or condition, nor constitute nor be deemed a waiver or release of any other rights, in law or at
equity, or claims that any party may have against any other party for anything arising out of,
connected with, or based upon this Agreement. No waiver will be enforceable against any party
hereto unless set forth in a written instrument or agreement signed by that party. No waiver will
be deemed to occur as a result of the failure of any party to enforce any term or condition of this
Agreement.
(r) Additional Parties. Upon approval by the Companys board of directors, any holder
of the Companys capital stock or rights, warrants, or options to purchase the Companys capital
stock, may become a party to this Agreement as an Investor. A holder of the Companys capital
stock or rights, warrants, or options to purchase the Companys capital stock shall become a party
to this Agreement following approval of the Companys board of directors upon such holders
execution and proper delivery to the Company of a Notice of Adoption in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B and Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be automatically
amended to add such holder.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank signature pages follow]
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 13 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Archie C. Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTORS: |
|
ABN AMRO CAPITAL (USA), INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE STEVEN ADDIS TRUST U/D/T 7/28/92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven Addis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALLENWOOD VENTURES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AXIOM VENTURE PARTNERS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/
Alan Mendelson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alan Mendelson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Barry M. Bloom |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barry M. Bloom |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page A-1 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
J.W. Puth Associates LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Brinson Venture Management LLC, its Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Adams Street Partners, LLC, as its Administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Diehl |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey T. Diehl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CID EQUITY CAPITAL V, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CID Equity Partners V, as General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ John C. Aplin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Aplin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CID MEZZANINE CAPITAL, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CID Mezzanine Partners, L.P., as General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ John C. Aplin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Aplin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Molly Joel Coye |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Molly Joel Coye |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 2 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAMAC INVESTORS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAMAC TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GTG DAMAC PARTNERS, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Domencich |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRANITE PRIVATE EQUITY II, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daren J. Wells
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ML PARTNERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 3 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PACIFIC CAPITAL VENTURES, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Roy L. Wickland |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roy L. Wickland |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JAMIT LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roy L. Wickland |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PV SECURITIES CORP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RONALD P. KARLSBERG, TTEE FBO R.P. |
|
|
|
|
KARLSBERG CARDIOVASCULAR MEDICAL |
|
|
|
|
GROUP OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 401K |
|
|
|
|
PROFIT SHARING PLAN DTD 1/1/1989 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Ronald P. Karlsberg |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald P. Karlsberg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIVER CITIES CAPITAL FUND II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP |
|
|
|
|
By: Mayson, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Its: General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Edwin T. Robinson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Edwin T. Robinson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 4 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Casimir Skrzypcak |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Casimir Skrzypcak |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ST. PAUL VENTURE CAPITAL AFFILIATES
FUND I, LLC |
|
|
|
|
By: St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Its: Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ST. PAUL VENTURE CAPITAL IV, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ST. PAUL VENTURE CAPITAL V, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ST. PAUL VENTURE CAPITAL VI, LLC |
|
|
|
|
By: SPVC Management VI, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Its: Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 5 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SVOBODA, COLLINS & COMPANY, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By: Svoboda, Collins L.L.C. |
|
|
|
|
Its: General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maneesh A. Gandhi
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analyst |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SVOBODA, COLLINS & COMPANY Q.P., L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By: Svoboda, Collins L.L.C. |
|
|
|
|
Its: General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maneesh A. Gandhi |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analyst |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENX VENTURE PARTNERS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZAFA LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIVER CITIES SBIC III, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By: RCCF Management Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Its: General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Edwin T. Robinson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Edwin T. Robinson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 6 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SVOCO, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
By: SvoCo, G.P. |
|
|
|
|
Its: General Partner |
|
|
|
|
By: SvoCo, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Its: Managing General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Svoboda
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page 7 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS:
|
|
Gary Anderson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roger Anderson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page A-8 |
EXHIBIT A
INVESTORS
Steven Addis Trust U/D/T 7/28/92
Allenwood Ventures, Inc.
Axiom Venture Partners II Limited Partnership
Barry Bloom
BVCF IV, LP
CID Equity Capital V, L.P.
CID Mezzanine Capital, L.P.
Molly Joel Coye
Damac Investors, Inc.
Damac Technology Partners, LP
Thomas Domencich
Granite Private Equity II, LLC
GTG Damac Partners, LP
JAMIT, LLC
Ronald Karlsberg
Ronald Karlsberg, TTEE**
ML Partners
Pacific Capital Ventures, LLC
PV Securities Corp.
River Cities Capital Fund II Limited Partnership
River Cities SBIC III, L.P.
Casimir Skrzypczak
St. Paul Venture Capital Affiliates Fund I, L.L.C.
St. Paul Venture Capital IV, L.L.C.
St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC
St. Paul Venture Capital VI, L.L.C.
Svoboda, Collins & Company Q.P., L.P.
Svoboda, Collins & Company, L.P.
TenX Venture Partners, LLC
ZAFA LLC
BlueCrest Strategic Limited
|
|
|
** |
|
Ronald P. Karlsberg, TTEE FBO R.P. Karlsberg Cardiovascular Medical Group of Southern California
401K, profit sharing plan, DTD 1/1/1989 |
STOCKHOLDERS
Gary Anderson
Roger Anderson
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page A-1 |
EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF ADOPTION
(Registration Rights Agreement)
This Notice of Adoption (Adoption Notice) is executed by the undersigned (the Adopting
Party) pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
dated as of April 10, 2007, as may be amended from time to time (the Agreement), by and among SPS
Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein will have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By
the execution and delivery of this Adoption Notice, the Adopting Party agrees as follows:
1. Acknowledgment. Adopting Party acknowledges that Adopting Party is purchasing the
shares of the Companys capital stock set forth below (the Shares).
2. Agreement. Adopting Party: (i) agrees that the Shares acquired by Adopting Party
will be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement; and (ii) hereby adopts the Agreement
with the same force and effect as if Adopting Party were originally an Investor.
3. Notice. Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement will be given to
Adopting Party at the address or facsimile listed beside Adopting Partys signature below.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Adopting Party has caused this Notice of Adoption to be executed by
its duly authorized representative as of the date first written below.
|
|
|
Shares Purchased: |
|
|
|
|
|
Class of Stock:
|
|
Printed Name of Adopting Party |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: ( )
|
|
Printed Name and Title of Authorized Signatory of Adopting Party |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Registration Rights Agreement [Amended and Restated April 2007]
|
|
Page B-1 |
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
[1]
ST. PAUL SOFTWARE, INC.
1999 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose of the Plan. This St. Paul Software, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive
Plan adopted on this 12th day of May, 1999, is intended to enable officers and other key employees
and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries to acquire or increase their ownership of
common stock of the Company on reasonable terms. The opportunity so provided is intended to foster
in participants an incentive to put forth maximum effort for the continued success and growth of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, to aid in retaining individuals who put forth such efforts, and
to assist in attracting the best available individuals to the Company and its Subsidiaries in the
future.
2. Definitions. When used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning set
forth below:
2.1 Award means an Option or a Restricted Stock Award.
2.2 Award Agreement means a written agreement in such form as may be, from
time to time, hereafter approved by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed,
which shall be duly executed by the Company and the Participant and which shall set forth
the terms and conditions of an Award under the Plan.
2.3 Board means the Board of Directors of St. Paul Software, Inc.
2.4 Change in Control means a change in control of the Company of a nature
that would be required to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation
14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided,
that, without limitation, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(a) any person (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
other than an Exempt Person (an Acquiring Person) is or
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing forty percent (40%) or more of the combined
voting power of the Companys then outstanding securities, other than either in connection with a
transaction or series of related transactions approved by the Board (which Board must include at
least a majority who were Continuing Directors and which transaction or series of related
transactions must have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors) or as the result
of the reduction in the number of issued and outstanding Shares pursuant to a transaction or
series of related transactions approved by the Board.
(b) any person (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than an
Exempt Person commences, or publicly announces an intent to commence, a tender or exchange offer,
the consummation of which would result in such person becoming the beneficial owner (as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing forty percent (40%) or more of the combined voting power of the Companys then
outstanding securities;
(c) there shall cease to be a majority of the Board comprised of Continuing Directors; or
(d) (i) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the
Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent more
than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or
such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) the
shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of
all or substantially all the Companys assets.
2.5 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect at the time of reference, or
any successor revenue code which may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof, and reference to any
specific provisions of the Code shall refer to the corresponding provisions of the Code as it may
hereafter be amended or replaced.
2.6 Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee appointed
by the Board which is invested by the Board with responsibility for the administration of the Plan.
2.7 Company means St. Paul Software, Inc.
2.8 Continuing Director means a director of the Company who is not an Acquiring
Person or an affiliate or associate thereof or any of their representatives and who was either a
director of the Company before any person (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) became an Acquiring Person or whose nomination or election to the Board was recommended or
approved by a majority of the then Continuing Directors.
2.9 Employee Shareholder means a Participant who is an employee of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries and who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted owns, as defined
in Section 424 of the Code, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of: (a) the Company; or (b) if applicable, a Subsidiary or a
Parent.
2.10 ERISA means the Participant Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as in effect at the
time of reference, or any successor law which may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof, and any
reference to any specific provisions of ERISA shall refer to the corresponding provisions of ERISA
as it may hereafter be amended or replaced.
2.11 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect at the time of
reference, or any successor law which may hereafter be adopted in lieu
thereof, and any reference to any specific provisions of the Exchange Act shall refer to the
corresponding provisions of the Exchange Act as it may hereafter be amended or replaced.
2.12 Exempt Person means the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan of the
Company or any Subsidiary, any entity holding Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan,
any director of the Company holding office as of the close of business on the date the Plan is
adopted by the Board, and any immediate family member of or person controlled by any such director.
2.13 Fair Market Value means with respect to the Shares, the fair market value
determined in good faith by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its
discretion, which determination may, but need not, be based on (i) the advice of an independent
financial advisor (which may be the Companys regular outside auditors) or (ii) the last known
price per Share paid by a purchaser in an arms length transaction; provided, however, that if
there shall be a public market for the Shares, Fair Market Value shall mean (i) the closing price
of the Shares on the principal stock exchange on which Shares are then traded or admitted to
trading, on the last business day prior to the date on which the value is to be determined, (ii) if
no sale takes place on such day on any such exchange, the average of the last reported closing bid
and asked prices on such day as officially quoted on any such exchange, or (iii) if the Shares are
not then listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the average of the last reported
closing bid and asked prices on such day on the over-the-counter market. For purposes of (i) above,
the National Association of Securities Dealers National Market System shall be deemed a principal
stock exchange. If there shall be a public market for the Shares, and the foregoing references
are unavailable or inapplicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined on the basis of the
appropriate substitute public market price indicator as determined by the Board, or the Committee
if one has been appointed, in its sole discretion.
2.14 Incentive Stock Option means an Option intending to meet the
requirements and containing the limitations and restrictions set forth in Section 422 of the Code.
2.15 Non-Qualified Stock Option means an Option other than an Incentive Stock
Option.
2.16 Option means the right to purchase the number of Shares specified by the Board, or the
Committee if one has been appointed, at a price and for a term fixed by the Board, or the Committee
if one has been appointed, in accordance with the Plan, and subject to such other limitations and
restrictions as the Plan and the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, may impose.
2.17 Parent means any corporation, other than the employer corporation, in an unbroken chain
of corporations ending with the employer corporation if, at the time of the granting of the Option,
each of the corporations other than the employer corporation owns stock possessing fifty percent
(50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such chain.
2.18 Participants means officers (including officers who are members of the Board) and other
key employees and consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
2.19 Plan means the St. Paul Software, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.
2.20 Regulation T means Part 220, chapter II, title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations,
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to the Exchange Act, as
amended from time to time, or any successor regulation which may hereafter be adopted in lieu
thereof.
2.21 Restricted Stock Award Agreement means an Award Agreement executed in
connection with a Restricted Stock Award.
2.22 Restricted Stock Award means the right to receive Shares, but subject to
forfeiture and/or other restrictions set forth in the related Restricted Stock Award
Agreement and the Plan.
2.23 Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission as in effect at the time of reference, or any successor
rules or regulations which may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof, and any reference to
any specific provisions of Rule 16b-3 shall refer to the corresponding provisions of Rule
16b-3 as it may hereafter be amended or replaced.
2.24 Shares means shares of the Companys common stock, without par value, or, if by
reason of the adjustment provisions contained herein, any rights under an Award under the
Plan pertain to any other security, such other security.
2.25
Subsidiary or Subsidiaries means any corporation or corporations other than
the employer corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the employer
corporation if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken
chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
2.26 Successor means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased Participant
or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise or receive an Award by
bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Participant.
2.27 Term means the period during which a particular Award may be exercised.
3. Stock Subject to the Plan. There will be reserved for use, upon the issuance,
vesting or exercise of Awards to be granted from time to time under the Plan, an aggregate of Five
Hundred Thousand (500,000) Shares, which Shares may be, in whole or in part, as the Board shall
from time to time determine, authorized but unissued Shares, or issued Shares which shall have been
reacquired by the Company. Any Shares subject to issuance upon exercise of Options but which are
not issued because of a surrender, lapse, expiration, forfeiture or
termination of any such Option prior to issuance of the Shares shall once again be available for
issuance in satisfaction of Awards. Similarly, any Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock
Award which are subsequently forfeited pursuant to the terms of the related Restricted Stock Award
Agreement shall once again be available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards.
4. Administration of the Plan. The Board shall be invested with the responsibility for
the administration of the Plan; provided, however, that the Board may appoint a Committee which
shall be invested with the responsibility for the administration of the Plan; provided further,
however, that at such time, if ever, that the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the
Board shall appoint a Committee, which shall consist of not less than two (2) outside directors as
defined in Treasury Regulation 1.162-27 who shall also qualify as disinterested directors within
the meaning of Rule 16b-3, which shall be invested with the responsibility for the administration
of the Plan; provided further, however, that the failure to appoint a Committee satisfying the
foregoing requirement shall not effect the validity of any Options granted under the Plan. Subject
to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority, in its discretion, to
determine the Participants to whom Awards shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by
each of the Awards, and the terms of any such Award; to amend or cancel Awards (subject to Section
19 of the Plan); to accelerate the vesting of Awards; to require the cancellation or surrender of
any previously granted awards under this Plan or any other plans of the Company as a condition to
the granting of an Award; to interpret the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to the Plan; and generally to interpret and determine any and all matters
whatsoever relating to the administration of the Plan and the granting of Awards hereunder. The
Board may from time to time appoint members to the Committee in substitution for or in addition to
members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The
Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times
and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum. Any
action of the Committee may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members, and any
action so taken shall be fully as
effective as if it had been taken by a vote of a majority of the members at a meeting duly called
and held. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as
it shall deem advisable and shall appoint a Secretary who shall keep minutes of its meetings and
records of all action taken in writing without a meeting. No member of the Committee shall be
liable, in the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her service on
the Committee.
5. Participants to Whom Awards May Be Granted. Awards may be granted in each
calendar year or portion thereof while the Plan is in effect to such of the Participants as the
Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its discretion, shall determine. In
determining the Participants to whom Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be issued
or subject to purchase or issuance under such Awards, the Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, shall take into account the recommendations of the Companys management as to the duties
of the respective Participants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board or the Committee, as the case may
be, shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan; provided,
however, that no Incentive Stock Options may be granted to a Participant who is not an employee of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. If the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, no
Participant shall receive Options and/or Restricted Stock Awards to acquire more than One Hundred
Twenty Five Thousand (125,000) Shares in any one calendar year. No Award shall be granted to any
member of the Board who is not also an officer or key employee or consultant of the Company or any
Subsidiary.
6. Stock Options.
6.1 Types of Options. Options granted under the Plan may be (i) Incentive Stock
Options, (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options or (iii) a combination of the foregoing. The Award
Agreement shall designate whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock
Option and separate Award Agreements shall be issued for each type of Option when a combination of
an Incentive Stock Option and a Non-Qualified Stock Option are granted on the same date to the same
Participant. Any Option which is designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall not be treated by
the Company or the Participant to whom the Option is granted as an Incentive Stock Option for
federal income tax purposes.
6.2 Option Price. The option price per Share of any Non-Qualified Stock Option
granted under the Plan shall be the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the
date the Option is granted unless the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its
sole discretion, determines to set the option price at an amount less than or greater than the Fair
Market Value of the Shares on such date. The option price per Share of any Incentive Stock Option
granted under the Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the
Option on the date the Option is granted.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the option price per Share of any Incentive
Stock Option granted to an Employee Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the date the Option is
granted.
6.3 Term of Options. Options granted hereunder shall be exercisable for a Term of
not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof, but shall be subject to earlier
termination as hereinafter provided. Each Award Agreement issued hereunder shall specify the Term
of the Option, which shall be determined by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed,
in accordance with its discretionary authority hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if an Incentive Stock Option is
granted to an Employee Shareholder, then such Incentive Stock Option shall not be
exercisable more than five (5) years from the date of grant thereof, but shall be subject
to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
7. Limit on Fair Market Value of Incentive Stock Options. No Participant may be
granted an Incentive Stock Option hereunder to the extent that the aggregate fair market value
(such fair market value being determined as of the date of grant of the option in question) of the
stock with respect to which incentive stock options are first exercisable by such Participant
during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Participants employer corporation, its
Parent, if any, and its Subsidiaries, if any) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For
purposes of the preceding sentence, options shall be taken into account in the order in which they
were granted. Any Option granted under the Plan which is intended to be an Incentive Stock
Option, but which exceeds the limitation set forth in this Section 7, shall be a Non-Qualified Stock
Option.
8. Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan shall be
subject to such terms and conditions as the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in
its discretion, determine and set forth in the related Restricted Stock Award Agreements.
Restricted Stock Awards shall be granted in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions set
forth below.
8.1 Issuance of Shares. Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a
Restricted Stock Award Agreement which shall set forth the number of Shares issuable under
the Restricted Stock Award. Subject to the restrictions in Section 8.3 of the Plan, and
subject further to such other restrictions or conditions established by the Board, or the
Committee if one has been appointed, in its discretion, and set forth in the related
Restricted Stock Award Agreement (such as requiring the Participant to pay an amount equal
to the aggregate par value of the Shares to be issued thereunder), the number of Shares
granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall be issued in the recipient
Participants name on the date of grant of such Restricted Stock Award or as soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter.
8.2 Rights of Recipient Participants. Shares received pursuant to Restricted Stock
Awards shall be duly issued or transferred to the Participant, and a certificate or certificates
for such Shares shall be issued in the Participants name. Subject to the restrictions in Section
8.3 of the Plan, and subject further to such other restrictions or conditions established by the
Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its discretion, and set forth in the related
Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Participant shall thereupon be a shareholder with respect to
all the Shares represented by such certificate or certificates and shall have all the rights of a
shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote such Shares and to receive
dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares. In aid of the restrictions in
Section 8.3 of the Plan and in the related Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the certificate or
certificates for Shares awarded hereunder, together with a suitably executed stock power signed by
such recipient Participant, shall be held by the Company in its control for the account of such
Participant (i) until the restrictions in Section 8.3 of the Plan and in the related Restricted
Stock Award Agreement lapse pursuant to the Plan or the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, at which
time a certificate for the appropriate number of Shares (free of all restrictions imposed by the
Plan or the Restricted Stock Award Agreement) shall be delivered to the Participant, or (ii) until
such Shares are forfeited to the Company and cancelled as provided by the Plan or the Restricted
Stock Award Agreement.
8.3 Restrictions. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, or the Committee, if
one has been appointed, in its sole discretion, each Share issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock
Award Agreement shall be subject, in addition to any other restrictions set forth in the related
Restricted Stock Award Agreement, to the following restrictions until such restrictions have lapsed
pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Plan or the related Restricted Stock Award Agreement:
(a) Disposition. The Shares awarded to a Participant and held by the
Company pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Plan, and the right to vote such Shares or
receive dividends on such Shares, may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged,
hypothecated or otherwise disposed of; provided, however, that such Shares may be
transferred upon the death of the Participant to the Participants Successor. Any
transfer or purported transfer of such Shares in violation of the restrictions
outlined in this Section 8.3 shall be null and void and shall result in the
forfeiture of the Shares transferred or purportedly transferred to the Company
without notice and without consideration.
(b) Forfeiture. The Shares awarded to a Participant and held by the
Company pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Plan shall be forfeited to the Company without
notice and without consideration therefor immediately upon the
termination of the Participants employment with the Company and all
Subsidiaries of the Company for any reason whatsoever.
8.4 Lapse of Restrictions. The restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 of the
Plan on Shares issued under a Restricted Stock Award shall lapse on such terms as the Board,
or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its sole discretion, shall determine and set
forth in the related Restricted Stock Award Agreement, and certificates for the Shares held
for the account of the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Plan hereof shall
be appropriately distributed to the Participant as soon as reasonably practical thereafter.
9. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award granted hereunder shall be the date on
which the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, acts in granting the Award.
10. Exercise of Rights Under Options.
10.1 Notice of Exercise. A Participant entitled to exercise an Option shall do
so by delivery of a written notice to that effect specifying the number of Shares with
respect to which the Option is being exercised and any other relevant information the
Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, may require. The notice shall be
accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price of any Shares to be purchased, which
payment may be made in cash or, with the Boards approval, or the Committees approval if
one has been appointed (which in the case of Incentive Stock Options must be given at the
time of grant), in Shares valued at Fair Market Value at the time of exercise or a
combination thereof. No Shares shall be issued upon exercise of an Option until full
payment has been made therefor. All notices or requests provided for herein shall be
delivered to the Companys President, or such other person as the Board, or the Committee
if one has been appointed, may designate.
10.2 Cashless Exercise Procedures. At such time, if ever, that Shares are
traded on the over-the-counter market or on any established securities market, the Company,
in its sole discretion, may establish procedures whereby a Participant, subject to the
requirements of Rule 16b-3, Regulation T, federal income tax laws, and other federal, state
and local tax and securities laws, can exercise an Option or a portion thereof without
making a direct payment of the option price to the Company; provided, however, that these
cashless exercise procedures shall not apply to Incentive Stock Options which are
outstanding on the date the Company establishes such procedures unless the application of
such procedures to such Options is permitted pursuant to the Code and the regulations
thereunder without affecting the Options qualification under Code Section 422 as Incentive
Stock Options. If the Company so elects to establish a cashless exercise program, the
Company shall determine, in its sole discretion, and from time to time, such administrative
procedures and policies as it deems appropriate and such procedures and policies shall be
binding on any Participant wishing to utilize the cashless exercise program.
11. Other Award Terms and Conditions. Each Award or each agreement setting
forth an Award shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent herewith as shall
be approved by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed.
12. Rights of Award Holder. The holder of an Award shall not have any of the rights
of a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to purchase or receipt under the Award, except
that (a) an Award holders rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award shall be as prescribed
in Section 8.2 and (b) shareholder rights with respect to any other Award shall arise at the time
and to the extent that one or more certificates for such Shares shall be delivered to the holder
upon the due exercise or grant of the Award.
13. Nontransferability of Awards. An Award shall not be transferable other than:
(a) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Award subject to exercise may be
exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Award, only by the holder or in the event of
death, the holders Successor, or in the event of disability, the holders personal representative,
or (b) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in the Code or ERISA or the rules
thereunder; provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may not be transferred pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order unless such transfer is otherwise permitted pursuant to the Code
and the regulations thereunder without affecting the Options qualification under Code Section 422
as an Incentive Stock Option.
14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of changes in all of the
outstanding Shares by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications,
recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, or exchanges of shares, separations,
reorganizations or liquidations, or similar events, or in the event of extraordinary cash or
non-cash dividends being declared with respect to the Shares, or similar transactions or events,
the number and class of Shares available under the Plan in the aggregate, the number and class of
Shares subject to Awards theretofore granted, applicable purchase prices and all other applicable
provisions, shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, be equitably adjusted by the Board, or
the Committee if one has been appointed (which adjustment may, but need not, include payment to the
holder of an Option, in cash or in shares, in an amount equal to the difference between the price
at which such Option may be exercised and the then current fair market value of the Shares subject
to such Option as equitably determined by the Board or the Committee, as the case may
be). The foregoing adjustment and the manner of application of the foregoing provisions shall be
determined by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, in its sole discretion;
provided, however, that to extent applicable, any adjustment to an Incentive Stock Option shall be
made in a manner consistent with Section 424 of the Code. Any such adjustment may provide for the
elimination of any fractional share which might otherwise become subject to an Award.
15. Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or
any Award Agreement, in the case of a Change in Control of the Company:
(a) If the Change in Control of the Company is described in Section 2.4(d)(i) of this
Plan, the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, shall use its best efforts to
cause the acquiring Company to assume all outstanding Awards or to replace all outstanding
Awards with comparable Awards that neither enlarge nor diminish the rights thereunder;
(b) The Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, may, in its discretion,
taking into account the purposes of this Plan, determine, on a case by case basis, that each
Award granted under the Plan shall, subject to the provisions in paragraphs (c) and (d)
below, terminate thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such Change in Control in the
event of a Change in Control described in Section 2.4(a),
2.4(b) or 2.4(c) of this Plan, or
upon the closing of the corporate transaction, the approval of which resulted in the Change
in Control pursuant to Section 2.4(d) of this Plan;
(c) In the event of either (i) a Change in Control of the Company described in Section
2.4(d) of the Plan pursuant to which the acquiring corporation does not either assume, or
issue replacement awards in lieu of, all outstanding Awards or (ii) a decision of the Board,
or the Committee if one has been appointed, to terminate an Option as provided in Section
15(b) above, an Option holder shall have the right, commencing at least five (5) days prior
to such Change in Control and subject to any other limitation on the exercise of such Option
in effect on the date of exercise (and, in the case of a Change in Control described in
Section 2.4(d) of this Plan, conditioned upon the closing of the
corporate transaction, the approval of which constituted such Change in Control) to
immediately exercise any Options in full, without regard to any vesting limitations, to the
extent they shall not have been theretofore exercised; and
(d) In the event of either (i) a Change in Control of the Company described in Section
2.4(d) of the Plan pursuant to which the acquiring corporation does not assume, or issue
replacement awards in lieu of, Restricted Stock Awards or (ii) a decision of the Board, or
the Committee if one has been appointed, to terminate a Restricted Stock Award as provided
in Section 15(b) above, all restrictions on such Restricted Stock Award shall lapse
immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, the approval of which
resulted in a Change in Control pursuant to Section 2.4(d) of the Plan or immediately
following the Boards or Committees decision, as the case may be, to terminate a
Restricted Stock Award pursuant to Section 15(b) hereof and certificates for the affected
Shares shall be appropriately distributed.
16. Forms of Awards. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any resolution adopted or to be
adopted by the Board or by the shareholders of the Company shall constitute the granting of any
Award. An Award shall be granted hereunder only by action taken by the Board, or the Committee if
one has been appointed, in granting an Award. Whenever the Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, shall designate a Participant for the receipt of an Award, the Companys Secretary, or
such other person as the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, may designate, shall forthwith
send notice thereof to the Participant, in such form as the Board or the Committee, as the case may
be, shall approve, stating the number of Shares subject to the Award, its Term, and the other terms
and conditions thereof. The notice shall be accompanied by a written Award Agreement in such form
as may from time to time hereafter be approved by the Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, which shall have been duly executed by or on behalf of the Company. If the surrender of
previously issued Awards is made a condition of the grant, the notice shall set forth the pertinent
details of such condition. Execution by the Participant to whom such Award is granted of said Award
Agreement in
accordance with the provisions set forth in this Plan shall be a condition precedent to the
exercise or receipt of any Award.
17. Taxes.
17.1 Right to Withhold Required Taxes. The Company shall have the right to
require a person entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the receipt, vesting or exercise of
an Award under the Plan to pay the Company the amount of any taxes which the Company is or
will be required to withhold with respect to such Shares before the certificate for such
Shares is delivered pursuant to the Award. Furthermore, the Company may elect to deduct
such taxes from any other amounts then payable in cash or in shares or from any other
amounts payable any time thereafter to the Participant. If the Participant disposes of
Shares acquired pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option in any transaction considered to be a
disqualifying disposition under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, the Participant shall
notify the Company of such transfer and the Company shall have the right to deduct any taxes
required by law to be withheld from any amounts otherwise payable then or at any time
thereafter to the Participant.
17.2 Participant Election to Withhold Shares. Subject to Board approval, or
Committee approval if one has been appointed (which in the case of Incentive Stock Options
must be given at the time of grant), a Participant may elect to satisfy the tax liability
with respect to the exercise of an Option by having the Company withhold Shares otherwise
issuable upon exercise of the Option; provided, however, that if a Participant is subject to
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act at the time the Option is exercised, such election must
satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3.
18. Termination of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the date
hereof, and an Award shall not be granted under the Plan after that date although the terms of any
Awards may be amended at any date prior to the end of its Term in accordance with the Plan. Any
Awards outstanding at the time of termination of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect
according to the terms and conditions of the Award and this Plan.
19. Amendment of the Plan. The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time
by the Board, but no amendment without the approval of the shareholders of the Company shall be
made if shareholder approval under Section 422 of the Code or, if the Company is subject to the
Exchange Act at the time of such amendment, under Rule 16b-3, or Code Section 162(m) would be
required. Notwithstanding the discretionary authority granted to the Board, or the Committee, if
one has been appointed, in Section 4 of the Plan, no amendment of the Plan or any Award granted
under the Plan shall impair any of the rights of any holder, without the holders consent, under
any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.
20. Delivery of Shares on Exercise or Grant. Delivery of certificates for Shares
pursuant to the grant or exercise of an Award may be postponed by the Company for such period as
may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable requirements of any
federal, state or local law or regulation or any administrative or quasi-administrative requirement
applicable to the sale, issuance, distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Board, or the
Committee if one has been appointed, may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to furnish
the Company with appropriate representations and a written investment letter prior to the exercise
of an Award or the delivery of any Shares pursuant to an Award.
21. Fees and Costs. The Company shall pay all original issue taxes on the issuance or
exercise of any Award granted under the Plan and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred
by the Company in connection therewith.
22. Effectiveness of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective when approved by the
Board. The Plan shall thereafter be submitted to the Companys shareholders for approval and
unless the Plan is approved by the affirmative votes of the holders of shares having a majority of
the voting power of all shares represented at a meeting duly held in accordance with Minnesota law
within twelve (12) months after having been approved by the Board, the Plan and all Awards made
under it shall be null and void and of no force and effect. In aid of this provision, any Awards
granted prior to the approval of the Plan by the Companys shareholders shall be conditioned upon
the receipt of such approval.
23. Other Provisions. As used in the Plan, and in Awards and other documents
prepared in implementation of the Plan, references to the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to
refer to the feminine or neuter, and references in the singular or the plural shall refer to the
plural or the singular, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities being
referred to may require. The captions used in the Plan and in such Awards and other documents
prepared in implementation of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning of
any provision hereof or thereof.
24. Minnesota Law to Govern. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
OPTION AGREEMENT
(Incentive Stock Option)
This Option Agreement is made as of the day of , , between SPS Commerce,
Inc. (formerly known as St. Paul Software, Inc.), a Minnesota corporation (hereinafter called the
Company), and , an employee of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries
(hereinafter called the Employee).
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore adopted the St. Paul Software, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive
Plan (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, it is a requirement of the Plan that an Option Agreement be executed to
evidence the Incentive Stock Option granted to the Employee.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto have agreed, and do hereby
agree, as follows:
1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Employee the right and option
(hereinafter called the Option) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of shares of the
common stock, without par value, of the Company (Shares) (such number being subject to adjustment
as set forth herein and in the Plan) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan;
provided, however, that this grant is conditioned on the Employees delivery to the Company, prior
to, or simultaneous with, the execution of this Option Agreement, of a properly executed
counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting and Co-Sale Agreement among the
Company and certain of its shareholders dated as of May 13, 1999 agreeing to be bound by the terms
and conditions therein.
2. Type of Option. The Option granted under this Option Agreement is
intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
3. Option Price. The option price of the Shares covered by the Option is
$ per Share.
4. Term
of Option. The term of the Option shall be for a period of ten (10) years from
the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
5. Exercise of Option.
(a) Prior to its expiration or termination, and except as hereinafter provided,
the Option (to the extent vested) may be exercised in whole or in part as to the portion
vested and not previously exercised at any time after the date of this Agreement:
(b) The Employees right to exercise the Option shall vest (i) on the twelve (12) month
anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the Initial Vesting Date) as to one-fourth (1/4)
of the Shares originally subject to the Option, and (ii) on each of the first twelve (12)
quarterly anniversaries of the Initial Vesting Date as to an additional one-sixteenth (1/16)
of the Shares originally subject to the Option.
(c) In order to exercise the Option, the person or persons entitled to exercise it shall
deliver to the Company written notice of the number of full Shares with respect to which the
Option is to be exercised. Such notice shall be delivered to the attention of the President
of the Company, or such other person as the Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, shall designate. Unless (i) the Company, in its discretion, establishes
cashless exercise procedures pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, and (ii) the Board, or
the Committee if one has been appointed, in its discretion, permits the person or persons
entitled to exercise the Option to utilize such cashless exercise procedures, the notice
shall be accompanied by payment in full for any Shares being purchased, which payment shall
be in
2
cash or, upon the approval of the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, by
delivery of certificates of Shares that have been held for at least six (6) months, duly
endorsed in blank, equal in value to the purchase price of the Shares to be purchased based
on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise or, upon the approval of the
Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed, by a combination
of cash and Shares.
(d) No Shares shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made, and the Employee
shall have none of the rights of a shareholder in respect of such Shares until full payment
therefor has been made.
6. Nontransferability. The Option shall not be transferable, other than: (a) by
will or the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised, during the lifetime
of the holder of the Option, only by him, or in the event of death, his Successor, or in the event
of disability, his personal representative, or (b) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order, as defined in the Code or ERISA or the rules thereunder, but only to the extent such
transfer is permitted under the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder without affecting the
Options qualification under Section 422 of the Code as an Incentive Stock Option.
7. Termination of Employment. In the event of the complete termination of the
Employees employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason other than death or
disability, then (a) the Option may be exercised by the Employee (to the extent that he shall have
been entitled to do so at the termination of his employment) at any time within three (3) months
after the date of such termination, but not beyond the original term thereof, (b) the portion of
the Option that has not vested (i.e., that is not then exercisable) as of the date of the
Employees complete termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries shall
automatically terminate as of the date of the Employees complete termination of employment with
the Company and its
3
Subsidiaries, and (c) the vested portion of the Option shall automatically terminate upon the
expiration of the three month period described above to the extent not theretofore exercised. So
long as the Employee shall continue to be an employee of the Company or one or more of its
Subsidiaries, the Option shall not be affected by any change of duties or position. Nothing in this
Option Agreement shall confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such
Subsidiary to terminate his employment at any time.
8. Death of Employee. If the Employee shall die while he shall be employed by the
Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries, or within three (3) months after the complete
termination of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, then (a) the Option may be
exercised by the Employees Successor (to the extent the Employee shall have been entitled to do so
at the time of his death) at any time within one (1) year after the date of the Employees death,
but not beyond the term of the Option, (b) the portion of the Option that has not vested as of the
date of the Employees death shall automatically terminate as of the date of the Employees death,
and (c) the vested portion of the Option shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of the
one (1) year period described above to the extent not theretofore exercised.
9. Disability of Employee. If the employment of the Employee shall terminate on
account of his having become disabled, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, then (a) the
Option may be exercised (to the extent the Employee shall have been entitled to do so at the time
of the termination of his employment by reason of his having become disabled) by the Employee or
the Employees personal representative, as the case may be, at any time within one (1) year after
the date on which the Employees employment terminated by reason of his having become disabled, but
not beyond the original term of the Option, (b) the portion of the Option that has not vested as of
the
4
termination of the Employees employment by reason of his disability shall automatically terminate
as of such date, and (c) the Option shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of such one
(1) year period to the extent not theretofore exercised.
10. Taxes. The Company shall have the right to require a person entitled to
receive Shares pursuant to the exercise of this Option under the Plan to pay the Company the amount
of any taxes which the Company is or will be required to withhold with respect to such Shares
before the certificate for such Shares is delivered pursuant to the Option. If the Employee
disposes of Shares acquired pursuant to this Option in a transaction considered to be a
disqualifying disposition under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, the Employee shall promptly
notify the Company of such disposition and the Company shall have the right to deduct any taxes
required to be withheld as a result thereof from any amounts payable then or at any time thereafter
to the Employee. Furthermore, the Company may elect to deduct such taxes from any other amounts
then payable in cash or in shares or from any other amounts payable any time thereafter to the
Employee.
11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of changes in all of the
outstanding Shares by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications,
recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, or exchanges of shares, separations,
reorganizations, liquidations, or similar events, or in the event of extraordinary cash or non-cash
dividends being declared with respect to the Shares, or similar transactions or events, the number
and class of Shares subject to the Option hereby granted, the option price and all of the other
applicable provisions thereof shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, be correspondingly
equitably adjusted by the Board, or the Committee if one has been appointed (which adjustment may,
but need not, include payment to the holder of the Option, in cash or in shares, in an amount equal
to the difference between the option price and the then current Fair Market Value of the Shares
subject to the Option
5
as equitably determined by the Board or the Committee, as the case may be), as it shall decide in
its sole discretion. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional share
which might otherwise be subject to the Option.
12. Delivery of Shares on Exercise. Delivery of certificates for Shares pursuant
to the exercise of the Option may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required
for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable requirements of any federal, state
or local law or regulation or any administrative or quasi-administrative requirement applicable to
the sale, issuance, distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Board, or the Committee if one
has been appointed, may, in its sole discretion, require the holder of the Option to furnish the
Company with appropriate representations and a written investment letter prior to the exercise of
the Option or the delivery of any Shares pursuant to the Option.
13. Incorporation of Provisions of the Plan. All of the provisions of the Plan,
pursuant to which this Option is granted, are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part
hereof as if specifically set forth herein, and to the extent of any conflict between this Option
Agreement and the terms contained in the Plan, the Plan shall control. To the extent any
capitalized terms are not otherwise defined herein, they shall have the meanings set forth in the
Plan.
14. Invalidity of Provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of
this Option Agreement as a result of a violation of any state or federal law, or of the rules or
regulations of any governmental regulatory body, or any securities exchange shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Option Agreement.
15. Waiver and Modification. The provisions of this Option Agreement may not be waived
or modified unless such waiver or modification is in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
6
16.
Interpretation. All decisions or interpretations made by the Board, or the
Committee
if one has been appointed, with regard to any question arising under the Plan or this Option
Agreement as provided by Section 4 of the Plan, shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and
the Employee.
17. Multiple Counterparts. This Option Agreement may be signed in multiple
counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute an original agreement. The
execution by one party of any counterpart shall be sufficient execution by that party, whether or
not the same counterpart has been executed by any other party.
18. Governing Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Minnesota.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Option Agreement to be duly executed by its
duly authorized officer, and the Employee has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year
first above written.
7
exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN
[Amended and Restated As of July 24, 2008]
1. Purpose. The purpose of this 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) is to promote the
interests of SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and its stockholders by
providing personnel of the Company and any parent or subsidiaries thereof, and any other
individuals and entities who provide services to the Company or any parent or subsidiaries in the
capacity of non-employee directors or advisors or consultants, with an opportunity to acquire a
proprietary interest in the Company and thereby develop a stronger incentive to put forth maximum
effort for the continued success and growth of the Company. In addition, the opportunity to
acquire a proprietary interest in the Company will aid in attracting and retaining personnel of
outstanding ability.
2. Administration.
(a) General. This Plan shall be administered by a committee of two or more directors
of the Company (the Committee) appointed by the Companys Board of Directors (the Board). If
the Board has not appointed a committee to administer this Plan, then the Board shall constitute
the Committee. The Committee shall have the power, subject to the limitations contained in this
Plan, to fix any terms and conditions for the grant or exercise of any award under this Plan. No
director shall serve as a member of the Committee unless such director shall be a non-employee
director as that term is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or any successor statute or regulation comprehending the
same subject matter. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for any
meeting of the Committee, and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which
a quorum is present or the acts unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee
shall be the acts of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee may from
time to time adopt such rules for the administration of this Plan as it deems appropriate. The
decision of the Committee on any matter affecting this Plan, or the rights and obligations arising
under this Plan or any award granted hereunder, shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all
persons, including without limitation the Company, stockholders and optionees.
(b) Indemnification. To the full extent permitted by law, (i) no member of the
Committee or person to whom authority under this Plan is delegated shall be liable for any action,
omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any award
granted hereunder and (ii) the members of the Committee and each person to whom authority under
this Plan is delegated shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company against and from any
loss incurred by such member or person by reason of any such actions and determinations.
(c) Delegation of Authority. The Committee may delegate all or any part of its
authority under this Plan to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company for purposes of granting
and administering awards granted to persons other than persons who are then subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act (Section 16 Individuals). The Chief
Executive Officer of the Company may, in turn, delegate all or a portion of the delegated authority
to such other officer or officers of the Company as the Chief Executive Officer may determine.
(d) Action by Board. Notwithstanding subparagraph 2(a) above, any grant of awards
hereunder to any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company at the time of grant
(Non-Employee Director Award), and any action taken by the Company with respect to any
Non-Employee Director Award, including any amendment thereto, and any acceleration of the vesting
of
any option constituting a Non-Employee Director Award, any extension of the time within which
any option constituting a Non-Employee Director Award may be exercised, any determination pursuant
to paragraph 8 relating to the payment of the purchase price of Shares (as defined in paragraph 3
below) subject to an option constituting a Non-Employee Director Award, or any action pursuant to
paragraph 9 relating to the payment of withholding taxes, if any, through the use of Shares with
respect to a Non-Employee Director Award shall be subject to prior approval by the Board.
3. Shares. The shares that may be made subject to awards granted under this Plan shall be
authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company (Shares, and each individually a
Share), and they shall not exceed 6,050,000 Shares in the aggregate, subject to adjustment as
provided in paragraph 13, below, except that, if any option lapses or terminates for any reason
before such option has been completely exercised, the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of
such option may again be made subject to options granted under this Plan. An option may not be
exercisable for a fraction of a Share.
4. Eligible Participants. Options may be granted under this Plan to any employee of the
Company, or any parent or subsidiary thereof, including any such person who is also an officer or
director of the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof. Non-statutory stock options (as
defined in subparagraph 5(a) below) also may be granted to (i) any employee of the Company, or any
parent or subsidiary thereof, (ii) any director of the Company who is not an employee of the
Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof, (iii) other individuals or entities who are not
employees but who provide services to the Company or a parent or subsidiary thereof in the capacity
of an advisor or consultant, and (iv) any individual or entity that the Company desires to induce
to become an employee, advisor or consultant, but any such grant shall be contingent upon such
individual or entity becoming employed by (or becoming an advisor or consultant to) the Company or
a parent or subsidiary thereof. References herein to employment and similar terms (except
employee) shall include the providing of services in the capacity of an advisor or consultant or
as a director. The employees and other individuals and entities to whom options may be granted
pursuant to this paragraph 4 are referred to herein as Eligible Participants.
5. Terms and Conditions of Options.
(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Committee may,
from time to time during the term of this Plan, grant to such Eligible Participants as the
Committee may determine options to purchase such number of Shares of the Company on such terms and
conditions as the Committee may determine. In determining the Eligible Participants to whom
options shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each option, the Committee may
take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Eligible Participants,
their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company, and such other factors as
the Committee in its sole discretion may deem relevant. The date and time of approval by the
Committee of the granting of an option shall be considered the date and the time of the grant of
such option. The Committee in its sole discretion may designate whether an option granted to an
employee is to be considered an incentive stock option (as that term is defined in Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), or any amendment thereto) or a
non-statutory stock option (an option granted under this Plan that is not intended to be an
incentive stock option). The Committee may grant both incentive stock options and non-statutory
stock options to the same employee. However, if an incentive stock option and a non-statutory
stock option are awarded simultaneously, such options shall be deemed to have been awarded in
separate grants, shall be clearly identified, and in no event shall the exercise of one such
option affect the right to exercise the other. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value
(as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Shares with respect to which incentive stock options are
exercisable for
Page 2
the first time by any employee during any calendar year (under all incentive stock
option plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations) exceeds $100,000, such
options shall be treated as non-statutory stock options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
incentive stock option may be granted under this Plan unless this Plan is approved by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve months after the effective date of this Plan.
(b) Purchase Price. The purchase price of each Share subject to an option granted
pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be fixed by the Committee, subject, however, to the remainder of
this subparagraph 5(b). For non-statutory stock options, such purchase price may be set at any
price the Committee may determine; provided, however, that such purchase price shall be not less
than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. For incentive stock options,
such purchase price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of
grant, provided that if such incentive stock option is granted to an employee who owns, or is
deemed under Section 424(d) of the Code to own, at the time such option is granted, stock of the
Company (or of any parent or subsidiary of the Company) possessing more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock therein (a 10% Stockholder), such purchase price
shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.
(c) Vesting. Each option agreement provided for in paragraph 6 shall specify when
each option granted under this Plan shall become exercisable with respect to the Shares covered by
the option. Notwithstanding the provisions of any option agreement provided for in paragraph 6,
the Committee may, in its sole discretion, declare at any time that any option granted under this
Plan shall be immediately exercisable.
(d) Termination. Each option granted pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall expire, and
all rights to purchase Shares thereunder shall terminate, on the earliest of:
|
(i) |
|
ten years after the date such option is
granted (or in the case of an incentive stock option granted to
a 10% Stockholder, five years after the date such option is
granted) or on such date prior thereto as may be fixed by the
Committee on or before the date such option is granted; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the expiration of the period after the
termination of the optionees employment within which the
option is exercisable as specified in paragraph 10(b) or 10(c),
whichever is applicable (provided that the Committee may, in
any option agreement provided for in paragraph 6 or by
Committee action with respect to any outstanding option, extend
the periods specified in paragraph 10(b) and 10(c)); |
|
|
(iii) |
|
termination of an optionees
employment by the Company for Cause (as hereinafter defined);
or |
|
|
(iv) |
|
the date, if any, fixed for
cancellation pursuant to paragraph 11(c) or 12 below. |
6. Option Agreements. All options granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a written
agreement in such form or forms as the Committee may from time to time determine, which agreement
Page 3
shall, among other things, designate whether the options being granted thereunder are non-statutory
stock options or incentive stock options.
7. Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Plan, the Fair Market Value of a Share at a
specified date shall, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, mean the closing or last
sale price of a Share on the date immediately preceding such date or, if no sale of Shares shall
have occurred on that date, on the next preceding day on which a sale of Shares occurred, on the
Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange listed shares or, if Shares are not quoted on the
Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange listed shares, on the Nasdaq National Market or any
similar system then in use or, if Shares are not included in the Nasdaq National Market or any
similar system then in use, on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or any similar system then in use,
provided that if the Shares in question are not quoted on any such system, Fair Market Value shall
be what the Committee determines in good faith to be 100% of the fair market value of a Share as of
the date in question. Notwithstanding anything stated in this paragraph 7, if the applicable
securities exchange or system has closed for the day by the time the determination is being made,
all references in this paragraph to the date immediately preceding the date in question shall be
deemed to be references to the date in question.
8. Manner of Exercise of Options.
(a) General. A person entitled to exercise an option granted under this Plan may,
subject to its terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of this Plan, exercise it in whole
at any time, or in part from time to time, by delivery to the Company at its principal executive
office, to the attention of its Secretary, of written notice of exercise, specifying the number of
Shares with respect to which the option is being exercised and payment of the purchase price of the
Shares. The granting of an option to a person shall give such person no rights as a stockholder
except as to Shares issued to such person.
(b) Payment. The consideration to be paid for the Shares, including the method(s) of
payment, shall be determined by the Committee (and, in the case of an incentive stock option, shall
be determined at the time of grant) in its sole discretion and may consist entirely of (i) cash
(including check, bank draft or money order); (ii) delivery of optionees promissory note with such
recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Committee determines to be
appropriate; (iii) cancellation of indebtedness; (iv) delivery to the Company of unencumbered
Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price
for the total number of Shares as to which the option is exercised; (v) authorization of the
Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the option is exercised that number
of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the
total number of shares as to which the option is exercised; (vi) any combination of the methods of
payments described above; or (vii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance
of Shares to the extent permitted under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person
shall be permitted to pay any portion of the purchase price with Shares, or by authorizing the
Company to retain Shares upon exercise of the option, if the Committee, in its sole discretion,
determines that payment in such manner is undesirable. Except for delivery of a promissory note by
an optionee as provided above, the purchase price of the Shares with respect to which an option is
being exercised shall be payable in full at the time of exercise, provided that, to the extent
permitted by law, the holder of an option may simultaneously exercise an option and sell all or a
portion of the Shares thereby acquired pursuant to a brokerage or similar relationship and use the
proceeds from such sale to pay the purchase price of such Shares.
9. Tax Withholding. Delivery of Shares upon exercise of any non-statutory stock option
granted under this Plan shall be subject to any required withholding taxes. A person exercising a
Page 4
non-statutory stock option may, as a condition precedent to receiving the Shares, be required to
pay the Company a cash amount equal to the amount of any required withholdings. In lieu of all or
any part of such a cash payment, the Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide in any
option agreement provided for in paragraph 6 (or provide by Committee action with respect to any
outstanding option) that a person exercising an option may cover all or any part of the required
withholdings, and any additional withholdings up to the amount needed to cover the individuals
full FICA and federal, state and local income tax liability with respect to income arising from the
exercise of the option, through the delivery to the Company of unencumbered Shares, through a
reduction in the number of Shares delivered to the person exercising the option or through a
subsequent return to the Company of Shares delivered to the person exercising the option (in each
case, such Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount
of the withholding taxes being paid through such delivery, reduction or subsequent return of
Shares).
10. Transferability and Termination of Employment.
(a) Transferability. During the lifetime of an optionee, only such optionee or his or
her guardian or legal representative may exercise options granted under this Plan, and no option
granted under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will
or the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect only to non-statutory stock options,
pursuant to a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder; provided, however, that any optionee may transfer a
non-statutory stock option granted under this Plan to a member or members of his or her immediate
family (i.e., his or her children, grandchildren and spouse) or to one or more trusts for the
benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such family members are the only partners,
if (i) the option agreement with respect to such options expressly so provides either at the time
of initial grant or by amendment to an outstanding option agreement and (ii) the optionee does not
receive any consideration for the transfer. Any options held by any such transferee shall continue
to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to such options immediately
prior to their transfer and may be exercised by such transferee as and to the extent that such
option has become exercisable and has not terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
and the applicable option agreement. For purposes of any provision of this Plan relating to notice
to an optionee or to vesting or termination of an option upon the death, disability or termination
of employment of an optionee, the references to optionee shall mean the original grantee of an
option and not any transferee.
(b) Termination of Employment During Lifetime. During the lifetime of an optionee who
is an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof at the time of grant of an
option, an option granted to such optionee may be exercised only while the optionee is employed by
the Company or by a parent or subsidiary thereof, and only if such optionee has been continuously
so employed since the date the option was granted, except that:
|
(i) |
|
an option shall continue to be
exercisable for 30 days after termination of the optionees
employment but only to the extent that the option was
exercisable immediately prior to such optionees termination of
employment; provided, however, that if termination of the
optionees employment shall have been for Cause (as hereinafter
defined), any option held by such optionee
shall expire, and all rights to purchase Shares thereunder
shall terminate, immediately upon such termination; for
purposes of this paragraph 10(b)(i), Cause shall be deemed
to exist upon (A) the failure to cure a material breach by
the optionee of the |
Page 5
|
|
|
terms of any
non-competition/non-solicitation agreement between the
Company and the optionee within 30 days of receipt of written
notice of such breach from the Company, (B) gross negligence
or willful misconduct by the optionee, (C) conviction of the
optionee of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo
contendere by the optionee to, any crime involving moral
turpitude or any felony, (D) willful violation of specific
and lawful instructions from the Board or the Companys Chief
Executive Officer that are reasonably related to the
optionees employment by the Company, and (E) fraud,
embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty against the Company; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of an optionee who is
disabled (as hereinafter defined) while employed, an option
shall continue to be exercisable for one year after termination
of such optionees employment; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
as to any optionee whose termination
occurs following a declaration pursuant to paragraph 12 below,
an option may be exercised at any time permitted by such
declaration. |
(c) Termination Upon Death. With respect to an optionee whose employment terminates
by reason of death, any option granted to such optionee may be exercised within one year after the
death of such optionee.
(d) Vesting Upon Disability or Death. In the event of the disability (as hereinafter
defined) or death of an optionee, any option granted to such optionee that was not previously
exercisable shall become immediately exercisable in full if (i) the disabled or deceased optionee
shall have been continuously employed by the Company or a parent or subsidiary thereof between the
date such option was granted and the date of such disability or death and (ii) the option agreement
with respect to such option expressly so provides either at the time of initial grant or by
amendment to an outstanding option agreement. Disability of an optionee shall mean any physical
or mental incapacitation whereby such optionee is therefore unable for a period of twelve
consecutive months or for an aggregate of twelve months in any twenty-four consecutive month period
to perform his or her duties for the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof. Disabled, with
respect to any optionee, shall mean that such optionee has incurred a Disability.
(e) Transfers and Leaves of Absence. Neither the transfer of employment of a person
to whom an option is granted between any combination of the Company, a parent corporation or a
subsidiary thereof, nor a leave of absence granted to such person and approved by the Committee,
shall be deemed a termination of employment for purposes of this Plan. The terms parent or
parent corporation and subsidiary as used in this Plan shall have the meaning ascribed to
parent corporation and subsidiary corporation, respectively, in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the
Code.
(f) Right to Terminate Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan, or in any option
granted pursuant to this Plan, shall confer upon any optionee any right to continued employment
by the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the
Company or any such parent or subsidiary to terminate such optionees employment at any time.
Page 6
(g) Expiration Date. In no event shall any option be exercisable at any time after
the time it shall have expired in accordance with paragraph 5(d) of this Plan. When an option is
no longer exercisable, it shall be deemed to have lapsed or terminated and will no longer be
outstanding.
11. Change in Control.
(a) Definition. For purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control of the Company shall
be deemed to occur if any of the following occur:
(1) Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act) acquires or becomes a beneficial owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the Companys then outstanding securities entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors (Voting Securities),
provided, however, that the following shall not constitute a Change in
Control pursuant to this paragraph (a)(1):
|
(A) |
|
any acquisition of Shares
or Voting Securities of the Company directly from the
Company; |
|
|
(B) |
|
any acquisition or
beneficial ownership by the Company or a subsidiary; |
|
|
(C) |
|
any acquisition or
beneficial ownership by any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or
one or more of its subsidiaries; |
|
|
(D) |
|
any acquisition or
beneficial ownership by any corporation with respect to
which, immediately following such acquisition, more than
50% of both the combined voting power of the Companys
then outstanding Voting Securities and the Shares of the
Company is then beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by all or substantially all of the persons
who beneficially owned Voting Securities and Shares of
the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of
such Voting Securities and Shares, as the case may be,
immediately prior to such acquisition; |
(2) A majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company
shall not be Continuing Directors. Continuing Directors shall mean: (A)
individuals who, on the date hereof, are directors of the Company, (B)
individuals elected as directors of the Company subsequent to the date
hereof for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board of Directors
of the Company or (C) any individual elected or appointed by the Board of
Directors of the Company to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors of the
Company caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill
newly-created directorships;
Page 7
(3) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization,
merger or consolidation of the Company or a statutory exchange of
outstanding Voting Securities of the Company, unless, immediately following
such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange, all or substantially
all of the persons who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of Voting
Securities and Shares of the Company immediately prior to such
reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange beneficially own, directly
or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the combined voting power of
the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors and the then outstanding shares of common stock, as
the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization,
merger, consolidation or exchange in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger,
consolidation or exchange, of the Voting Securities and Shares of the
Company, as the case may be; or
(4) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of (x) a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (y) the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one
or a series of transactions), other than to a corporation with respect to
which, immediately following such sale or other disposition, more than 50%
of, respectively, the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors and the then outstanding shares of common stock of such
corporation is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or
substantially all of the persons who were the beneficial owners,
respectively, of the Voting Securities and Shares of the Company immediately
prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other
disposition, of the Voting Securities and Shares of the Company, as the case
may be.
(b) Acceleration of Vesting. If, but only if, so provided in an option agreement
provided for in paragraph 6 or by Committee action with respect to any outstanding option, and
notwithstanding anything in subparagraph 5(c) above to the contrary, if a Change in Control of the
Company shall occur, then such option, if not already exercised in full or otherwise terminated,
expired or cancelled, shall become immediately exercisable in full and shall remain exercisable
during the remaining term thereof.
(c) Cash Payment. If a Change in Control of the Company shall occur, then, so long as
a majority of the members of the Board are Continuing Directors, the Committee, in its sole
discretion, and without the consent of the holder of any option affected thereby, may determine
that some or all outstanding options shall be cancelled as of the effective date of any such Change
in Control and that the holder or holders of such cancelled options shall receive, with respect to
some or all of the Common Shares subject to such options, as of the date of such cancellation, cash
in an amount, for each Share subject to an option, equal to the excess of the per Share Fair Market Value of such Shares
immediately prior to such Change in Control of the Company over the exercise price per Share of
such options.
(d) Limitation on Change in Control Payments. Notwithstanding anything in
subparagraph 11(b) or 11(c) above or paragraph 12 below to the contrary, if, with respect to an
optionee, the acceleration of the exercisability of an option or the payment of cash in exchange
for all or part of an
Page 8
option as provided in subparagraph 11(b) or 11(c) above or paragraph 12 below
(which acceleration or payment could be deemed a payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)
of the Code), together with any other payments which such optionee has the right to receive from
the Company or any corporation which is a member of an affiliated group (as defined in Section
1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a
member, would constitute a parachute payment (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then
such acceleration of exercisability and payments pursuant to subparagraph 11(b) or 11(c) above or
paragraph 12 below shall be reduced to the largest amount as, in the sole judgment of the
Committee, will result in no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code.
12. Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger. In the event of (a) the proposed dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, (b) a proposed sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company
or (c) a proposed merger, consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity, regardless of
whether the Company is the surviving corporation, or a proposed statutory share exchange with any
other entity (the actual effective date of the dissolution, liquidation, sale, merger,
consolidation or exchange being herein called an Event), the Committee may, but shall not be
obligated to, either (i) if the Event is a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange, make
appropriate provision for the protection of outstanding options granted under this Plan by the
substitution, in lieu of such options, of options to purchase appropriate voting common stock (the
Survivors Stock) of the corporation surviving any such merger or consolidation or, if
appropriate, the parent corporation of the Company or such surviving corporation, or,
alternatively, by the delivery of a number of shares of the Survivors Stock which has a Fair
Market Value as of the effective date of such merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange
equal to the product of (x) the excess of (A) the Event Proceeds per Share (as hereinafter defined)
covered by the option as of such effective date over (B) the exercise price per Share of the Shares
subject to such option, times (y) the number of Shares covered by such option, or (ii) declare, at
least twenty days prior to the Event, and provide written notice to each optionee of the
declaration, that each outstanding option, whether or not then exercisable, shall be cancelled at
the time of, or immediately prior to the occurrence of, the Event (unless it shall have been
exercised prior to the occurrence of the Event). In connection with any declaration pursuant to
clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Committee may, but shall not be obligated to, cause
payment to be made, within twenty days after the Event, in exchange for each cancelled option to
each holder of an option that is cancelled, of cash equal to the amount (if any), for each Share
covered by the cancelled option, by which the Event Proceeds per Share (as hereinafter defined)
exceeds the exercise price per Share covered by such option. At the time of any declaration
pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph 12, each option that has not
previously expired pursuant to subparagraph 5(d)(i), 5(d)(ii) or 5(d)(iii) of this Plan or been
cancelled pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of this Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full and
each holder of an option shall have the right, during the period preceding the time of cancellation
of the option, to exercise his or her option as to all or any part of the Shares covered thereby.
In the event of a declaration pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph 12,
each outstanding option granted pursuant to this Plan that shall not have been exercised prior to
the Event shall be cancelled at the time of, or immediately prior to, the Event, as provided in the
declaration, and this Plan shall terminate at the time of such cancellation, subject to the payment
obligations of the Company provided in this paragraph 12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person
holding an option shall be entitled to the payment provided in this paragraph 12 if such option
shall have expired pursuant to subparagraph 5(d)(i), 5(d)(ii) or 5(d)(iii) of this
Plan or been cancelled pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of this Plan. For purposes of this paragraph
12, Event Proceeds per Share shall mean the cash plus the fair market value, as determined in
good faith by the Committee, of the non-cash consideration to be received per Share by the
stockholders of the Company upon the occurrence of the Event.
13. Adjustments. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, rights offering,
or extraordinary dividend or divestiture (including a spin-off), or any other change in the
corporate structure
Page 9
or Shares of the Company, the Committee (or if the Company does not survive any
such transaction, a comparable committee of the Board of Directors of the surviving corporation)
may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of any holder of an option, make such
adjustment as it determines in its discretion to be appropriate as to the number and kind of
securities subject to and reserved under this Plan and, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement
of rights of participants in this Plan, the number and kind of securities issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options and the exercise price thereof.
14. Substitute Options. Options may be granted under this Plan from time to time in
substitution for stock options held by employees of other corporations who are about to become
employees of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary thereof, or whose employer is about to become
a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the Company or a
subsidiary of the Company with another corporation, the acquisition by the Company or a subsidiary
of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of another corporation or the acquisition by
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company of at least 50% of the issued and outstanding stock of
another corporation. The terms and conditions of the substitute options so granted may vary from
the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan to such extent as the Board at the time of the
grant may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the stock options
in substitution for which they are granted, but with respect to stock options which are incentive
stock options, no such variation shall be permitted which affects the status of any such substitute
option as an incentive stock option.
15. Compliance With Legal Requirements.
(a) General. No certificate for Shares distributable under this Plan shall be issued
and delivered unless the issuance of such certificate complies with all applicable legal
requirements including, without limitation, compliance with the provisions of applicable state
securities laws, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, and any delivery
requirements set forth in the option agreement provided for in paragraph 6.
(b) Rule 16b-3. With respect to Section 16 Individuals, transactions under this Plan
are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the
Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Committee fails to so
comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by
the Committee.
16. Governing Law. To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control, this Plan and
all determinations made and actions taken under this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof, and construed
accordingly.
17. Amendment and Discontinuance of Plan. The Board may at any time amend, suspend or
discontinue this Plan; provided, however, that no amendment to this Plan shall, without the consent
of the holder of the option, alter or impair any option previously granted under this Plan. To the
extent considered necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the Code, any such amendments to this
Plan may be made subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company.
18. Term.
(a) Effective Date. This Plan shall be effective as of August 22, 2001.
(b) Termination. This Plan shall remain in effect until all Shares subject to it are
distributed or this Plan is terminated under paragraph 17 above. No award of an incentive stock
option shall be made under this Plan more than ten years after the effective date of this Plan (or
such other limit as may be required by the Code) if such limitation is necessary to qualify the
option as an incentive stock option.
Page 10
exv10w4
Exhibit 10.4
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
Incentive Stock Option Agreement
(granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan)
|
|
|
Name of Optionee: |
|
|
|
|
|
No. of Shares Covered:
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share:
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
Exercise Schedule (Cumulative): |
|
|
*[STANDARD GRANTS: This Option shall vest as
to ___of the Shares subject to this Option
on the 1st day of each month, commencing on
___, 20___ and continuing until fully
vested.]
*[FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT: This Option shall
vest as to (i) 1/4th of the Shares subject to
this Option on ___, 20___and (ii) 1/36th of
the remaining Shares subject to this Option on
the 1st day of each month, commencing on
___, 20___and continuing to and including
___, 20_. If this exercise schedule
results in the vesting of a fraction of a
Share on any vesting date, such fractional
Share shall be rounded up to the next whole
Share, and the number of Shares vesting on the
final vesting date shall be reduced
accordingly.]
This is an Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Agreement) between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the Company), and the optionee identified above (the Optionee) effective as of the
date of grant specified above.
Recitals
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the SPS Commerce, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the
Plan); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) or a
committee of two or more directors of the Company (the Committee) appointed by the Board
administers the Plan and has the authority to determine the awards to be granted under the Plan (if
the Board has not appointed a committee to administer the Plan, then the Board shall constitute the
Committee); and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that the Optionee is eligible to receive an award under
the Plan in the form of an incentive stock option (the Option);
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby grants this Option to the Optionee under the terms and
conditions as follows.
Terms and Conditions*
1. |
|
Grant. The Optionee is granted this Option to purchase the number of Shares
specified at the beginning of this Agreement. |
|
2. |
|
Exercise Price. The price to the Optionee of each Share subject to this Option shall
be the exercise price specified at the beginning of this Agreement. |
|
3. |
|
Incentive Stock Option. This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code). |
|
4. |
|
Exercise Schedule. This Option shall vest and become exercisable as to the number of
Shares and on the dates specified in the exercise schedule at the beginning of this Agreement.
The exercise schedule shall be cumulative; thus, to the extent this Option has not already
been exercised and has not expired, terminated or been cancelled, the Optionee or the person
otherwise entitled to exercise this Option as provided herein may at any time, and from time
to time, purchase all or any portion of the Shares then purchasable under the exercise
schedule. |
|
|
|
This Option may also be exercised (notwithstanding the exercise schedule) under the
circumstances described in Section 8 of this Agreement if it has not expired prior thereto. |
|
5. |
|
Expiration. This Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m. Central Time on the earliest of: |
(a) The expiration date specified at the beginning of this Agreement;
(b) The last day of the period following the termination of employment of
the Optionee during which this Option can be exercised (as specified in
Section 7(a) or 7(b) of this Agreement, whichever is applicable); or
(c) The date (if any) fixed for cancellation pursuant to Section 8 of this
Agreement.
|
|
If termination of the Optionees employment by the Company shall have been for Cause, this
Option shall expire immediately upon such termination. In no event may anyone exercise this
Option, in whole or in part, after it has expired, notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement. |
|
6. |
|
Procedure to Exercise Option. |
|
|
|
Notice of Exercise. This Option may be exercised by delivering written notice of
exercise to the Company at the principal executive office of the Company, to the attention
of the Companys Secretary, in the form attached to this Agreement. The notice shall state
the number of Shares to be purchased, and shall be signed by the person exercising this
Option. If the person exercising this Option is not the Optionee, he/she also must submit
appropriate proof of his/her right to exercise this Option. |
|
|
|
Tender of Payment. Upon giving notice of any exercise hereunder, the Optionee
shall provide for payment of the purchase price of the Shares being purchased through one or
a combination of the following methods: |
|
|
|
* |
|
Unless the context indicates otherwise, terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future. |
-2-
(a) Cash;
(b) By delivery of optionees promissory note with such recourse, interest,
security and redemption provisions as the Committee determines to be
appropriate;
(c) Cancellation of indebtedness;
(d) By delivery to the Company of unencumbered Shares having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 of the Plan) on the date of
exercise equal to the purchase price of such Shares;
(e) By a reduction in the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee upon
exercise, such number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the
date of exercise equal to the purchase price of such Shares; or
(f) To the extent permitted by law, a broker-assisted cashless exercise in
which the Optionee irrevocably instructs a broker to deliver proceeds of a
sale of all or a portion of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise
(or a loan secured by such Shares) to the Company in payment of the purchase
price of such Shares.
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee shall not be permitted to pay any portion of the
purchase price with Shares if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that payment
in such manner is undesirable. |
|
|
|
Delivery of Certificates. As soon as practicable after the Company receives the
notice and purchase price provided for above, it shall deliver to the person exercising this
Option, in the name of such person, a certificate or certificates representing the Shares
being purchased. The Company shall pay any original issue or transfer taxes with respect to
the issue or transfer of the Shares and all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection
therewith. All Shares so issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, delivery of certificates for Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option may be
postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence
to comply with the applicable requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation
or any administrative or quasi-administrative requirement applicable to the sale, issuance,
distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, may, in its sole discretion, require the Optionee to furnish the Company with
appropriate representations and a written investment letter prior to the exercise of the
Option or the delivery of any Shares pursuant to the Option. |
|
7. |
|
Employment Requirement. This Option may be exercised only while the Optionee remains
employed with the Company or a parent or subsidiary thereof, and only if the Optionee has been
continuously so employed since the date of this Agreement; provided that: |
|
|
|
(a) This Option may be exercised for 30 days following the day the Optionees employment by
the Company ceases if such cessation of employment is for a reason other than death or
disability, but only to the extent that it was exercisable immediately prior to termination
of employment; provided, however, that if termination of the Optionees employment
shall have been for Cause, this Option shall expire, and all rights to purchase Shares
hereunder shall terminate, immediately upon such termination. |
-3-
|
|
(b) This Option may be exercised within one year after the Optionees employment by the
Company ceases if such cessation of employment is because of death or disability. |
|
|
|
(c) If the Optionees employment terminates after a declaration made pursuant to Section
8(b) of this Agreement in connection with an Event, this Option may be exercised at any time
permitted by such declaration. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the above, this Option may not be exercised after it has expired. |
|
8. |
|
Acceleration of Option. |
|
|
|
(a) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined in paragraph 11 of
the Plan, **[STANDARD GRANTS: then the Committee may, as provided in paragraph 11(c) of the
Plan, determine that this Option shall be cancelled and make certain cash payments with
respect to this Option pursuant to such paragraph 11(c).] **[ALTERNATIVE FOR SENIOR
MANAGEMENT: then, without any action by the Committee or the Board, (i) 50% of the Shares
subject to this Option that have not already vested in accordance with the exercise schedule
set forth above or otherwise accelerated in accordance with this Section 8 shall become
immediately exercisable in full (on a pro-rata basis, such that the remaining
(unaccelerated) 50% of the Shares subject to this Option (the Remaining Unvested Options)
shall continue to be subject, proportionately, to vesting in accordance with such exercise
schedule) and (ii) the Remaining Unvested Options shall also become immediately exercisable
if the Company (or the corporation resulting from such Change in Control) terminates the
Optionees employment (or materially reduces the Optionees employment responsibilities or
base salary) (A) other than for Cause and (B) prior to the first anniversary date of such
Change in Control.] |
|
|
|
(b) Event. In the event of an Event as defined in paragraph 12 of the Plan (including without
limitation any Event that is also a Change in Control), the Committee may, but shall not be
obligated to: |
(i) if the Event is a merger or consolidation or statutory share exchange, make
appropriate provision for the protection of this Option by the substitution for this Option
of options or voting common stock of the corporation surviving any merger or consolidation
or, if appropriate, the parent corporation of the Company or such surviving corporation, as
provided in paragraph 12 of the Plan **[INSERT FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT:; provided, however,
that if any such Event is also a Change in Control, any acceleration resulting therefrom as
a result of such Change in Control (as provided in Section 8(a) of this Agreement) shall be
reflected in any such substitution] ; or
(ii) at least 20 days prior to the occurrence of the Event, declare, and provide
written notice to the Optionee of the declaration, that this Option, whether or not then
exercisable, shall be canceled at the time of, or immediately prior to the occurrence of,
the Event (unless it shall have been exercised prior to the occurrence of the Event) in
exchange for payment to the Optionee of cash equal to, for each Share covered by the
canceled Option, the amount, if any, by which the Event Proceeds per Share, as defined in
paragraph 12 of the Plan, exceeds the exercise price per Share covered by this Option. At
the time of any such declaration, this Option shall immediately become exercisable in
-4-
|
|
full and the Optionee shall have the right, during the period preceding the time of
cancellation of this Option, to exercise this Option as to all or any part of the Shares
covered by this Option. In the event of a declaration pursuant to this subsection, to the
extent this Option has not been exercised prior to the Event, the unexercised part of this
Option shall be canceled at the time of, or immediately prior to, the Event, as provided in
the declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of this Option shall not be
entitled to the payment provided for in this subsection if this Option shall have expired
pursuant to Section 5 above. |
|
|
|
(c) Discretionary Acceleration. In addition to any acceleration provided for elsewhere
herein, the Committee has the power, in its sole discretion, to declare at any time that
this Option shall be immediately exercisable. |
|
|
|
(d) Possible Tax Effect of Acceleration. If acceleration of this Option results in the
vesting of Shares with a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 in any given year, then
this Option shall not be deemed an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code to the extent the Fair Market Value of vested Shares exceeds $100,000 in
such year. |
|
9. |
|
Limitation on Transfer. While the Optionee is alive, only the Optionee or his/her
guardian or legal representative may exercise this Option. This Option may not be assigned or
transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder. |
|
10. |
|
No Shareholder Rights Before Exercise. No person shall have any of the rights of a
shareholder of the Company with respect to any Share subject to this Option until the Share
actually is issued to him/her upon exercise of this Option. |
|
11. |
|
Discretionary Adjustment. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation,
recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of
shares, rights offering, or extraordinary dividend or divestiture (including a spin-off), or
any other change in the corporate structure or Shares of the Company, the Committee (or if the
Company does not survive any such transaction, a comparable committee of the Board of
Directors of the surviving corporation) may, without the consent of the Optionee, make such
adjustment as it determines in its discretion to be appropriate as to the number and kind of
securities subject to and reserved under the Plan and, in order to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights of the Optionee, the number and kind of securities issuable upon
exercise of this Option and the exercise price hereof. |
|
12. |
|
Transfer of Shares Tax Effects. The Optionee hereby acknowledges that if any
Shares received pursuant to the exercise of any portion of this Option are sold within two
years from the date of grant or within one year from the effective date of exercise of the
Option, or if certain other requirements of the Code are not satisfied, such Shares will be
deemed under the Code not to have been acquired by the Optionee pursuant to an incentive
stock option as defined in the Code; and that the Company shall not be liable to the Optionee
in the event the Option for any reason is deemed not to be an incentive stock option within
the meaning of the Code. |
-5-
13. |
|
Interpretation of This Agreement. All decisions and interpretations made by the
Committee with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and
conclusive upon the Company and the Optionee. If there is any inconsistency between the
provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. |
|
14. |
|
Discontinuance of Employment. This Agreement shall not give the Optionee a right to
continued employment with the Company, any parent or subsidiary of the Company or any
successor entity, and the Company, any such parent or subsidiary or any such successor entity
employing the Optionee may terminate his/her employment at any time, change the Optionees
employment responsibilities and terms of employment, and otherwise deal with the Optionee
without regard to the effect it may have upon him/her under this Agreement. |
|
15. |
|
Tax Consequences. |
|
|
|
(a) The Optionee may incur tax liability as a result of the Optionees purchase or
disposition of the Shares. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE
OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES. |
|
|
|
(b) Notwithstanding the Companys good faith determination of the Fair Market Value of the
Companys common stock for purposes of determining the exercise price per Share of the
Option, the taxing authorities may assert that the fair market value of the Companys common
stock on the date of grant was greater than the exercise price per Share. The Option may
fail to qualify as an incentive stock option if the exercise price per Share of the Option
is less than the fair market value of the Companys common stock on the date of grant. In
addition, under Section 409A of the Code, if the exercise price per Share of the Option is
less than the fair market value of the Companys common stock on the date of grant, the
Option may be treated as a form of deferred compensation and the Optionee may be subject to
an additional 20% tax, plus interest and possible penalties. The Optionee is encouraged to
consult a tax adviser regarding the potential impact of Section 409A of the Code. |
|
16. |
|
Amendment to Meet the Requirements of Section 409A. The Optionee acknowledges that
the Company, in the exercise of its sole discretion and without the consent of the Optionee,
may amend or modify this Agreement in any manner and delay the payment of any amounts payable
pursuant to this Agreement to the minimum extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section
409A of the Code as amplified by any Internal Revenue Service or U.S. Treasury Department
regulations or guidance as the Company deems appropriate or advisable. |
|
17. |
|
Option Subject to Plan, Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Optionee
acknowledges that this Option and the exercise thereof is subject to the Plan, the Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, and the By-Laws, as amended from time to time,
of the Company, and any applicable federal or state laws, rules or regulations. The Optionee
hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this
Agreement and the Plan. The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan and has agreed to be
bound and to abide by all requests, decisions and determinations of the Committee made in
accordance with the Plan. |
|
18. |
|
Market Stand-Off. In connection with the Companys initial public offering of the
Companys securities, Optionee agrees, upon request of the Company or the underwriters
|
-6-
|
|
managing any underwritten offering of the Companys securities, not to sell, make any short
sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of the Shares
received pursuant to the exercise of any portion of this Option (other than those included
in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters,
as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date
of such registration as may be requested by the underwriters. |
|
19. |
|
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding in all respects on the heirs,
representatives, successors and assigns of the Optionee. |
|
20. |
|
Choice of Law. This Agreement is entered into under the laws of the State of
Delaware and shall be construed and interpreted thereunder (without regard to its conflict of
law principles). |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Optionee and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date
of grant written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPTIONEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
-7-
, 20___
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Secretary
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I hereby exercise the following option (the Option) granted to me under the SPS Commerce,
Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock
(Shares) of SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company), indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant of Option: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares With Respect to |
|
|
|
|
Which the Option is Hereby Exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exercise Price: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Enclosed with this letter is a check, bank draft or money order in
the amount of the Total Exercise Price.
o Enclosed with this letter is a promissory note.
o I hereby agree to pay the Total Exercise Price by cancellation of
a debt owed to me by the Company.
o I hereby agree to pay the Total Exercise Price within five
business days of the date hereof and, as stated in the attached
Brokers Letter, I have delivered irrevocable instructions to
to promptly deliver to the Company the
amount of sale or loan proceeds from the Shares to be issued
pursuant to this exercise necessary to satisfy my obligation
hereunder to pay the Total Exercise Price.
o Enclosed with this letter is a certificate evidencing unencumbered
Shares (duly endorsed in blank) having an aggregate Fair Market
Value (as defined in the Plan) equal to or in excess of the Total
Exercise Price.
o I elect to pay the Total Exercise Price through a reduction in the
number of Shares delivered to me upon this exercise of the Option
as provided in paragraph 8 of the Plan.
If I am enclosing Shares with this letter, I hereby represent and warrant that I am the owner
of such Shares free and clear of all liens, security interests and other restrictions or
encumbrances. I agree that I will pay any required withholding taxes in connection with this
exercise as provided in paragraph 9 of the Plan.
Please issue a certificate (the Certificate) for the number of Shares with respect to which
the Option is being exercised in the name of the person indicated below and deliver the Certificate
to the address indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name in Which to Issue Certificate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address to Which Certificate Should |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
be Delivered: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Mailing Address for |
|
|
|
|
Holder of the Certificate (if different |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from above): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, please print
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Security Number
|
|
|
-2-
, 20___
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Secretary
Ladies and Gentlemen:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Optionee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant of Option: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares With Respect to |
|
|
|
|
Which the Option is to be Exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exercise Price: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above Optionee has requested that we finance the exercise of the above Option to purchase
Shares of common stock of SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company) and has given us irrevocable
instructions to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds from the Shares
to be issued pursuant to such exercise to satisfy the Optionees obligation to pay the Total
Exercise Price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broker Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Outside Directors)
(granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan)
|
|
|
Name of Optionee: |
|
|
|
|
|
No. of Shares Covered:
|
|
Date of Grant: |
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share:
|
|
Expiration Date: |
|
|
|
Exercise Schedule (Cumulative): |
|
|
This Option shall be deemed to have vested as
to 1/4th of the Shares subject to this Option
on . This Option will vest for
1/36th of the remaining Shares subject to this
Option on the 1st day of each
month, commencing on and
continuing until fully vested. If this
exercise schedule results in the vesting of a
fraction of a Share on any vesting date, such
fractional Share shall be rounded up to the
next whole Share, and the number of Shares
vesting on the final vesting date shall be
reduced accordingly.
This is a Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Agreement) between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the Company), and the optionee identified above (the Optionee) effective as of the
date of grant specified above.
Recitals
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the SPS Commerce, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) or a
committee of two or more directors of the Company (the Committee) appointed by the Board
administers the Plan and has the authority to determine the awards to be granted under the Plan (if
the Board has not appointed a committee to administer the Plan, then the Board shall constitute the
Committee); and
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Optionee is eligible to receive an award under the
Plan in the form of a non-statutory stock option (the Option);
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby grants this Option to the Optionee under the terms and
conditions as follows.
Terms and Conditions*
1. |
|
Grant. The Optionee is granted this Option to purchase the number of Shares
specified at the beginning of this Agreement. |
|
2. |
|
Exercise Price. The price to the Optionee of each Share subject to this Option shall
be the exercise price specified at the beginning of this Agreement. |
|
3. |
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option. This Option is not intended to be an incentive
stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code). |
|
4. |
|
Exercise Schedule. This Option shall vest and become exercisable as to the number of
Shares and on the dates specified in the exercise schedule at the beginning of this Agreement.
The exercise schedule shall be cumulative; thus, to the extent this Option has not already
been exercised and has not expired, terminated or been cancelled, the Optionee or the person
otherwise entitled to exercise this Option as provided herein may at any time, and from time
to time, purchase all or any portion of the Shares then purchasable under the exercise
schedule. |
|
|
|
This Option may also be exercised in full (notwithstanding the exercise schedule) under the
circumstances described in Section 8 of this Agreement if it has not expired prior thereto. |
|
5. |
|
Expiration. This Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m. Central Time on the earliest of: |
(a) The expiration date specified at the beginning of this Agreement (which
date shall not be later than ten years after the date of grant);
(b) The last day of the period following the termination of service of the
Optionee as a director of the Company (as specified in Section 7(a) or 7(b)
of this Agreement, whichever is applicable); or
(c) The date (if any) fixed for cancellation pursuant to Section 8 of this
Agreement.
|
|
In no event may anyone exercise this Option, in whole or in part, after it has expired,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement. |
|
6. |
|
Procedure to Exercise Option. |
|
|
|
Notice of Exercise. This Option may be exercised by delivering written notice of
exercise to the Company at the principal executive office of the Company, to the attention
of the Companys Secretary, in the form attached to this Agreement. The notice shall state
the number of Shares to be purchased, and shall be signed by the person exercising this
Option. If the person exercising this Option is not the Optionee, he/she also must submit
appropriate proof of his/her right to exercise this Option. |
|
|
|
Tender of Payment. Upon giving notice of any exercise hereunder, the Optionee
shall provide for payment of the purchase price of the Shares being purchased through one or
a combination of the following methods: |
|
|
|
* |
|
Unless the context indicates otherwise, terms
that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the
Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future. |
-2-
(a) Cash;
(b) By delivery of optionees promissory note with such recourse, interest,
security and redemption provisions as the Committee determines to be
appropriate;
(c) Cancellation of indebtedness;
(d) By delivery to the Company of unencumbered Shares having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 of the Plan) on the date of
exercise equal to the purchase price of such Shares;
(e) By a reduction in the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee upon
exercise, such number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the
date of exercise equal to the purchase price of such Shares; or
(f) To the extent permitted by law, a broker-assisted cashless exercise in
which the Optionee irrevocably instructs a broker to deliver proceeds of a
sale of all or a portion of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise
(or a loan secured by such Shares) to the Company in payment of the purchase
price of such Shares.
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee shall not be permitted to pay any portion of the
purchase price with Shares if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that payment
in such manner is undesirable. |
|
|
|
Delivery of Certificates. As soon as practicable after the Company receives the
notice and purchase price provided for above, it shall deliver to the person exercising this
Option, in the name of such person, a certificate or certificates representing the Shares
being purchased. The Company shall pay any original issue or transfer taxes with respect to
the issue or transfer of the Shares and all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection
therewith. All Shares so issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, delivery of certificates for Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option may be
postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence
to comply with the applicable requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation
or any administrative or quasi-administrative requirement applicable to the sale, issuance,
distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Board, or the Committee if one has been
appointed, may, in its sole discretion, require the Optionee to furnish the Company with
appropriate representations and a written investment letter prior to the exercise of the
Option or the delivery of any Shares pursuant to the Option. |
|
7. |
|
Service Requirement. This Option may be exercised only while the Optionee serves as
a director of the Company or a parent or subsidiary thereof, and only if the Optionee has
continuously served as a director since the date of this Agreement; provided that: |
|
|
|
(a) This Option may be exercised for 30 days following the day the Optionees service as a
director of the Company ceases if such cessation of service is for a reason other than death
or disability, but only to the extent that it was exercisable immediately prior to
termination of service as a director. |
-3-
|
|
(b) This Option may be exercised within one year after the Optionees service as a director
of the Company ceases if such cessation of service is because of death or disability. |
|
|
|
(c) If the Optionees service as a director of the Company terminates after a declaration
made pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement in connection with an Event, this Option may
be exercised at any time permitted by such declaration. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the above, this Option may not be exercised after it has expired. |
|
8. |
|
Acceleration of Option. |
|
|
|
(a) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control as defined in paragraph
11 of the Plan, then, without any action by the Committee or the Board, 100% of the Shares
subject to this Option that have not already vested in accordance with the exercise schedule
set forth above shall become immediately exercisable in full. |
|
|
|
(b) Event. In the event of an Event as defined in paragraph 12 of the Plan
(including without limitation any Event that is also a Change in Control), the Committee
may, but shall not be obligated to: |
(i) if the Event is a merger or consolidation or statutory share exchange,
make appropriate provision for the protection of this Option by the
substitution for this Option of options or voting common stock of the
corporation surviving any merger or consolidation or, if appropriate, the
parent corporation of the Company or such surviving corporation, as provided
in paragraph 12 of the Plan; provided, however, that if any such Event is
also a Change in Control, any acceleration resulting therefrom as a result
of such Change in Control (as provided in Section 8(a) of this Agreement)
shall be reflected in any such substitution; or
(ii) at least 20 days prior to the occurrence of the Event, declare, and
provide written notice to the Optionee of the declaration, that this Option,
whether or not then exercisable, shall be canceled at the time of, or
immediately prior to the occurrence of, the Event (unless it shall have been
exercised prior to the occurrence of the Event) in exchange for payment to
the Optionee of cash equal to, for each Share covered by the canceled
Option, the amount, if any, by which the Event Proceeds per Share, as
defined in paragraph 12 of the Plan, exceeds the exercise price per Share
covered by this Option. At the time of any such declaration, this Option
shall immediately become exercisable in full and the Optionee shall have the
right, during the period preceding the time of cancellation of this Option,
to exercise this Option as to all or any part of the Shares covered by this
Option. In the event of a declaration pursuant to this subsection, to the
extent this Option has not been exercised prior to the Event, the
unexercised part of this Option shall be canceled at the time of, or
immediately prior to, the Event, as provided in the declaration.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of this Option shall not be
entitled to the payment provided for in this subsection if this Option shall
have expired pursuant to Section 5 above.
-4-
|
|
(c) Discretionary Acceleration. In addition to any acceleration provided for
elsewhere herein, the Committee has the power, in its sole discretion, to declare at any
time that this Option shall be immediately exercisable. |
|
9. |
|
Limitation on Transfer. While the Optionee is alive, only the Optionee or his/her
guardian or legal representative may exercise this Option. This Option may not be assigned or
transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder. |
|
10. |
|
No Shareholder Rights Before Exercise. No person shall have any of the rights of a
shareholder of the Company with respect to any Share subject to this Option until the Share
actually is issued to him/her upon exercise of this Option. |
|
11. |
|
Discretionary Adjustment. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation,
recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of
shares, rights offering, or extraordinary dividend or divestiture (including a spin-off), or
any other change in the corporate structure or Shares of the Company, the Committee (or if the
Company does not survive any such transaction, a comparable committee of the Board of
Directors of the surviving corporation) may, without the consent of the Optionee, make such
adjustment as it determines in its discretion to be appropriate as to the number and kind of
securities subject to and reserved under the Plan and, in order to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights of the Optionee, the number and kind of securities issuable upon
exercise of this Option and the exercise price hereof. |
|
12. |
|
Tax Withholding. Delivery of Shares upon exercise of this Option shall be subject to
any required withholding taxes. As a condition precedent to receiving Shares upon exercise of
this Option, the Optionee may be required to pay to the Company, in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 9 of the Plan, an amount equal to the amount of any required
withholdings. |
|
13. |
|
Interpretation of This Agreement. All decisions and interpretations made by the
Committee with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and
conclusive upon the Company and the Optionee. If there is any inconsistency between the
provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. |
|
14. |
|
Option Subject to Plan, Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Optionee
acknowledges that this Option and the exercise thereof is subject to the Plan, the Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, and the By-Laws, as amended from time to time,
of the Company, and any applicable federal or state laws, rules or regulations. The Optionee
hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this
Agreement and the Plan. The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan and has agreed to be
bound and to abide by all requests, decisions and determinations of the Committee made in
accordance with the Plan. |
|
15. |
|
Market Stand-Off. In connection with the Companys initial public offering of the
Companys securities, Optionee agrees, upon request of the Company or the underwriters
managing any underwritten offering of the Companys securities, not to sell, make any short
sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of the Shares
received pursuant to the exercise of any portion of this Option (other than those |
-5-
|
|
included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such
underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty
(180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the
underwriters. |
|
16. |
|
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding in all respects on the heirs,
representatives, successors and assigns of the Optionee. |
|
17. |
|
Choice of Law. This Agreement is entered into under the laws of the State of
Delaware and shall be construed and interpreted thereunder (without regard to its conflict of
law principles). |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Optionee and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date
of grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPTIONEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE INC. |
|
|
-6-
, 20___
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Secretary
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I hereby exercise the following option (the Option) granted to me under the SPS Commerce,
Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock
(Shares) of SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company), indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant of Option: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares With Respect to |
|
|
|
|
Which the Option is Hereby Exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exercise Price: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Enclosed with this letter is a check, bank draft or money order in
the amount of the Total Exercise Price.
o Enclosed with this letter is a promissory note.
o I hereby agree to pay the Total Exercise Price by cancellation of
a debt owed to me by the Company.
o I hereby agree to pay the Total Exercise Price within five
business days of the date hereof and, as stated in the attached
Brokers Letter, I have delivered irrevocable instructions to
to promptly deliver to the Company the
amount of sale or loan proceeds from the Shares to be issued
pursuant to this exercise necessary to satisfy my obligation
hereunder to pay the Total Exercise Price.
o Enclosed with this letter is a certificate evidencing unencumbered
Shares (duly endorsed in blank) having an aggregate Fair Market
Value (as defined in the Plan) equal to or in excess of the Total
Exercise Price.
o I elect to pay the Total Exercise Price through a reduction in the
number of Shares delivered to me upon this exercise of the Option
as provided in paragraph 8 of the Plan.
If I am enclosing Shares with this letter, I hereby represent and warrant that I am the owner
of such Shares free and clear of all liens, security interests and other restrictions or
encumbrances. I agree that I will pay any required withholding taxes in connection with this
exercise as provided in paragraph 9 of the Plan.
Please issue a certificate (the Certificate) for the number of Shares with respect to which
the Option is being exercised in the name of the person indicated below and deliver the Certificate
to the address indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name in Which to Issue Certificate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address to Which Certificate Should |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
be Delivered: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Mailing Address for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holder of the Certificate (if different |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from above): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name, please print
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social Security Number
|
|
|
-2-
, 20___
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Secretary
Ladies and Gentlemen:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Optionee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant of Option: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares With Respect to |
|
|
|
|
Which the Option is to be Exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Exercise Price: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above Optionee has requested that we finance the exercise of the above Option to purchase
Shares of common stock of SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company) and has given us irrevocable
instructions to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds from the Shares
to be issued pursuant to such exercise to satisfy the Optionees obligation to pay the Total
Exercise Price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broker Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
No. V06101
This Loan and Security Agreement (this Loan Agreement), made as of February 3, 2006 by and
between RITCHIE CAPITAL FINANCE, L.L.C. (Lender), a Delaware limited liability company
with its principal place of business at 2100 Enterprise Avenue, Geneva, Illinois 60134, and SPS
Commerce, Inc. (Borrower), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 333
South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402.
In consideration of the promises set forth herein, Lender and Borrower agree upon the following
terms and conditions:
1. General Definitions
The following words, terms and /or phrases shall have the meanings set forth thereafter and such
meanings shall be applicable to the singular and plural form thereof giving effect to the numerical
difference:
A. Account means any account, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter
acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest and, in any
event, shall include all accounts receivable, book debts, rights to payment, and other forms of
obligations now owned or hereafter received or acquired by or belonging or owing to Borrower
(including under any trade name, style or division thereof), whether or not arising out of goods or
software sold or licensed or services rendered by Borrower or from any other transaction (including
any such obligation that may be characterized as an account or contract right under the UCC), and
all of Borrowers rights in, to and under all purchase orders or receipts now owned or hereafter
acquired by it for goods or services, and all of Borrowers rights to any goods represented by any
of the foregoing (including unpaid sellers rights of rescission, replevin, reclamation and
stoppage in transit and rights to returned, reclaimed or repossessed goods), and all monies due or
to become due to Borrower under all purchase orders and contracts for the sale of goods or the
performance of services or both by Borrower or in connection with any other transaction (whether or
not yet earned by performance on the part of Borrower), now in existence or hereafter occurring,
including the right to receive the proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, and all
collateral security and guarantees of any kind given by any Person with respect to any of the
foregoing.
B. Account Debtor means any Person obligated on an Account.
C. Affiliate means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this
definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms controlling, controlled
by and under common control with), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 5% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for
the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or
otherwise.
D. Approved Foreign Account Debtors means the collective reference to those Account Debtors
whose operations are located primarily in Canada; provided that Lender may disqualify one
or more Persons as Approved Foreign Account Debtors in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion
after consultation with Borrower (with any such disqualification to be effective five (5) Business
Days after delivery of notice thereof to Borrower).
E. Borrowers Liabilities shall mean all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender
(including without limitation all debts, claims, and indebtedness) whether primary, secondary,
direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing,
due or payable, which are evidenced, created, incurred, acquired, owing or arising under this Loan
Agreement and/or any promissory note or other instrument issued pursuant hereto or the Other
Agreements (hereinafter defined).
F. Borrowing Base means, at any time, (a) 85% multiplied by Borrowers Eligible Accounts
(other than Eligible Accounts of Approved Foreign Account Debtors) at such time, plus (b) 70%
multiplied by Borrowers Eligible Accounts of Approved Foreign Account Debtors, minus (c) any
Reserves heretofore established by Lender. Lender may, in its Permitted Discretion, adjust
Reserves after consultation with Borrower, with any such changes to be effective five (5) Business
Days after delivery of notice thereof to Borrower.
G. Borrowing Base Certificate means a certificate, signed and certified as accurate and
complete by the chief financial officer of Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit B or
another form which is acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion.
H. Business Day means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized to
close in New York City, Chicago, Illinois or Minneapolis, Minnesota.
I. Cash means all cash, money (as such term is defined in the UCC), currency, and liquid
funds, wherever held, in which Borrower now or hereafter acquires any right, title, or interest.
J. Change of Control means the occurrence of either of the following: (a) a person or
group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) becomes, after the date of this Loan Agreement, the beneficial owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more
than 30% of the total voting power of all capital stock then outstanding of Borrower, or (b) a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Borrower shall not constitute Continuing
Directors.
K. Charges shall mean all national, federal, state, county, city, municipal and/or other
governmental taxes, levies, assessments, charges, liens, claims or encumbrances upon and/or
relating to the Collateral, Borrowers Liabilities, Borrowers business, Borrowers ownership
and/or use of any of its assets, and/or Borrowers income and/or gross receipts, other than those
not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
L. Chattel Paper means any chattel paper, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
M. Cleanup means all actions required to: (1) clean up, remove, treat or remediate Hazardous
Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment; (2) prevent the release of Hazardous Materials so
that they do not migrate, endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor
or outdoor environment; (3) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial
monitoring and care; or (4) respond to any government requests for information or documents in any
way relating to cleanup, removal, treatment or remediation or potential cleanup, removal, treatment
or remediation of Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment.
N. Collateral has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.
O. Continuing Director means (a) any member of the Board of Directors of Borrower who was a
director of Borrower on the date of this Loan Agreement, and (b) any individual who becomes a
director of Borrower after the date of this Loan Agreement if such individual (i) is an officer (or
comparable manager), constituent general partner or nominee of any Person who is a holder of
preferred stock of Borrower as of the date of this Loan Agreement, or (ii) is the President or
Chief Executive Officer of Borrower, or (iii) was appointed or nominated for election to the Board
of Directors of Borrower by a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such
individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors of Borrower in
an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of directors of Borrower (as such
terms are used in Rule 14a-11 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and whose
initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.
P. Copyright License means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or
Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds
or hereafter acquires any interest
Q. Copyrights means all of the following property, now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest: (i) all copyrights,
whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State
thereof or of any other country; (ii) all registrations, applications and recordings in the United
States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, of any State
thereof or of any other country; (iii) all continuations, renewals or extensions thereof; and (iv)
all registrations to be issued under any pending applications.
R. Default means any condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.
S. Deposit Accounts means any deposit accounts, as such term is defined in the UCC, and in
any event includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
2
T. Documents means any documents, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
U. Eligible Accounts means, at any time, the Accounts of Borrower arising in the ordinary
course of business with respect to goods or software sold or licensed or services rendered by
Borrower, including without limitation, monthly subscription license payments, perpetual license
payments, professional services billings and support and training billings, provided that Eligible
Accounts shall not include any Account:
(a) which is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest (subject to
Permitted Liens) in favor of Lender;
(b) which is owed by an Account Debtor which (i) does not maintain its chief executive
office in the United States or (ii) is not organized under applicable law of the United
States or any state of the United States unless, in either case, such Account is owed by an
Approved Foreign Account Debtor;
(c) which is unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the date of the original invoice
therefor;
(d) which is owing by an Account Debtor for which more than 25% of the Accounts owing
from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates are ineligible pursuant to clause (c) above;
(e) which is owing by an Account Debtor to the extent the aggregate amount of Accounts
owing from such Account Debtor and its Affiliates to Borrower exceeds 20% of the aggregate
Eligible Accounts;
(f) with respect to which any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this
Loan Agreement or in any Other Agreement has been breached or is not true in any material
respect;
(g) which (i) is not evidenced by an invoice or other documentation reasonably
satisfactory to Lender which has been sent to the Account Debtor, (ii) represents a progress
billing, (iii) represents obligations that do not arise from final sales or which are
otherwise contingent upon Borrowers completion of any further performance, (iv) represents
a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval, consignment,
cash-on-delivery or any other repurchase or return basis or (iv) relates to payments of
interest;
(h) for which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped to the
Account Debtor or for which the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed
by Borrower or if such Account was invoiced more than once;
(i) with respect to which any check or other instrument of payment has been returned
uncollected for any reason;
(j) which is owed by an Account Debtor which has (i) applied for, suffered, or
consented to the appointment of any receiver, custodian, trustee, or liquidator of its
assets, (ii) had possession of all or a material part of its property taken by any receiver,
custodian, trustee or liquidator, (iii) filed, or had filed against it, any request or
petition for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, adjudication as
bankrupt, winding-up, or voluntary or involuntary case under any state or federal bankruptcy
laws, (iv) admitted in writing its inability, or is generally unable to, pay its debts as
they become due, (v) become insolvent; (vi) ceased operation of its business or (vii) sold
all or a substantially all of its assets;
(k) which, if owed by any Account Debtor which is a distributor, is payable by any
Person other than such Account Debtor;
(l) which is owed in any currency other than U.S. dollars;
(m) which is owed by the government of the United States, or any department, agency,
public corporation, or instrumentality thereof;
(n) which is owed by any Affiliate, employee, officer, director or stockholder of
Borrower;
(o) which, for any Account Debtor, exceeds a credit limit determined by Lender in the
exercise of its Permitted Discretion after consultation with Borrower (with any such
determination to be effective five (5) Business Days after delivery of notice thereof to
Borrower), to the extent of such excess;
3
(p) which is owed by an Account Debtor or any Affiliate of such Account Debtor to which
Borrower is indebted, but only to the extent of such indebtedness, or is subject to any
security, deposit, progress payment, retainage or other similar advance made by or for the
benefit of an Account Debtor, in each case to the extent thereof;
(q) which is subject to any counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or dispute, but
only to the extent of the amount of such counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or
dispute;
(r) which is evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or instrument not in the
possession of Lender;
(s) which is owed by an Account Debtor located in any jurisdiction which requires
filing of a Notice of Business Activities Report or other similar report in order to
permit Borrower to seek judicial enforcement in such jurisdiction of payment of such
Account, unless Borrower has filed such report or qualified to do business in such
jurisdiction;
(t) with respect to which Borrower has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for
any reduction thereof, other than discounts and adjustments given in the ordinary course of
business, or any Account which was partially paid and Borrower created a new receivable for
the unpaid portion of such Account;
(u) which does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all
applicable laws and regulations, whether Federal, state or local, including without
limitation the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and
Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
(v) which is for goods that have been sold under a purchase order or pursuant to the
terms of a contract or other agreement or understanding (written or oral) that indicates or
purports that any Person other than Borrower has or has had an ownership interest in such
goods, or which indicates any party other than Borrower as payee or remittance party;
(w) which was created on cash on delivery terms; or
(x) which Lender determines may not be paid by reason of the Account Debtors inability
to pay or which Lender otherwise determines is unacceptable for any reason whatsoever, in
each case in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion after consultation with Borrower (with
any such determination to be effective five (5) Business Days after delivery of notice
thereof to Borrower).
In the event that an Account which was previously an Eligible Account ceases to be an Eligible
Account hereunder, Borrower shall notify Lender thereof on and at the time of submission to Lender
of the next Borrowing Base Certificate. In determining the amount of an Eligible Account, the face
amount of an Account shall be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such
face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending
or of which the Account Debtor is permitted to avail itself under the credit terms provided to such
Account Debtor, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other
allowances (including any amount that Borrower may be obligated to rebate to an Account Debtor
pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)) and (ii) the aggregate
amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by Borrower to reduce
the amount of such Account. Standards of eligibility may be made less restrictive from time to
time by Lender in its sole discretion, with any such changes to be effective immediately upon
delivery of notice thereof to Borrower, and made more restrictive from time to time by Lender in
its Permitted Discretion after consultation with Borrower, with any such changes to be effective
five (5) Business Days after delivery of notice thereof to Borrower.
V. Eligible Assignee means (i) any Affiliate of Lender or any fund managed by an Affiliate of
Lender, or (ii) any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof having total assets in excess of $100,000,000, or any finance company, insurance company or
other financial institution that is principally engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise
investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and having total assets in
excess of $100,000,000.
W. Environmental Claim means any claim, action, cause of action, investigation or notice
(written or oral) by any Person alleging potential liability (including, without limitation, an
obligation to conduct a Cleanup or potential liability for investigatory costs, Cleanup costs,
governmental response costs, natural resources damages,
4
property damages, personal injuries, or penalties) arising out of, based on or resulting from
(a) the presence or release of any Hazardous Materials at any location, whether or not owned,
leased or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) circumstances forming the basis
of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.
X. Environmental Laws means all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations
relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, including, without
limitation, laws relating to releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials or otherwise
relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, release, disposal,
transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, laws and regulations with regard to recordkeeping,
notification, disclosure and reporting requirements respecting Hazardous Materials and laws
relating to the management or use of natural resources.
Y. Equipment means any equipment, as such term is defined in the UCC, and in any event
shall include but not be limited to computers and peripherals, laboratory equipment, manufacturing
equipment, networking equipment, switching and backbone equipment, servers and routers and other
hardware including disk drives and laser printers, office furniture, fixtures and office equipment,
test and other equipment, and software, and all accessions, additions, attachments, accessories and
improvements thereof and all replacements and/or substitutions therefore and all proceeds and
products thereof.
Z. Equipment Loan has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof.
AA. Event of Default has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.
BB. Financials shall mean those financial statements described in Section 7.3 hereof.
CC. Fixtures means any fixtures, as such term is defined in the UCC, together with all
right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all extensions, improvements, betterments,
accessions, renewals, substitutes, and replacements of, and all additions and appurtenances to any
of the foregoing property, and all conversions of the security constituted thereby, immediately
upon any acquisition or release thereof or any such conversion, as the case may be, now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
DD. General Intangibles means any general intangibles, as such term is defined in the UCC,
and, in any event, shall include all right, title and interest which Borrower may now or hereafter
have in or under any rights to payment; payment intangibles; software; proprietary or confidential
information; business records and materials; customer lists; interests in partnerships, joint
ventures, business associations, corporations, and limited liability companies; permits; claims in
or under insurance policies (including unearned premiums and retrospective premium adjustments);
and rights to receive tax refunds and other payments and rights of indemnification now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
EE. Goods means any goods, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter
acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
FF. Hazardous Materials means all substances defined as Hazardous Substances, Oils,
Pollutants or Contaminants in the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan,
40 C.F.R. §300.5, or defined as such by, or regulated as such under, any Environmental Law.
GG. Instruments means any instrument, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
HH. Intellectual Property means all Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; and Licenses; and
applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and goodwill associated with
any of the foregoing; together with rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of
Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.
II. Inventory means any inventory, as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest,
and, in any event, shall include all Goods and personal property that are held by or on behalf of
Borrower for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or
that constitute raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed or to be used or
consumed in Borrowers business, or the processing, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of
the same, and all finished goods, whether or not the same is in transit or in the constructive,
actual or exclusive possession of Borrower or is held by others for Borrowers account, including
all such property covered
5
by purchase orders and contracts with suppliers and all such Goods billed and held by
suppliers and all such property that may be in the possession or custody of any carriers,
forwarding agents, truckers, warehousemen, vendors, selling agents or other Persons.
JJ. Investment Property means all investment property, as such term is defined in the UCC,
and in any event includes any certificated security, uncertificated security, money market funds,
bonds, mutual funds, and U.S. Treasury bills or notes, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower
or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
KK. Letter of Credit Rights means any letter of credit rights, as such term is defined in
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter
acquires any interest, including any right to payment or performance under any letter of credit.
LL. License means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license
of rights or interests now held or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or
hereafter acquires any interest and any renewals or extensions thereof.
MM. Loan has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.
NN. Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect upon (i) the business
operations, properties (taken as a whole), assets (taken as a whole), results of operations or
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (ii) the prospect of repayment of any portion of
Borrowers Liabilities, (iii) the validity, perfection, value or priority of Lenders security
interest in a material portion of the Collateral, (iv) the enforceability of any material provision
of this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or any Other Agreement or (v) the ability of Lender to enforce
its rights and remedies under this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or any Other Agreement
OO. Other Agreements shall mean all agreements, instruments and documents, including,
without limitation, any notes, guaranties, letters of credit, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges,
powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, security agreements, leases, account
pledge and control agreements, fee arrangements, financing statements and all other written matter
heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter executed by and/or on behalf and/or for the
benefit of Borrower and delivered to Lender under or in connection with this Loan Agreement (other
than the Warrant and the Stockholders Agreements).
PP. Patent License means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any
invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement
Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
QQ. Patents means all of the following property, now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower: (a) all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or in
any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters
patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States or any other country, including
registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in
any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country; (b) all
reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part or extensions thereof; (c) all petty patents,
divisionals, and patents of addition; and (d) all patents to be issued under any such applications.
RR. Permitted Debt means (i) Borrowers indebtedness to Lender under this Loan Agreement or
any of the Other Agreements; (ii) indebtedness of Borrower existing on the date hereof and set
forth on Schedule lRR hereto; (iii) indebtedness to trade creditors incurred and paid in
the ordinary course of business on ordinary trade terms and accrued expenses incurred in the
ordinary course of business; (iv) indebtedness (including capitalized leases) incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition costs of Equipment or software, and
indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a lien on
any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof (and not incurred in contemplation of such
acquisition), provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such indebtedness shall
not exceed $1,500,000 at any time during the term of this Loan Agreement; (v) indebtedness of
Borrower secured by Permitted Liens (as defined below); and (vi) any extension, renewal or
refinancing of the indebtedness described in (ii) or (iv), provided that the principal amount of
such indebtedness may not be increased, except to the extent necessary to pay reasonable and
customary fees and expenses associated with such extension, renewal or refinancing.
SS. Permitted Discretion means a determination made in good faith and in the exercise of
reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.
6
TT. Permitted Liens means (i) liens arising under this Loan Agreement or any of the Other
Agreements; (ii) liens existing as of the date of this Loan Agreement and set forth on Schedule
1TT hereto; (iii) liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies,
either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate
reserves on its financial statements, provided that the proceeding contesting such taxes, fees,
assessments, charges or levies shall stay the sale, disposition, foreclosure or forfeiture of any
asset subject to such lien; (iv) liens securing indebtedness permitted by clause (iv) of the
definition of Permitted Debt, so long as such liens secure only the Equipment or software
acquired by Borrower and the proceeds thereof; (v) leases or subleases of real property granted in
the ordinary course of Borrowers business; (vi) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics,
materialmens, repairmens, landlords and other like liens imposed by law, securing obligations
arising in the ordinary course of business that either are not delinquent or are being contested in
good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its financial statements, provided
that the proceeding contesting such obligations shall stay the sale, disposition, foreclosure or
forfeiture of any asset subject to such lien; (vii) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary
course of business in compliance with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other
social security laws or regulations; (viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
contracts, leases, statutory obligations, customs bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of
a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business; (ix) judgment liens in respect of
judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.I(k) hereof and deposits to
secure the performance of appeal bonds; (x) statutory or common law liens and rights of setoff of
banks and securities intermediaries as to deposit accounts or securities accounts maintained
thereby; and (xi) liens securing indebtedness described in clause (vi) of the definition of
Permitted Debt, provided, that any such lien may only encumber the property securing the
indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced.
UU. Person shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution,
entity, party or government (whether national, federal, state, county, city, municipal or
otherwise, including without limitation, any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department
thereof).
VV. Prime Rate for each month means the rate of interest announced by Bank One, N.A., or its
successor, as its prime rate on the first Business Day of such month.
WW. Proceeds means proceeds, as such term is defined in the UCC
XX. Receivables means (i) all of Borrowers Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper,
Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter of Credit
Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.
YY. Reserves means any and all reserves which Lender deems necessary, in its Permitted
Discretion, to maintain (a) to reflect any impediments to Lenders ability to realize on the
Accounts or to reflect costs, expenses and other amounts Lender may incur or be required to pay to
realize on the Accounts (including, without limitation, any such reserves for rent at locations
leased by Borrower and for consignees, warehousemens and bailees charges, for dilution of
Accounts, for direct and contingent obligations owed to third parties, for uninsured, underinsured,
un-indemnified or under-indemnified liabilities or potential liabilities with respect to any
litigation and for taxes, fees, assessments, and other governmental charges), or (b) for accrued
and unpaid interest on the Borrowers Liabilities.
ZZ. Revolving Advance has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 (c) hereof.
AAA. Revolving Commitment means the commitment of Lender to make Revolving Advances
hereunder, subject to the terms hereof, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time
pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 8.2 and, (b) increased on any Rollover Date from time to time in
an amount equal to the Rollover Amount applicable to such Rollover Date. The initial amount of
Lenders Revolving Commitment is One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000).
BBB. Revolving Loan means, at any time, all Revolving Advances outstanding at such time.
CCC. Revolving Loan Termination Date shall mean the earliest of (a) January 31, 2008, (b)
the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (c) the
date on which Borrowers Liabilities become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.
DDD. Rollover Amount means, with respect to any Rollover Date, the principal amount of the
Term Loan or the Equipment Loan repaid during the immediately preceding calendar quarter and, in
the case of the first
7
Rollover Date, the amount of the commitment to make Equipment Loans that remained unused
immediately prior to termination of that commitment.
EEE. Rollover Date means the first day of any calendar quarter occurring prior to the
Revolving Loan Termination Date, commencing April 1, 2007.
FFF. Stockholders Agreements means, collectively, that certain Fourth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 2003 by and among the Borrower and the
stockholders of the Borrower named therein and in joinders thereto and that certain Fourth Amended
and Restated Voting and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of May 16, 2003 by and among the Borrower and
the stockholders of the Borrower named therein and in joinders thereto.
GGG. Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of
the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to
the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether
directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person or a combination thereof.
HHH. Supporting Obligations means any supporting obligations, as such term is defined in
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter
acquires any interest.
III. Term Loan has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.
JJJ. Trademark License means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark
or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now
holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
KKK. Trademarks means all of the following property, now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest: (a) all trademarks,
tradenames, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or
business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, and
designs of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and
recordings thereof, and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations,
recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar
office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political
subdivision thereof, and (b) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.
LLL. UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State
of Illinois, provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection, the effect
of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest granted hereunder in any
Collateral (as hereinafter defined) or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in other jurisdiction(s), then
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in such other
jurisdiction(s) for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of
perfection or non-perfection, or priority or availability of such remedy.
MMM.
Warrant has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) hereof.
2. The Loans
2.1 (a) Term Loan. Subject to Section 2.5, Lender shall loan to Borrower on or prior to
February 28, 2006 a term loan (the Term Loan) pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, in an
amount equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), the proceeds of which may be used to fund the
purchase of assets of Owens Direct, Inc., to refinance existing indebtedness of Borrower, to pay
related transaction fees and expenses, for working capital and for other general corporate
purposes. This is not a revolving line of credit and Borrower may not repay and reborrow under this
Section 2.1(a) the amounts advanced or to be advanced under this Section 2.1(a). The Term Loan
shall be made on verbal notice given by Borrower to Lender no later than 2:00 p.m. (prevailing
Chicago time) not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such proposed borrowing.
The Term Loan shall be repaid in six (6) interest only payments followed by thirty-nine (39) equal
monthly scheduled installments of principal and interest (paid in arrears), such payments to be
made on the first Business Day of each month commencing on the first Business Day of the month
following the date of such borrowing (the Initial Term Loan Payment Date); provided,
8
however, that if the Initial Term Loan Payment Date is not at least 15 days after the date the Term
Loan is made, such payments shall commence on the first Business Day of the immediately succeeding
month and Borrower shall make one additional interest only payment on the Initial Term Loan Payment
Date.
(b) Equipment Loan. Subject to Section 2.5, Lender shall loan to Borrower from time
to time on or prior to July 31, 2006, one or more equipment loans (the Equipment Loan) pursuant
to the terms and conditions hereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00), the proceeds of which shall be used to purchase Equipment
and to refinance certain indebtedness of Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank used to purchase
Equipment. In no event shall the aggregate amount of the advances made hereunder exceed One Million
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00). This is not a revolving line of credit and
Borrower may not repay and re-borrow under this Section 2.1 (b) the amounts advanced or to be
advanced under this Section 2.1(b). Each Equipment Loan shall be made on notice (substantially in
the form of Exhibit C hereto and setting forth a schedule describing in detail the Equipment
against which an advance is to be made hereunder) given by Borrower to Lender no later than 2:00
p.m. (prevailing Chicago time) not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such
proposed borrowing. Each Equipment Loan shall be repaid in thirty-six (36) equal monthly scheduled
installments of principal and interest (paid in arrears), such payments to be made on the first
Business Day of each month commencing on the first Business Day of the month following the date of
such Equipment Loan borrowing (the Initial Equipment Loan Payment Date); provided, however, that
if the Initial Equipment Loan Payment Date is not at least 15 days after the date the Equipment
Loan is made, such payments shall commence on the first Business Day of the immediately succeeding
month and Borrower shall make one interest only payment on the Initial Equipment Loan Payment Date.
(c) Revolving Loan. On the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Loan
Agreement, Lender agrees to make revolving advances to Borrower (each, a Revolving Advance) from
time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the Revolving Loan
Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Revolving
Advances not to exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Commitment at such time and (y) the
Borrowing Base at such time. Each borrowing of a Revolving Advance shall be made on notice
(substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto) given by Borrower to Lender not later than noon
(prevailing Chicago time) not less than 1 Business Day prior to the date of such proposed
borrowing. Each borrowing of a Revolving Advance shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than
$250,000. Borrower may not borrow more than two (2) Revolving Advances in any calendar month.
Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Loan Agreement, the Revolving Advances
repaid may be reborrowed by Borrower under this Section 2.1(c). Borrower shall repay the entire
unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loan in full on the Revolving Loan Termination Date.
2.2 Evidence and Nature of Loans. The Term Loan, the Equipment Loan and each Revolving
Advances to be made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement (each, a Loan) will be
evidenced by one or more promissory notes (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender)
to be executed and delivered by Borrower to Lender before or concurrently with Lenders
disbursement of such Loan to or for the account of Borrower. All of Borrowers Liabilities
(including all Loans under this Loan Agreement) shall be secured by Lenders security interest in
the Collateral and by all other security interests, liens, claims and encumbrances now and/or from
time to time hereafter granted by Borrower to Lender hereunder or under the Other Agreements.
2.3 Use of Proceeds. Borrower warrants and represents to Lender that Borrower shall use
the proceeds of each Loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement and any
advances made pursuant to the Other Agreements solely for legal and proper corporate purposes (duly
authorized by its Board of Directors) and consistent with all applicable laws and statutes.
2.4 Direction to Remit. Borrower hereby authorizes and directs Lender to disburse, for and
on behalf of Borrower and for Borrowers account, the proceeds of the Loan made by Lender to
Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement to such Person or Persons as an officer or director of
Borrower shall direct, whether in writing or orally.
2.5 Conditions Precedent. (a) The following conditions precedent must be met before each
Loan is made hereunder: (i) No event, condition or change that has had, or could reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement;
(ii) The representations and warranties contained in this Loan Agreement and in the Warrants and
the Other Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of
such Loan, (iii) As of the date of such Loan, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or
would result from such Loan or the application of the proceed thereof that would constitute an
Event of Default or a Default, and (iv) As a condition to each Revolving Advance, Lender shall have
received a
9
Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information in connection therewith, together with any
additional reports with respect to the Borrowing Base as Lender may reasonably request, all as of a
date no more than 30 days prior to the date of such Revolving Advance.
(b) In addition, the following conditions precedent must be met before the initial Loan is
made hereunder: (i) Payment of all fees required under this Loan Agreement or the Other Agreements;
(ii) Receipt by Lender of satisfactory release documents from any and all conflicting secured
creditors, (iii) Receipt by Lender of appropriate filings and other means of perfecting its
security interest in the Collateral, including but not limited to specific assignments of
Collateral consisting of instruments or evidenced by titles; (iv) Lender shall have received copies
of the certificates and evidences of insurance contemplated under Section 5.6 hereof; (v) Receipt
by Lender of adequate proof of free and clear ownership of the Collateral, including but not
limited to paid in full invoices and cancelled checks or other means of payment for said invoices;
(vi) Execution by Borrower and acceptable financial institution(s) of any required account control
agreements for the benefit of Lender; (vii) Delivery by Borrower of a satisfactory executed
Borrowing Base Certificate as of a recent date, (viii) Receipt by Lender of a Warrant to purchase
235,000 shares of Borrowers Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on or before February 3, 2016 at
a purchase price of $0.97875 per share in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (the
Warrant), subject to execution by Lender of a joinder to the Stockholders Agreements in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Borrower, (ix) execution by Lender and CID Mezzanine Capital
L.P. of an Intercreditor Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; and
(x) Delivery by Borrower of a legal opinion of counsel to Borrower relating to this Agreement, the
Warrants and the Other Agreements in form an substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.
2.6 Payments and Taxes. Any and all payments made by Borrower under this Loan Agreement or
any Other Agreement shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present
or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other
charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or
penalties applicable thereto) other than any taxes imposed on or measured by Lenders overall net
income and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by a jurisdiction (or any
political subdivision thereof) as a result of Lender being organized or resident, conducting
business or having its principal office in such jurisdiction (Indemnified Taxes). If any
Indemnified Taxes shall be required by law to be withheld or deducted from or in respect of any sum
payable under this Loan Agreement or any Other Agreement to Lender (w) an additional amount shall
be payable as may be necessary so that, after making all required withholdings or deductions
(including withholdings or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section)
Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholdings or
deductions been made, (x) Borrower shall make such withholdings or deductions, (y) Borrower shall
pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in
accordance with applicable law and (z) Borrower shall deliver to Lender evidence of such payment.
Borrowers obligation hereunder shall survive the termination of this Loan Agreement.
3. Interest, Fees and Repayment
3.1 Interest. Each Revolving Advance made pursuant to this Agreement shall bear interest
payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month calculated on a 360 day year
comprised of twelve (12) thirty day months at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 2.25% per annum.
The Term Loan shall bear interest payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each
month, calculated on a 360 day year comprised of twelve (12) thirty day months at a per annum rate
equal to the Loan Interest Rate specified in the related note, which rate shall be the sum of (i)
695 basis points plus (ii) the greater of (a) 4.54% or (b) the yield on Four-Year U.S. Treasury
Notes on the date of such Loan, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H-15 or in
such other publication as Lender may reasonably select. Each Equipment Loan shall bear interest
payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month, calculated on a 360 day year
comprised of twelve (12) thirty day months at a per annum rate equal to the Loan Interest Rate
specified in the related note, which rate shall be the sum of (i) 695 basis points plus (ii) the
greater of (a) 4.53% or (b) the yield on Three-Year U.S. Treasury Notes on the date of such
advance, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H-15 or in such other publication
as Lender may reasonably select. In no event shall interest accrue or be payable in connection
with any Loan in an amount in excess of that permitted under applicable law. Payments due under any
note and not made by their scheduled due date for a period in excess of five (5) days after their
due date shall be overdue and shall be subject to a service charge in an amount equal to two
percent (2%) of the delinquent amount, but not more than the maximum rate permitted by law,
whichever is less. In addition and notwithstanding the forgoing, during the continuance of an Event
of Default all
10
outstanding principal (and past due interest, if any) in respect of the Loans shall bear interest
(payable on demand) at a rate that is two percent (2%) per annum in excess of the rate of interest
applicable to such Loans from time to time.
3.2 Fees.
(a) Commitment Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to Lender a commitment fee (the
Commitment Fee) equal to .75% per annum on the total amount of the Revolving Commitment, payable
on the date of the first Revolving Advance and annually in advance on the anniversary of the date
hereof.
(b) Audit Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to Lender its reasonable expenses incurred in
connection with a semi-annual audit of Borrower, payable in accordance with Section 9.5 below,
until the Borrower Liabilities are paid in full, such auditor to be selected by Lender in its sole
discretion.
(c) Fees Earned. All fees payable hereunder shall be earned when due and payable
hereunder, and shall not be refundable in whole or in part.
3.3 Repayment. Borrowers Liabilities under this Loan Agreement are absolute and
unconditional. Any and all costs, fees and expenses payable pursuant to this Loan Agreement or any
of the Other Agreements shall be payable by Borrower to Lender or to such other person or persons
designated by Lender, on demand (except as otherwise provided in this Loan Agreement). All
payments to Lender shall be payable by 2:00 p.m. (prevailing Chicago time) at Lenders principal
place of business specified at the beginning of this Loan Agreement or at such other place or
places as Lender may designate in writing to Borrower. All payments to Persons other than Lender
shall be payable at such place or places as Lender may designate in writing to Borrower.
3.4 Application of Payments. Provided that an Event of Default (hereinafter defined)
does not exist, the application of payments received by Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement
shall be applied first to any and all late charges, fees and expenses then due and payable
hereunder; second to interest then due and payable hereunder; third to the principal of the Term
Loan then due and payable, fourth to the principal of the Equipment Loan then due and payable, and
finally to the principal of the Revolving Advances then outstanding. During the continuance of an
Event of Default, Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply any and all such
payments received by Lender to any portion of Borrowers Liabilities, including to any of
Borrowers Liabilities arising under any of the Other Agreements. Solely for the purpose of
computing interest earned by Lender, payments received by Lender shall be applied as aforesaid on
the Business Day of receipt by Lender. Checks or other items of payment received after 2:00 p.m.
prevailing Chicago, Illinois time shall be deemed received the following Business Day.
3.5 Accuracy of Statements. Each statement of account by Lender delivered to Borrower
relating to Borrowers Liabilities shall be rebuttably presumed correct and accurate and shall
constitute an account stated between Borrower and Lender unless thereafter waived in writing by
Lender, in Lenders discretion. Any objection to the statement that Borrower may have must be
delivered to Lender, by registered or certified mail, within thirty (30) days after Borrowers
receipt of said statement.
4. Term and Prepayment
4.1 Term. This Loan Agreement shall be in effect until the payment in full to Lender of
all of Borrowers Liabilities (other than contingent obligations with respect to which no claims
have been made) and termination of the Revolving Commitment and all other commitments of Lender to
make Loans hereunder. Except as provided below, Borrower has no right to prepay Borrowers
Liabilities under this Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements.
4.2 Mandatory Prepayment of Revolving Loan. In the event the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Revolving Advances at any time exceeds the lesser of (A) the Revolving
Commitment or (B) the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall promptly, but not later than two (2) Business
Days (or fifteen (15) days, in the event such overadvance has resulted solely from an adjustment to
Reserves or a change to standards of eligibility of Accounts imposed by Lender), prepay the
Revolving Loan in an amount equal to such excess.
4.3 Voluntary Prepayment and Commitment Reduction. (a) Borrower may upon at least 2
Business Days written notice to Lender, prepay without premium or penalty the outstanding
principal amount of any or all of the Revolving Loan, in whole or in part at any time;
provided, that each partial prepayment shall be an aggregate principal amount not less than
$50,000. Upon the giving of such notice of prepayment, the principal amount of Revolving Loan
specified to be prepaid shall become due and payable on the date specified for such prepayment.
11
(b) Borrower may, upon at least twenty (20) Business Days written notice to Lender and
without premium or penalty, terminate in whole or reduce in part the unused portion of the
Revolving Commitment; provided, however, that (i) each partial reduction shall be in an aggregate
amount of not less than $50,000 and (ii) Borrower shall not reduce the Revolving Commitments if,
after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loan in accordance with Section
4.3(a), the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loan would exceed the lesser of the
total Revolving Commitment and the Borrowing Base. A notice of termination or reduction given
hereunder may be conditioned upon the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided,
however, that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of Borrower to
terminate or reduce the unused portion of the Revolving Commitment by the amount contained in such
notice on the date specified therein; and provided, further, that only one such payment shall be
due under Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent failure to terminate or reduce the Revolving
Commitment and prepay, in whole or part, the Term Loan or Equipment Loan, as specified in a notice
from Borrower.
(c) Borrower may, upon at least twenty (20) Business Days prior written notice to Lender
(stating the proposed date of prepayment and the principal amount of the Term Loan or Equipment
Loan to be prepaid), prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan
then outstanding in whole, or in part (but any such partial payment shall equal at least 25% of the
aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Term Loan and the Equipment Loan), by paying to
Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount of
the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan contained in the foregoing notice, (ii) all accrued and unpaid
interest on the amounts of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan to be repaid through the date of
prepayment, and (iii) (A) in the event that such prepayment is made on or prior to the first
anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement, a prepayment premium equal to 2.5% of the principal
amount being prepaid, or (B) in the event that such prepayments is made on or prior to the second
anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement, a prepayment premium equal to 1.5% of the principal
amount being prepaid, or (C) in the event that such prepayments is made on or prior to the third
anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement, a prepayment premium equal to .75% of the principal
amount being prepaid; provided, however, that no prepayment penalty shall be payable hereunder to
the extent that (i) the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan is prepaid, in whole or in part, out of the
proceeds of an initial public offering, or (ii) the Term Loan and the Equipment Loan are prepaid in
whole in connection with any merger, sale or other business disposition. A notice of prepayment
given hereunder may be conditioned upon the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided,
however, that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of Borrower to
pay the amount contained in such notice on the prepayment date specified therein; and provided,
further, that only one such payment shall be due under Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent
failure to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitment and prepay, in whole or part the Term Loan
or Equipment Loan, as specified in a notice from Borrower.
5. Collateral and Security
5.1 Grant of Security Interest. To further secure to Lender the prompt full and faithful
payment and performance of Borrowers Liabilities and the prompt, full and complete performance by
Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under this Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements,
Borrower grants to Lender, a valid, first priority continuing security interest in and lien upon
(subject to Permitted Liens) all of Borrowers right, title and interest in and to all of the
following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located:
|
(i) |
|
All Receivables; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
All Equipment; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
All Fixtures; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
All General Intangibles; |
|
|
(v) |
|
All Inventory; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
All Investment Property; |
|
|
(vii) |
|
All Deposit Accounts; |
|
|
(viii) |
|
All Cash; |
|
|
(ix) |
|
All Documents; |
|
|
(x) |
|
All Proceeds from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Intellectual
Property; |
12
|
(xi) |
|
All other Goods and tangible and intangible personal property of Borrower other
than Intellectual Property, whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased,
consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and |
|
|
(xii) |
|
to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing
and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and
products of each of the foregoing and all attachments, accessories, accessions,
replacements, substitutions, additions or improvements to any of the foregoing,
wherever located and all products and proceeds of the foregoing including without
limitation proceeds of insurance policies insuring the foregoing and all books and
records with respect thereto; |
(all of the foregoing personal property is hereinafter sometimes individually and sometimes
collectively referred to as Collateral). Notwithstanding anything herein contained or construed
to the contrary, Borrower is not granting to Lender, and Lender is not receiving from Borrower any
grant of, a security interest in , and the term Collateral shall not include (i) any of the
outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of any directly owned Subsidiary of Borrower
organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of such capital stock or
other equity interests of such Subsidiary entitled to vote, (ii) assets subject to liens permitted
by clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Liens, to the extent junior liens are prohibited by
the terms of the financing of such assets, so long as such financing remains unpaid, (iii)
contracts, licenses or permits to the extent that the assignment thereof is prohibited by the terms
thereof or applicable law, unless the relevant provisions of Article 9 of the UCC render such
prohibition ineffective to the extent it would otherwise impair the creation, attachment or
perfection of a security interest, or (iv) any of Borrowers now owned or hereafter acquired
Intellectual Property (other than a security interest in the Proceeds from the sale, transfer or
other disposition of Intellectual Property); provided, however, that software,
firmware and operating systems that cannot be removed from the Collateral without rendering the
Collateral inoperable shall be deemed to be part of the Collateral unless such construction is
prohibited by or inconsistent with any relevant license or other agreement respecting such
software, firmware or operating system. Borrower shall make appropriate entries upon its financial
statements and its books and records disclosing Lenders security interest in the Collateral.
Borrower hereby further agrees that, except as previously disclosed, Borrower shall not hereafter
grant a security interest in or pledge of its Intellectual Property to any other party;
provided, however, that Borrower may continue to enter into non-exclusive licenses
and similar arrangements with respect to such Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of
Borrowers business as long as (i) Borrower does not encumber for the benefit of a third party
other than Lender and the holders of Permitted Liens any Proceeds or licensing or other fees
payable to Borrower under any such license or arrangement, and (ii) no such license or arrangement
shall prohibit or restrict Borrower from disposing of any Intellectual Property that is the subject
of any such license or arrangement.
Lender agrees to release its security interest in any item of Collateral upon the sale of such item
of Collateral if sold, transferred or disposed of in a transaction permitted by Section 7.2(a)
hereof. Upon at least two (2) Business Days prior written request by the Borrower, the Lender
shall execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of its security interest
in such item of Collateral, provided that such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or
impair the Borrowers Liabilities or any security interest of the Lender in any other Collateral,
including without limitation the proceeds of the item of Collateral subject to such sale, transfer
or other disposition.
5.2 Further Assurances. Borrower shall execute and/or deliver to Lender, at any time and
from time to time hereafter at the request of Lender, all agreements, instruments, UCC financing
statements (or other required perfection instruments), documents and other written matter
(hereinafter individually and/or collectively, referred to as Additional Documentation) that
Lender reasonably may request, in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, to perfect
and maintain Lenders perfected security interest in the Collateral and to consummate the
transactions contemplated in or by this Loan Agreement, the Warrants and the Other Agreements.
Borrower, irrevocably, (a) hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Lender (and all Persons
designated by Lender for that purpose) as Borrowers true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact)
to sign the name of Borrower on the Additional Documentation and to deliver the Additional
Documentation to such Persons as Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect, (b)
authorizes completion and filing of any such Additional Documentation by Lender or its agents,
whether paper or electronic, (c) hereby ratifies and confirms the completion and filing of
Additional Documentation by Lender or its agent, paper or electronic, occurring prior to the date
hereof, and (d) declares that
13
Borrower has the present intention to authenticate and process any such Additional Documentation,
whether paper or electronic, and whether or not completed and filed by Lender or its agents before
or after the date hereof.
5.3 Inspection of Collateral. Lender (by any of its officers, employees and/or agents)
shall have the right, at any time or times during Borrowers usual business hours and upon
reasonable notice, to inspect the Collateral and all related records (and the premises upon which
it is located) and to verify the amount and condition of or any other and all financial records and
matters whether or not relating to the Collateral. During the continuance of an Event of Default,
all costs, fees and expenses incurred by Lender, or for which Lender has become obligated, in
connection with such inspection and/or verification shall be payable by Borrower to Lender.
Borrower agrees to use its best efforts to cause its employees and agents to cooperate with Lender
in all inspections.
5.4 Proceeds of Collateral. (a) Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its expense,
lockboxes and related blocked accounts with such banks as are reasonably acceptable to Lender in
good faith (such account or accounts being referred to herein, collectively, as the Blocked
Accounts). Borrower shall promptly deposit and direct its account debtors to directly remit all
payments on Accounts in the identical form in which such payments are made, whether by cash, check
or other manner, to the Blocked Accounts. Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to
Lender an account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and
duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and each bank where a Blocked Account is
maintained.
(b) All proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral by Borrower shall be delivered
to Lender within one Business Day after receipt by Borrower, in their original form, duly endorsed
to Lender, to be applied to Borrowers Liabilities pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof. Borrower agrees
that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrowers other funds or property,
but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express
trust for Lender. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set
forth elsewhere in this Loan Agreement.
5.5 Third Party Claims. Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, without waiving or
releasing any obligation, liability or duty of Borrower under this Loan Agreement or the Other
Agreements or any Event of Default, may (but shall be under no obligation) at any time or times
hereafter, to pay, acquire and/or accept an assignment of any security interest, lien, encumbrance
or claim asserted by any Person against the Collateral other than Permitted Liens. All sums paid by
Lender in respect thereof and all costs, fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees,
court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto incurred by Lender on account thereof
shall be payable by Borrower to Lender.
5.6 Insurance. Borrower shall at all times throughout the term of this Agreement and any
extension hereof procure and maintain at its own expense the following minimum insurance coverages
which shall be provided by insurance carriers with an AM Best rating of A, Class C or as
otherwise acceptable to Lender and with such deductibles and exclusions as approved by Lender in
the exercise of its Permitted Discretion: (1) All risk property damage insurance covering the
Collateral which shall include but not be limited to fire and extended coverage and where
applicable mechanical breakdown and electrical malfunction, and which shall be written in amount
not less than the greater of (x) the outstanding Loan balance or (y) the current replacement cost;
and (2) Commercial general liability insurance which may include excess liability insurance written
on occurrence basis with a limit of not less than $1,000,000; and, (3) Workers compensation
insurance in accordance with statutory limits and employers liability coverage which may include
excess liability in an amount not less than $500,000.
Any insurance carried and maintained in accordance with this Agreement by Borrower shall be
endorsed to provide that: (i) Lender shall be loss payee with respect to the property insurance
described in subsection (1) of the prior paragraph, and Lender shall be an additional insured with
respect to the liability insurance described in subsection (2) of the prior paragraph; and (ii) The
insurers thereunder waive all rights of subrogation against Lender, any right of setoff and
counterclaim and any other right to deduction due to outstanding premiums, whether by attachment or
otherwise; and (iii) Such insurance shall be primary without right of contribution of any other
insurance carried by or on behalf of Lender; and (iv) If such insurance is canceled for any reason
whatsoever, including nonpayment of premium, or any substantial change is made in the coverage that
affects the interests of Lender, such cancellation or change shall not be effective as to Lender
until thirty (30) days after receipt by Lender of written notice sent by registered mail from such
insurer of such cancellation or change; providing, however, that such thirty (30) day period shall
be reduced to ten (10) days in the case where cancellation results from the nonpayment of premiums.
Borrower, irrevocably, appoints Lender as Borrowers true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact)
for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims under such policies, endorsing the name of
Borrower on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies
and for making
14
all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies, and such appointment will be immediately effective upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder.
On or before the initial funding by Lender hereunder, and at each policy anniversary date, Borrower
shall arrange to furnish Lender with appropriate Certificates of Insurance. Such Certificates of
Insurance shall be executed by each insurer or by an authorized representative of each insurer, and
shall identify insurers, the type of insurance, the insurance limits and the policy term and shall
specifically list the special endorsements (i) through (v) above.
In case of the failure to procure or maintain such insurance, Lender shall have the right, but not
the obligation, to obtain such insurance and any premium paid by Lender shall be immediately due
and payable by Borrower to Lender. The maintenance of any policy or policies of insurance pursuant
to this Section shall not limit any obligation or liability of Borrower pursuant to any other
Sections or provisions of this Loan Agreement.
5.7 Charges on Collateral. Borrower shall not permit any material Charges to arise, or to
remain, and Borrower shall pay promptly when due, and discharge, such Charges. In the event
Borrower, at any time or times hereafter, shall fail to pay such Charges when due or to obtain such
discharges, Borrower shall so advise Lender thereof in writing. Lender may, without waiving or
releasing any obligation or liability of Borrower hereunder or Event of Default, in its sole and
absolute discretion, at any time or times thereafter, make such payment, or any part thereof, or
obtain such discharge and take any other action with respect thereto which Lender deems advisable.
All sums so paid by Lender and any expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, court costs,
expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable by Borrower to Lender upon demand.
5.8 UCC Filing Authorization. Borrower hereby authorizes Lender and its counsel and other
representatives to file, at any time on or after the date hereof, Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements and continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, in any
jurisdictions and with any filing offices as Lender may determine, in its Permitted Discretion, are
necessary or advisable to perfect the security interests granted to Lender hereunder and under the
Other Agreements. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as
described herein or therein or may contain an indication or description of Collateral that
describes such property in any other manner as Lender may determine is necessary or advisable to
ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral.
5.9 Accounts. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to
Section 7.4 hereof, Borrower may settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, counterclaim or
dispute with any Account Debtor. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, Lender may, at its option, notify Borrower that Lender intends to have the exclusive
right to settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, counterclaim or dispute with Account
Debtors or grant any credits, discounts or allowances and on and after such notice from Lender to
Borrower, Lender shall have such exclusive right.
6. Warranties and Representations
6.1 |
|
Borrower Representations. Borrower warrants and represents to Lender as of the date
hereof and as of the date of any Loan made hereunder, and agrees and covenants to Lender that: |
(a) Borrower is and at all times hereafter shall be (i) a Person having that legal name and
organizational structure as set forth above (or as set forth in any notice delivered by Borrower to
Lender pursuant to Section 7.2(i) hereof), duly organized and existing and in good standing under
the laws of the state of its organization as set forth above (or as set forth in any notice
delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to Section 7.2(i) hereof) and (ii) qualified or licensed
to do business in all other states in which the laws require Borrower to be so qualified and/or
licensed, except where failure to be so qualified and/or licensed has not had and could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Borrower is duly authorized and empowered to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this
Loan Agreement, the Warrants and the Other Agreements and the execution, delivery and/or
performance by Borrower of this Loan Agreement, the Warrants and the Other Agreements, and the use
by Borrower of the proceeds of the Loans hereunder, shall not, by the lapse of time, the giving of
notice or otherwise, conflict with or constitute a violation of any applicable law (including,
without limitation, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any other regulation thereof) or a breach of any provision contained in Borrowers
organizational documents or contained in any agreement, instrument or document to which Borrower is
now or hereafter a party or by which it is or may become bound or give rise to or result in any
default thereunder.
15
(c) This Loan Agreement and the Warrants are (and when executed and delivered, each Other
Agreement will be) the legally valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against
Borrower in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors rights
generally or by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
(d) Except as disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date hereof, there are no actions or
proceedings which are pending, or to its knowledge threatened, against Borrower, other than actions
or proceedings which have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Borrower is not in breach of or a party to any contract or agreement or subject to any
charge, restriction, judgment, decree or order which has had or could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is Borrower in default in any material respect under any
indenture, security agreement, mortgage, deed or other similar agreement relating to the borrowing
of monies to which it is a party or by which it is bound.
(e) Borrower has and is in good standing with respect to all licenses, patents, copyrights,
trademarks, trade names governmental permits, certificates, consents and franchises necessary to
continue to conduct its business as previously conducted by it and to own or lease and operate its
properties as now owned or leased by it (except where the failure to have the same or to maintain
the same in good standing has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect);
(f) The financial statements delivered by Borrower to Lender prior to the date hereof and the
Financials delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof fairly and accurately
present in all material respects the assets, liabilities and financial conditions and results of
operations of Borrower as of the dates and for the periods stated therein and have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (except, in the case
of interim financial statements, for normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote
disclosures), and no event, condition or change that has had, or could reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect has occurred since the date of this Loan Agreement;
(g) As to the Accounts and other Collateral, (i) Borrower has and at all times hereafter shall
have good, indefeasible and merchantable title to and ownership of the Collateral and the Accounts
described and/or listed on any certificate or schedule relating to the Accounts delivered to
Lender, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances except Permitted
Liens; (ii) the Collateral shall be kept and/or maintained solely at the addresses identified in
writing to Lender; (iii) Borrower, immediately on demand by Lender, shall deliver to Lender any and
all evidence of ownership of, including without limitation, vendor invoices and proofs of payment
thereof, certificates of title to and applications for title to, any Collateral; (iv) Borrower
shall keep and maintain the Collateral in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and
tear excepted) and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the
value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved in all
material respects; and (v) Borrower shall not permit any such material items to become a fixture to
real estate or accession to other personal property without notifying Lender promptly thereof.
(h) As to Lenders security interest, (i) Lenders security interest in the Collateral is now
and at all times hereafter shall be perfected and have a first priority (subject to Permitted
Liens); (ii) the offices and/or locations where Borrower keeps the Collateral and Borrowers books
and records concerning the Collateral are at the locations identified to Lender in writing and
Borrower shall not remove such books and records and/or the Collateral therefrom to any other
location unless Borrower gives Lender written notice thereof at least thirty (30) days prior
thereto and the same is within the contiguous forty-eight (48) states of the United States of
America; and (iii) the addresses identified to Lender in writing as Borrowers chief executive
office and principal place(s) of business are Borrowers sole offices and place(s) of business, and
Borrower, by written notice delivered to Lender at least thirty (30) days prior thereto, shall
advise Lender of any change thereto.
(i) Borrower is not an investment company or a company controlled by an investment
company as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.
(j) All material income and other tax returns and reports required to be filed by Borrower
have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all other
material assessments, fees and governmental charges upon Borrower and its properties, assets,
income, businesses and franchises have been paid when due and payable (other than those being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate
reserves).
16
(k) As of the date hereof and of each Loan (i) the sum of Borrowers debt (including
contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of Borrowers then current
assets; (ii) Borrowers capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as it exists
and as is contemplated at such time; and (iii) Borrower has not incurred and does not intend to
incur, or believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become
due.
(l) No information furnished in writing to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (when taken as a whole) contains or will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which the same were made. Any projections contained in such materials are based
upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time made.
Except as disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date hereof, there are no facts known to
Borrower that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(m) Borrower has provided to Lender on or prior to the date hereof a schedule that correctly
identifies the ownership interest (including all options, warrants and other rights to acquire
capital stock) of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.
(n) (i) Borrower (A) has been and is in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable Environmental Laws; (B) has not, as of the date of this Loan Agreement, received any
communication, whether from a governmental authority or otherwise, alleging that Borrower is not in
such compliance, and there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances conditions,
events or incidents that may prevent or interfere with such compliance in the future; (ii) there is
no material Environmental Claim pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened against
Borrower or against any Person whose liability for such Environmental Claim Borrower has or may
have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and (iii) there are no past
or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents, including, without
limitation, the release, threatened release or presence of any Hazardous Material, which could
reasonably be expected to form the basis of any material Environmental Claim against Borrower or,
to the best knowledge of Borrower, against any Person whose liability for such Environmental Claim
Borrower has or may have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law.
(o) (i) Borrower is an operating company within the meaning of the regulations of the United
States Department of Labor included within 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (the DOL Regulations) or is
in compliance with such other exception as may be available under such regulations to prevent the
assets of Borrower from being treated as the assets of any employee benefit plan for purposes of
the DOL Regulations and (ii) neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower maintains or is
obligated to make contributions to any employee benefit plan that is subject to Title IV of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor
statute (ERISA).
7. Affirmative and Negative Covenants
7.1 Affirmative Covenants. Borrower covenants with Lender that Borrower shall, and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to: (a) preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and
all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business, (b) pay all material
income and other taxes and assessments imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in
respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon
(except those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower
maintains adequate reserves), (c) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and orders of any governmental authority, except where failure to comply could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (d) keep adequate books of record and
account, in which complete entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and
of its business, and (e) promptly take any and all necessary Cleanup action on, under or affecting
any property owned, leased or operated by Borrower in accordance with all laws and the policies,
orders and directives of all federal, state and local governmental authorities, and conduct and
complete such Cleanup action in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
7.2
Negative Covenants. Borrower covenants with Lender that Borrower shall not, and shall
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to: (a) grant a security interest in, assign, sell or transfer
any of the Collateral or any of its Intellectual Property to any person or permit, grant, or suffer
or permit a lien, claim or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral or Intellectual Property, except
for (i) Permitted Liens, (ii) the sale of Inventory and obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the
ordinary course of business, (iii) the granting of non-exclusive licenses of software or
Intellectual
17
Property in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) upon Lenders prior written consent; (b)
permit or suffer any material Charges to attach to or affect any of the Collateral; (c) permit or
suffer any receiver, trustee or assignee for the benefit of creditors to be appointed to take
possession of any of the Collateral; (d) merge or consolidate with or acquire any Person except (i)
in the case of a merger or consolidation, in a transaction in which Borrower is the surviving
Person or, if Borrower is not the surviving Person, if such transaction does not result in a Change
of Control, or (ii) in the case of any other acquisition, if such transaction does not result in a
Change of Control; (e) incur of permit or suffer to exist any indebtedness for borrowed money or
for the deferred purchase price for property or services (other than Permitted Debt), (f)
voluntarily prepay any such indebtedness prior to its scheduled maturity that is subordinated in
right of payment to the Borrowers Liabilities; (g) make or pay (i) any dividend or other
distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of stock of Borrower (other
than in-kind · stock dividends) or (ii) any redemption, retirement or similar payment, purchase or
other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of stock of Borrower or
any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire such shares; (h) enter into any
transaction with any Affiliate or third party other than on an arms length basis (except for the
payment of employee compensation in the ordinary course of business and the payment or
reimbursement of reasonable and customary directors fees and expenses); (i) make any change in its
business objectives, purposes or operations, which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect; U) without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, make any
change in its legal name or state of formation or organization; (j) adopt or otherwise become
obligated to contribute to any employee benefit plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA; or (k)
take any action or fail to take an action if, as a result of such action or inaction, Borrower
would fail to qualify as an operating company within the meaning of the DOL Regulations or
otherwise comply with such other exception as may be available under such regulations to prevent
the assets of Borrower from being treated as the assets of any employee benefit plan for purposes
of the DOL Regulations.
7.3 Covenants regarding Financial Statements. Borrower shall cause to be furnished to
Lender, (i) the unqualified, audited fiscal year-end financial statements of Borrower (which shall
not contain any going concern exception or any exception relating to scope of review) no later
than 150 days after the related fiscal year end, (ii) no later than 30 days after the related month
end, the internally prepared monthly financial statements of Borrower, certified by Borrowers
chief financial officer, each containing consolidated and consolidating profit and loss statements
for the month then ended and for Borrowers fiscal year to date, consolidated and consolidating
balance sheets as at the last day of such month and a consolidated statement of cash flows for the
month then ended and for Borrowers fiscal year to date, (iii) a monthly Compliance and Disclosure
Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, (iv)
promptly upon Borrowers Board of Directors approval thereof, copies of Borrowers annual operating
plan and any revisions thereto and (v) such other financial and business information of Borrower as
Lender may reasonably require, including such other financial and operating performance data as is
provided to its outside investors or commercial lenders and, if applicable, required to be provided
to shareholders by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each financial statement to be furnished
to Lender must be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied (except, in the case of interim financial statements, for normal year-end
adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures). Borrower also agrees to promptly provide to
Lender notice of, and such other data and information (financial and otherwise) at any time and
from time to time reasonably requested by Lender relating to, any legal actions or proceedings
pending, or to its knowledge, threatened against Borrower which, if adversely determined, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or the occurrence of any event or change
that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. Financial
statements may be delivered via electronic mail to Lender.
7.4 Covenants relating to Accounts. (a) As soon as available but in any event within
twenty (20) days of the end of each calendar month, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (i) a
Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information in connection therewith, together with any
additional reports with respect to the Borrowing Base as Lender may reasonably request, (ii) a
detailed aging of Borrowers Accounts (A) including all invoices aged by invoice date and due date
(with an explanation of the terms offered) and (B) reconciled to the Borrowing Base Certificate
delivered as of such date prepared in a manner reasonably acceptable to Lender, together with a
summary specifying the name, address, and balance due for each Account Debtor; (iii) a worksheet of
calculations prepared by Borrower to determine Eligible Accounts detailing the Accounts excluded
from Eligible Accounts and the reason for such exclusion; and (iv) a reconciliation of Borrowers
Accounts between the amounts shown in Borrowers general ledger and financial statements and the
reports delivered pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above.
18
(b) Borrower may not grant any material credit, discount, allowance or extension, or enter
into any agreement for any of the foregoing, except for credits, discounts, allowances or
extensions made or given in the ordinary course of Borrowers business in accordance with
Borrowers historic credit and collection practices and policies without the prior consent of
Lender.
(c) Lender shall have the right at any time or times, in Lenders name or in the name of a
nominee of Lender, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts, by
mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or otherwise.
7.5 Indemnification and Liability. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and hold
Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations,
actions, causes of action, penalties, and reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees), of every nature, character and description, which Lender may sustain or incur
based upon or arising out of the Collateral, any of Borrowers Liabilities, this Loan Agreement,
the Warrants or the Other Agreements, or any relationship between Lender and Borrower created
hereby or thereby (except any such claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions,
causes of action, penalties, costs or expenses sustained or incurred by Lender as the result of the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender). Should any third-party suit or proceeding be
instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrowers
Liabilities, Borrower shall, without expense to Lender, make available Borrower and its officers,
employees and agents and Borrowers books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them
reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding. Borrowers
obligation hereunder shall survive termination of this Agreement.
8. Default
8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute
a default (Event of Default) by Borrower under this Agreement: (a) if Borrower fails to pay any
principal of any Loans when due and payable or fails to pay any other Borrowers Liabilities within
five (5) days after the same are due and payable; (b) if any representation, warranty, financial
statement, statement, report or certificate made, deemed made or delivered by Borrower, or any of
its officers, employees or agents, to Lender under this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or any of the
Other Agreements is not true and correct in all material respects when made, deemed made or
delivered; (c) if Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any term, provision,
condition or covenant contained in this Agreement, the Warrants or in the Other Agreements, which
is required to be performed, kept or observed by Borrower, other than the payment of Borrowers
Liabilities, and, in the case of (i) any covenant contained in Section 5.6,5.7,6.1,7.1,7.3 or 7.4
hereof, the same is not cured within fifteen (15) days, or (ii) the covenant contained in Section
7.2(i) hereof, the same is not cured within sixty (60) days; (d) if any of the Collateral or any of
Borrowers other material assets are attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or
are levied upon, or come within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for
the benefit of creditors; (e) if any event, condition or change shall occur that has had a Material
Adverse Effect, and such Material Adverse Effect is not remediated within sixty (60) days; (f) if a
petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law or regulation shall
be filed by or against Borrower (unless, if filed against Borrower, the same shall be dismissed
within forty-five (45) days) or if Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of its
creditors or if any case or proceeding is filed by Borrower for its dissolution or liquidation; (g)
if Borrower is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from conducting all or
any material part of its business affairs for a period of more than fifteen (15) days; (h) if an
application is made by Borrower or any Person for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or
custodian for the Collateral or any of Borrowers other material assets (unless, if made by any
Person other than Borrower, the same shall be dismissed within forty-five (45) days); (i) if a
notice of lien (other than a Permitted Lien) or Charges are filed of record with respect to any of
the Collateral by any Person; G) if any Change of Control shall occur; (k) if any money judgment,
writ or warrant of attachment or similar process (if not adequately covered by insurance as to
which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) involving an amount
of $250,000 or more shall be entered or filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of
their respective assets and the same is not released, discharged, bonded against or stayed pending
appeal within forty-five (45) days after it first arises; (I) this Loan Agreement or any Other
Agreement shall for any reason fail or cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable in any
material respect against, Borrower or any other party thereto (other than Lender) or Borrower shall
so assert; (m) this Loan · Agreement or any Other Agreement shall for any reason cease to be in full
force and effect or cease to create a valid and enforceable lien and security interest on any
Collateral purported to be covered thereby or any such lien and security interest on any material
portion of the Collateral shall fail or cease to be a perfected and first priority lien and
security interest (subject to Permitted Liens); or (n) if Borrower is in default (i) in the payment
of any indebtedness to Lender under
19
any other agreement beyond any period of grace applicable thereto, or (ii) in the payment of any
debt for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services to any Person
other than Lender in either case in excess of $250,000 or any other event shall occur or condition
shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such debt and such default, condition
or event gives the holders of such debt (or any agent or trustee on their behalf) the then current
right to accelerate such indebtedness. Borrower shall provide written notice of any events or
circumstances which would give rise to a Default under this Section 8.1 promptly (but in no event
more than one (1) Business Day) after becoming aware of such events or circumstances. Failure of
Borrower to give such notice promptly shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder.
8.2 Lenders Rights and Remedies. Upon an Event of Default under Section 8.1(e), without
notice by Lender to, or demand by Lender of, Borrower, all of Borrowers Liabilities shall be
automatically accelerated and shall be due and payable forthwith and the Revolving Commitment and
any other commitments to provide any financing hereunder shall be automatically terminated, and
upon and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, without notice by Lender to, or
demand by Lender of, Borrower, Lender may accelerate all of Borrowers Liabilities and same shall
be due and payable forthwith and/or Lender may terminate the Revolving Commitments and any other
commitments to provide any financing hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion: (a) exercise any one or more of
the rights and remedies accruing to a Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable
law of the relevant state or states or other applicable jurisdiction, and in equity, and under this
Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements; (b) enter, with or without process of law and without
breach of the peace, any premises where the Collateral or the books and records of Borrower related
thereto is or may be located, and without charge or liability to Lender therefor seize and remove
the Collateral (and copies of Borrowers books and records relating to the Collateral) from said
premises and/or remain upon said premises and use the same (together with said books and records)
for the purpose of collecting, preparing and disposing of the Collateral; (c) sell, lease, license
or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof by one or more contracts at one or more
public or private sales for cash or credit, provided, however, that Borrower shall be credited with
the net proceeds of such sale(s) only when such proceeds are actually received by Lender; and (d)
require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place or places to
be designated by Lender which is reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower.
In addition, at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may, in its
discretion, enforce the rights of Borrower against any Account Debtor, secondary obligor or other
obligor in respect of any of the Accounts. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at
any time or times that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may, in its
discretion, at such time or times (1) notify any or all Account Debtors, secondary obligors or
other obligors in respect thereof that the Accounts have been assigned to Lender and that Lender
has a security interest therein and Lender may direct any or all accounts debtors, secondary
obligors and other obligors to make payment of Accounts directly to Lender, (2) extend the time of
payment of, compromise, settle or adjust for cash, credit, return of merchandise or otherwise, and
upon any terms or conditions, any and all Accounts or other obligations included in the Collateral
and thereby discharge or release the account debtor or any secondary obligors or other obligors in
respect thereof without affecting any of Borrowers Liabilities, (3) demand, collect or enforce
payment of any Accounts or such other obligations, but without any duty to do so, and Lender shall
not be liable for any failure to collect or enforce the payment thereof nor for the negligence of
its agents or attorneys with respect thereto and (4) take whatever other action Lender may deem
necessary or desirable for the protection of its interests. At any time that an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, at Lenders request, all invoices and statements sent to any
account debtor shall state that the Accounts and such other obligations have been assigned to
Lender and are payable directly and only to Lender and Borrower shall deliver to Lender such
originals of documents evidencing the sale and delivery of goods or the performance of services
giving rise to any Accounts as Lender may require.
All of Lenders rights and remedies under this Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements are
cumulative and non-exclusive. Exercise or partial exercise by Lender of one or more of its rights
or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Lender from subsequent exercise or partial
exercise of any other rights or remedies. Lender agrees to give notice of any sale to Borrower at
least ten (10) days prior to any public sale or at least ten (10) days before the time after which
any private sale may be held. Borrower agrees that Lender may purchase any such Collateral
(including by way of credit bid), and may postpone or adjourn any such sale from time to time by an
announcement at the time and place of sale or by announcement at the time and place of such
postponed or adjourned sale, without being required to give a new notice of sale. Borrower agrees
that Lender has no obligation to preserve rights against prior parties to the Collateral.
20
8.3 Power of Attorney. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, without limiting Lenders other rights and remedies, Borrower grants to Lender an
irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest (in addition to such other powers of
attorney granted to Lender elsewhere in this Loan Agreement), authorizing and permitting Lender at
any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at
Borrowers expense, execute on behalf of Borrower any Additional Documentation, or such other
instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary in order to exercise a right of Borrower or
Lender, including but not limited to the execution of any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any notice
of lien, claim of mechanics or other lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanics or other
lien, or to take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash proceeds of Collateral and take any
action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement and any Other Agreement.
In no event shall Lenders rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Lenders other
rights under this Loan Agreement be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of the business,
management or properties of Borrower.
9. General Provisions
9.1 Notices. All notices, demands or other communications required or permitted to be
given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent via
facsimile transmission, (iii) the next Business Day after having been sent to the recipient by
reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) four Business Days after having been
mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage
prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the parties hereunder at
their respective addresses and transmission numbers indicated on the signature page hereof, or to
such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by
prior written notice to the sending party.
9.2 Severability. Should any provision of this Loan Agreement be held by any court of
competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of
this Loan Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.
9.3 Integration; Modification. This Loan Agreement, the Warrants, the Other Agreements and
such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith
or pursuant hereto, including without limitation the Stockholders Agreements and joinders thereto
(collectively, the Transaction Documents) are the final, entire and complete agreement between
Borrower and Lender regarding the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous
negotiations and oral representations and agreements regarding such subject matter, all of which
are merged and integrated in the Transaction Documents. There are no oral understandings,
representations or agreements between the parties regarding such subject matter which are not set
forth in the Transaction Documents. If any provision contained in this Loan Agreement is in
conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in the Other Agreements, the provision contained
in this Loan Agreement shall govern and control, it being the intent of the parties, however, that
the terms of each of the Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be remain in full force and
effect. This Loan Agreement, the Warrants and the Other Agreements may not be modified, altered or
amended except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Lender.
9.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower of each and
every obligation under this Agreement.
9.5 Attorneys Fees and Other Costs. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees and all
filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred
by Lender in connection with any amendment or waiver to this Loan Agreement or any Other Agreement;
seeking to enforce any of its rights hereunder against Borrower or the Collateral, including in
bankruptcy; enforcing Lenders security interest in the Collateral, and representing Lender in all
such matters. Borrower shall also pay Lenders standard charges for returned checks in effect from
time to time. Lender acknowledges that Borrower has heretofore paid to Lender a due diligence fee
in the amount of $25,000 to cover all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the
preparation and negotiation of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Loan
Agreement, and Borrower has no obligation to reimburse Lender therefor to the extent such costs and
expenses exceed the amount of such fee. Borrowers obligation hereunder shall survive termination
of this Agreement.
9.6 Benefit of Agreement; Assignment. The provisions of this Loan Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries
and representatives of Borrower and
21
Lender; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this
Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender and Lender may not, unless an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, assign or transfer any of its rights under this Loan
Agreement to any Person other than an Eligible Assignee without the prior written consent of
Borrower (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld), and any prohibited assignment shall be
void. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Borrower hereby consents to Lenders sale,
assignment, transfer or other disposition of this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or the Other
Agreements, or of any portion thereof, including without limitation Lenders rights, titles,
interests, remedies, powers and/or duties to any Eligible Assignee at any time and from time to
time hereafter and to any Person upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default (provided that, in the case of the Warrant or any of Lenders rights, titles, interests,
remedies, powers and/or duties thereunder, Lender complies with any additional transfer
restrictions contained in the Warrant or the Stockholder Agreements). Borrower shall establish and
maintain a record of ownership (the Register) in which it agrees to register by book
entry Lenders and each initial and subsequent assignees interest in each Loan, and in the right
to receive any payments hereunder and any assignment of any such interest. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Loan Agreement, the Loans (including the notes in
respect of such Loans) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of Lender and
its assignees in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the
Register. In no event is any note to be considered a bearer instrument or bearer obligation. This
Section shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in registered form
within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code and any
related regulations (or any successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).
9.7 Joint and Several Liability. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, their
liability shall be joint and several, and the compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any
Borrower shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Borrower.
9.8 Paragraph Headings. Paragraph headings are only used in this Loan Agreement for
convenience. The term including, whenever used in this Loan Agreement, shall mean including but
not limited to. This Loan Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and
no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Loan Agreement shall be construed
strictly against Lender or Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise.
9.9 Interest Laws. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this
Agreement or any Other Document, Borrower shall not be required to pay, and Lender shall not be
permitted to collect, any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted
by applicable law (Excess Interest). If any Excess Interest is provided for or determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Agreement or in any Other
Agreement, then in such event: (1) the provisions of this subsection shall govern and control; (2)
Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any Excess Interest; (3) any Excess Interest that Lender may
have received hereunder or under any Other Agreement shall be, at such Lenders option, (a) applied
as a credit against the outstanding principal balance of Borrowers Liabilities or accrued and
unpaid interest (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by law), (b) refunded to the payor
thereof, or (c) any combination of the foregoing; (4) the interest rate(s) provided for herein or
in any Other Agreement shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed from time
to time under applicable law (the Maximum Rate), and this Agreement and the Other Agreements
shall be deemed to have been and shall be, reformed and modified to reflect such reduction; and (5)
Borrower shall not have any action against Lender for any damages arising out of the payment or
collection of any Excess Interest.
9.10 No Implied Waivers. Lenders failure at any time or times hereafter to exercise any
rights or remedies or to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Loan
Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict
compliance and performance therewith and all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and
effect until all of Borrowers Liabilities have been paid in full (other than contingent
obligations with respect to which no claims have been made) and termination of the Revolving
Commitment and all other commitments of Lender to make Loans hereunder. Any suspension or waiver by
Lender of an Event of Default by Borrower under this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or the Other
Agreements shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default by Borrower under this
Loan Agreement, the Warrants or the Other Agreements, whether the same is prior or subsequent
thereto and whether of the same or of a different type. No waiver by Lender of any Event of Default
or of any of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of Borrower
contained in this Loan Agreement, the Warrants or the Other Agreements shall be effective unless
specifically waived by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of Lender.
22
9.11 Acceptance by Lender. This Loan Agreement become effective upon execution and
delivery hereof by Borrower and acceptance by Lender, in writing. If so accepted by Lender, this
Loan Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be deemed to have been made at Lenders principal
place of business as set forth above.
9.12 LAW AND VENUE. THIS LOAN AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS. BORROWER CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF COOK, STATE OF
ILLINOIS. BORROWER WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF ANY LITIGATION
BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER BY LENDER OR TO ASSERT THAT ANY ACTION INSTITUTED BY LENDER OR BORROWER IN
SUCH COURT IS AN IMPROPER VENUE OR SUCH ACTION SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE CONVENIENT FORUM.
9.13 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO, THIS LOAN AGREEMENT
WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE.
9.14 Confidentiality. Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all information
received from Borrower related to its business, other than any such information that is available
to Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower (Confidential Information),
except that Confidential Information may be disclosed (a) to Lenders and its Affiliates
directors, officers, managers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other
advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of
the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and instructed to keep such Confidential
Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the
extent required by applicable law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection
with the exercise or enforcement by Lender of any of its rights or remedies under the Transaction
Documents, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of
this Section 9.14, to any assignee or any prospective assignee of any of Lenders rights or
obligations under the Transaction Documents, (f) with the consent of Borrower or (g) to the extent
such Confidential Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of
this Section 9.14 or (ii) becomes available to Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source
other than Borrower. Lenders obligations hereunder shall survive termination of this Loan
Agreement for a period of 1 year.
Signature Page Follows:
23
In Witness Whereof, this Loan and Security Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted By: |
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc.
|
|
Lender:
|
|
RITCHIE CAPITAL
FINANCE, L.L.C. |
By:
|
|
/s/ Thomas C. Velin |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Mary J. Caulfield |
Name:
|
|
Thomas C. Velin |
|
Name: |
|
Mary J. Caulfield |
Title:
|
|
CFO |
|
Title: |
|
President |
Address for
|
|
333 South Seventh Street,
|
|
Address for
|
|
2100 Enterprise Avenue |
Notices:
|
|
Suite 1000,
|
|
Notices: |
|
Geneva, IL 60134 |
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55402
|
|
|
|
Attention: Legal Department |
|
|
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Telephone
|
|
630-845-5730 |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
630-345-7932 |
Telephone:
|
|
612-435-9438 |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
612-435-9404
|
|
|
|
with a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225 West Washington |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chicago, IL 60606 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Mark King |
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
630-482-7166 |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
630-345-7955 |
EXHIBIT A
Officers Compliance and Disclosure Certificate
(attachment to monthly financial reports)
Reference is hereby made to certain loan or credit agreements (together with all
instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection therewith, the Loan Documents)
by and between RAM OPPORTUNITY FUND I, L.L.C. (Lender) and sps commerce, inc.
(Borrower). The undersigned, , hereby certifies to Lender, on behalf of
Borrower, that he/she is the duly elected and acting of Borrower and that:
|
(i) |
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS General. The attached financial statements fairly
reflect the financial condition of Borrower in all material respects in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles applied in a consistent manner, except, in the
case of interim financial statements, for normal year-end adjustments and the absence of
footnote disclosures and, except as disclosed on the attached Schedule of Financial
Statement Exceptions (if none, so state on said Schedule), there has been no material
adverse change in the assets, liabilities or financial condition of Borrower since
___, 200_; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Off-Balance Sheet. All material off-balance sheet
leasing obligations of Borrower and all material guarantees by Borrower of the financial
obligations of others not otherwise listed and itemized on the attached financial
statements are disclosed on the attached Schedule of Financial Statement Exceptions
(if none, so state on said Schedule); |
|
|
(iii) |
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Related Party Transactions. All material transactions
between Borrower and any of Borrowers officers, employees or Affiliates, including but not
limited to loans, receivables or payables due to/from Borrowers officers, employees or
Affiliates, but excluding any payment of employee compensation in the ordinary course of
business and any payment or reimbursement of reasonable and customary directors fees and
expenses, are disclosed on the attached Schedule of Financial Statement Exceptions
(if none, so state on said Schedule); |
|
|
(iv) |
|
COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. Except as noted on the attached Schedule
of Compliance Issues, there are no events whereby Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
is acting or conducting business contrary to applicable local, state, or national laws in
the country or countries in which said parties are conducting business, except for such
events which have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; |
|
|
(v) |
|
ABSENCE OF DEFAULT. Except as noted on the attached Schedule of
Compliance Issues, no Default or Event of Default exists on the date hereof; and |
|
|
(vi) |
|
LITIGATION. Except as noted on the attached Schedule of Compliance
Issues, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of
Borrower and the undersigned, threatened against Borrower in any court or before any
governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, will have a
Material Adverse Effect (if none, so state on said Schedule). |
The undersigned has executed this certificate on behalf of Borrower as of ,
200_.
By (printed name and title):
25
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
SCHEDULE OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT EXCEPTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
Category of Disclosure |
|
Financial Date |
|
Comments (if none, state none) |
General Exceptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-Balance Sheet: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related Party Transactions: |
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCE ISSUES
|
|
|
|
|
Parties Involved |
|
Date of filing/incident |
|
Nature of Dispute or Issue (if none, state none) |
Compliance Issues: |
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation Issues: |
|
|
|
|
Signatory Initials:
26
SCHEDULE 1.RR
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
1. |
|
Any and all indebtedness of any kind outstanding under, or incurred in connection with, that
certain 15% Senior Subordinated Secured Note, dated May 16, 2003, in the original principal
amount of $1,292,472.03, issued by SPS Commerce, Inc. (as Maker thereunder) to CID Mezzanine
Capital, L.P. or its registered assigns (as Holder thereunder) (the CID Debt). |
2. |
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. is party to the following capital leases of Equipment (the Capital
Leases): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Contract Increase |
|
Company |
|
Schedule |
|
|
12/31/2005 |
|
|
in Liability 2006 |
|
Data Sales |
|
|
6 |
|
|
$ |
4,394.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data Sales |
|
|
7 |
|
|
$ |
8,641.02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data Sales |
|
|
8 |
|
|
$ |
8,055.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dell |
|
|
011 |
|
|
$ |
4,917.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dell |
|
|
012 |
|
|
$ |
11,387.65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dell |
|
|
013 |
|
|
$ |
19,759.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oracle/Key Financial* |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
$ |
177,280.53 |
|
|
$ |
77,400.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
234,437.01 |
|
|
$ |
77,400.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
SPS Commerce, Inc.s service and support agreement expires at the end of
February, 2006. In March, 2006 the renewal fee, to extend this agreement,
will be added to SPS Commerce, Inc.s lease liability. This addition does
not increase our quarterly liability. |
27
SCHEDULE 1.TT
EXISTING LIENS
1. |
|
Liens, security interests and other encumbrances on substantially all of the assets of SPS
Commerce, Inc. securing the CID Debt. |
2. |
|
Liens, security interests and other encumbrances on the leased Equipment securing obligations
under the Capital Leases. |
28
EXHIBIT B
Borrowing Base Certificate
|
|
|
Ritchie Capital Finance, L.L.C.
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. |
Technology and Life Science
|
|
333 South Seventh Street |
2100 Enterprise Avenue
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55403 |
Geneva, IL 60134 |
|
|
|
As of Revolver Agreement
No.
V06101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
Domestic |
|
|
Total |
|
I. Accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Accounts receivable (book value from detailed aging
report) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Other Receivables (As applicable, to be determined
by Lender) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Total accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IIa. Accounts receivable reductions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Ineligible Accounts Receivable: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4a. Accounts unpaid over 90 days from Invoice date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4b. Cross Age: 25% or greater of a Single Account
Debtor is unpaid more than 90 days from inv date |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4c.* Concentration Limit: Single Account Debtor
exceeds 20% of total Accounts Rec. book value (#3) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4d.** Other Foreign A/R defined as ineligible
(ref. EXIM Country Limitation Sched) and Govt. A/R |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Total accounts receivable deductions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Total Eligible Accounts Domestic and Foreign
(#3 minus #5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7a. Loan Value of Domestic Accounts (85% of #6,
Domestic Column) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7b. Loan Value of Foreign Accounts (70% of #6,
Foreign
Column) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III. Balances (Foreign & Domestic Combined) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Combined total Loan Value of Eligible Accounts
(From lines #7a, 7b, and 7c above) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Current balance owing on Line of Credit as of the
date of this Certificate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Total Borrowing Availability based on Loan Value
of Eligible Accounts (#8 minus #9) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Maximum Line or Credit Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,250,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Total
Borrowing Availability (lesser of #10 or #11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV. Loan Balance Allocation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Balance Outstanding Attributed to Value of Foreign
Receivable Loan Value |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Balance Outstanding Attributed to Value of
Domestic Receivable Loan Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT BALANCE OWING AS OF DATE OF CERTIFICATE |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V. Request for Funding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower hereby requests that the amount at the right
be advanced pursuant to the terms of the Revolver
Agreement and as permitted by the forgoing
calculations |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VI. Amount Repaid: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower hereby remits the amount at the right as
either a Mandatory Prepayment (if #12 above is a
negative number) or a voluntary prepayment of
principal |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VII. Other
amounts remitted by Borrower for expenses and fees (detail on attachment) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VII. Most recent financial statement being provided as
attachment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Concentration Limit in #4c above shall be calculated by
multiplying gross book value book A/R times 20%,
the result being the Concentration Limit. The ineligible portion, for any single account
debtor, shall be the amount that exceeds the Concentration Limit for that account debtor. |
|
** |
|
A/R arising from sales directly to the Federal Government requires specific documentation for
eligibility including notification and acknowledgement by the government entity regarding
assignability, etc. Government A/R is considered Ineligible until such documentation has been
completed. |
The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true and complete, and that the
information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations set
forth in the above-designated
Revolver. If a request for funding is hereby made, the
undersigned hereby represents and warrants that all conditions precedent for the making of an
advance under the Revolver have been satisfied or waived.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
EXHIBIT C
SCHEDULE A TO FUNDING REQUEST NO FOR LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT NO
V06101 BY AND BETWEEN RITCHIE CAPITAL FINANCE LLC. AS LENDER AND SPS
COMMERCE INC. AS BORROWER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items/ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aged # |
|
|
Accum |
|
|
Advance |
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Customer |
|
Vendor name |
|
Invoice # |
|
|
Invoice Date |
|
|
QTY |
|
|
Description |
|
|
Serial Number |
|
|
Equip Cost |
|
|
Freight |
|
|
Installation |
|
|
Tax |
|
|
Sub Total |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Months |
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Payment Date |
|
|
Check Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000.00 |
|
|
|
100,00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Final Advance Amount: |
|
Initials |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment Location: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
EXHIBIT D
Borrowing Base Certificate
|
|
|
Ritchie Capital Finance, L.L.C.
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. |
Technology and Life Science
|
|
333 South Seventh Street |
2100 Enterprise Avenue
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55403 |
Geneva, IL 60134 |
|
|
|
As of
Revolver Agreement
No.
V06101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
Domestic |
|
|
Total |
|
I. Accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Accounts receivable (book value from detailed aging
report) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Other Receivables (As applicable, to be determined
by Lender) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Total accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IIa. Accounts receivable reductions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Ineligible Accounts Receivable: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4a. Accounts unpaid over 90 days from Invoice date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4b. Cross Age: 25% or greater of a Single Account
Debtor is unpaid more than 90 days from inv date |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4c.* Concentration Limit: Single Account Debtor
exceeds 20% of total Accounts Rec. book value (#3) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4d.** Other Foreign A/R defined as ineligible
(ref. EXIM Country Limitation Sched) and Govt. A/R |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Total accounts receivable deductions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Total Eligible Accounts Domestic and Foreign
(#3 minus #5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7a. Loan Value of Domestic Accounts (85% of #6,
Domestic Column) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7b. Loan Value of Foreign Accounts (70% of #6, Foreign
Column) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III. Balances (Foreign & Domestic Combined) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Combined total Loan Value of Eligible Accounts
(From lines #7a, 7b and 7c above) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Current balance owing on Line of Credit as of the
date of this Certificate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Total Borrowing Availability based on Loan Value
of Eligible Accounts (#8 minus #9) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Maximum Line of Credit Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,250,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Total
Borrowing Availability (lesser of #10 or #11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV. Loan Balance Allocation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Balance Outstanding Attributed to Value of Foreign
Receivable Loan Value |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. Balance Outstanding Attributed to Value of
Domestic Receivable Loan Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT BALANCE OWING AS OF DATE OF CERTIFICATE |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V. Request for Funding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower hereby requests that the amount at the right
be advanced pursuant to the terms of the Revolver
Agreement and as permitted by the forgoing
calculations |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VI. Amount Repaid: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower hereby remits the amount at the right as
either a Mandatory Prepayment (if #12 above is a
negative number) or a voluntary prepayment of
principal |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VII. Other
amounts remitted by Borrower for expenses and fees (detail on attachment) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIII. Most recent financial statement being provided as
attachment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Concentration Limit in #4c above shall be calculated by multiplying gross book A/R times 20%,
the result being the Concentration Limit. The ineligible portion, for any single account
debtor, shall be the amount that exceeds the concentration Limit for that account Debtor. |
|
** |
|
A/R arising from sales directly to the Federal Government requires specific documentation for
eligibility including notification and acknowledgment by the government entity regarding
assign ability, etc. Government A/R is considered ineligible until such documentation has been
completed. |
The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true and complete, and that the
information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations set
forth in the above-designated
Revolver. If a request for funding is hereby made, the
undersigned hereby represents are warrants that all conditions precedent for the making of an
advance under the Revolver has been satisfied or waived.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
exv10w10
Exhibit 10.10
AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the Amendment) is entered into and is
effective this 20th day of March, 2007 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited
(Lender), as assignee of Ritchie Capital Finance, LLC (Original Lender) and Ritchie Debt
Acquisition Fund, Ltd. (Initial Assignee), and SPS Commerce, Inc. (Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Original Lender provided one or more credit facilities or arrangements to
Borrower pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Original Lender and
Borrower, dated as of February 3, 2006 (the Loan Agreement), which Loan Agreement had been
assigned by Original Lender to Original Assignee, as of May 5, 2006, and which was then assigned to
Lender as of December 18, 2006.
B. In connection with the Loan Agreement, Borrower has granted to Lender a first priority
security interest in the Collateral. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
C. Lender and Borrower now desire to enter into an addition equipment loan transaction (the
Additional Equipment Loan) which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan
Agreement, except as modified hereby, and which will be secured by the Collateral.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Additional Equipment Loan.
(a) Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add a new section (d) as follows:
(d) Additional Equipment Loan. Subject to Section 2.5, Lender shall
loan to Borrower from time to time on or prior to December 31, 2007, one or
more equipment loans (the Additional Equipment Loan) pursuant to the
terms and conditions hereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed One
Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00), the proceeds of
which shall be used to purchase Equipment. This is not a revolving line of
credit and Borrower may not repay and re-borrow the amounts advanced or to
be advanced under this Section 2.1 (d). Each Additional Equipment Loan
shall be made on notice (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and
setting forth a schedule describing in detail the Equipment against which
an advance is to be made hereunder) given by Borrower to Lender no later
than 9:00 a.m. (prevailing Chicago time) not less than three (3) Business
Days prior to the date of such proposed borrowing. Each Additional
Equipment Loan shall be repaid in thirty-six (36) equal monthly scheduled
installments of principal and interest (paid in arrears), such payments to
be made on the first Business Day of each month commencing on the first
Business Day of the month following the date of such Additional Equipment
Loan borrowing (the Initial Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date);
provided, however, that if the Initial Additional Equipment Loan Payment
Date is not at least 15 days after the date the Additional
1
Equipment Loan is made, such payments shall commence on the first Business
Day of the immediately succeeding month and Borrower shall make one
interest only payment on the Initial Additional Equipment Loan Payment
Date.
(b) The Additional Equipment Loan shall be considered a Loan for all purposes of the Loan
Agreement and the obligations of Borrower thereunder shall be included in the definition of
Borrowers Liabilities thereunder. Any note(s) delivered by Borrower to Lender in connection with
the Additional Equipment Loan shall be included in the definition of Other Agreements for all
purposes of the Loan Agreement.
(c) Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add the following sentence after
the word select. in line 13 thereof:
Each Additional Equipment Loan shall bear interest payable monthly in
arrears on the first Business Day of each month, calculated on a 360 day
year comprised of twelve (12) thirty day months at a per annum rate equal
to the Loan Interest Rate specified in the related note, which rate shall
be the sum of (i) 720 basis points plus (ii) the greater of (a) 4.84% or
(b) the yield on Three-Year U.S. Treasury Notes on the date of such
advance, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H-15 or in
such other publication as Lender may reasonably select.
(d) The first sentence of Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
Provided that an Event of Default (hereinafter defined) does not exist,
the application of payments received by Lender pursuant to this Loan
Agreement shall be applied first to any and all late charges, fees and
expenses then due and payable hereunder; second to interest then due and
payable hereunder; third to the principal of the Term Loan then due and
payable, fourth pro rata to the principal of the Equipment Loan and the
Additional Equipment Loan then due and payable, and finally to the
principal of the Revolving Advances then outstanding.
(e) The last sentence of Section 4.3(b) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
A notice of termination or reduction given hereunder may be conditioned
upon the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided, however,
that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of
Borrower to terminate or reduce the unused portion of the Revolving
Commitment by the amount contained in such notice on the date specified
therein; and provided, further, that only one such payment shall be due
under Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent failure to terminate or
reduce the Revolving Commitment and prepay, in whole or part, the Term
Loan, the Equipment Loan or the Additional Equipment Loan, as specified in
a notice from Borrower.
(f) Section 4.3(c) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety as follows:
(c) Borrower may, upon at least twenty (20) Business Days prior written
notice to Lender (stating the proposed date of prepayment and the principal
2
amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan or the Additional Equipment
Loan to be prepaid), prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term
Loan, the Equipment Loan or the Additional Equipment Loan then outstanding
in whole, or in part (but any such partial payment shall equal at least 20%
of the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Term Loan, the
Equipment Loan and the Additional Equipment Loan), by paying to Lender, in
immediately available funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the
principal amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan and the Additional
Equipment Loan contained in the foregoing notice, (ii) all accrued and
unpaid interest on the amounts of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan and the
Additional Equipment Loan to be repaid through the date of prepayment, and
(iii) (A) in the event that such prepayment is made on or prior to the
first anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the case of
prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan) or the first anniversary
of the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of
prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), a prepayment premium equal to
2.5% of the principal amount being prepaid, or (B) in the event that such
prepayments is made on or prior to the second anniversary of the date of
this Loan Agreement (in the case of prepayment of the Term Loan or the
Equipment Loan) or the second anniversary of the date of the Amendment to
the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the
Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Additional
Equipment Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 1.5% of the principal amount
being prepaid, or (C) in the event that such prepayments is made on or
prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the
case of prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan) or the third
anniversary of the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement
pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in
the case of prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), a prepayment
premium equal to .75% of the principal amount being prepaid; provided,
however, that no prepayment penalty shall be payable hereunder to the
extent that (i) the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan or the Additional
Equipment Loan is prepaid, in whole or in part, out of the proceeds of an
initial public offering, or (ii) the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan and the
Additional Equipment Loan are prepaid in whole in connection with any
merger, sale or other business disposition. A notice of prepayment given
hereunder may be conditioned upon the closing by Borrower of any other
transaction; provided, however, that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of
$500 in the event of the failure of Borrower to pay the amount contained in
such notice on the prepayment date specified therein; and provided,
further, that only one such payment shall be due under Section 4.3 in the
event of a concurrent failure to terminate or reduce the Revolving
Commitment and prepay, in whole or part the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan
or the Additional Equipment Loan, as specified in a notice from Borrower.
2. Acknowledgement by Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that to the best of its knowledge,
as of the date hereof, there are no Events of Default that have occurred and which are continuing
under the Loan Agreement.
3. Due Diligence Fee. Lender acknowledges that Borrower has heretofore paid to Lender a
due diligence fee in the amount of $5,000 to cover all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in
connection
3
with the preparation and negotiation of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by,
this Amendment to the Loan Agreement, and Borrower has no obligation to reimburse Lender therefor
to the extent such costs and expenses exceed the amount of such fee.
4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Illinois (without giving effect to its laws of conflicts) and to the extent
applicable, federal law.
5. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions of
the Loan Agreement remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto
as of the date first above written.
BLUECREST VENTURE FINANCE MASTER FUND LIMITED
By: BlueCrest Capital Management L.P.
(acting through its general partner BlueCrest Capital Management Limited)
in its capacity as investment manager to and for and on behalf of
BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Paul Dehadray
|
|
|
Name: Paul Dehadray |
|
|
Title: General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Thomas C. Velin
|
|
|
Name: Thomas C. Velin |
|
|
Title: CFO |
|
|
4
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the Second Amendment) is entered into
and is effective this 24th day of March, 2008 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund
Limited (Lender), as assignee of Ritchie Capital Finance, LLC (Original Lender) and Ritchie
Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd. (Initial Assignee), and SPS Commerce, Inc. (Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Original Lender provided one or more credit facilities or arrangements to
Borrower pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Original Lender and
Borrower, dated as of February 3, 2006 (the Loan Agreement), which Loan Agreement had been
assigned by Original Lender to Original Assignee, as of May 5, 2006, and which was then assigned to
Lender as of December 18, 2006.
B. In connection with the Loan Agreement, Borrower has granted to Lender a first priority
security interest in the Collateral. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
C. Lender and Borrower entered into an Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
March 20, 2007, whereby Lender made an additional equipment loan to Borrower.
D. Lender and Borrower now desire to enter into an additional equipment loan transaction (the
Second Additional Equipment Loan) which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan
Agreement (as amended), except as modified hereby, and which will be secured by the Collateral.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Second Additional Equipment Loan.
(a) Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add a new section (e) as follows:
(e) Second Additional Equipment Loan. Subject to Section 2.5, Lender
shall loan to Borrower from time to time on or prior to December 31, 2008,
one or more equipment loans (the Second Additional Equipment Loan) pursuant
to the terms and conditions hereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed One
Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00), the proceeds of
which shall be used to purchase Equipment. This is not a revolving line of
credit and Borrower may not repay and re-borrow the amounts advanced or to be
advanced under this
Section 2.1(d). Each advance in respect of the Second Additional Equipment
Loan shall be made on notice (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto
and setting forth a schedule describing in detail the Equipment against which
an advance is to be made hereunder) given by Borrower to Lender no later than
9:00 a.m. (prevailing Chicago time) not less than three (3) Business Days
prior to the date of such proposed borrowing. Each advance in respect of the
Second Additional Equipment Loan shall be repaid in thirty-six (36) equal
monthly scheduled installments of principal and interest (paid in arrears),
such payments to be made on the first Business Day of each month commencing
on the first Business Day of the month following the date of such advance in
respect of the Second Additional Equipment Loan borrowing (the Initial
Second Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date); provided, however, that if
the Initial Second Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date is not at least 15
days after the date the advance in respect of the Second Additional Equipment
Loan is made, such payments shall commence on the first Business Day of the
immediately succeeding month and Borrower shall make one interest only
payment on the Initial Second Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date.
(b) The Second Additional Equipment Loan shall be considered a Loan for all purposes of the
Loan Agreement and the obligations of Borrower thereunder shall be included in the definition of
Borrowers Liabilities thereunder. Any note(s) delivered by Borrower to Lender in connection
with the Second Additional Equipment Loan shall be included in the definition of Other Agreements
for all purposes of the Loan Agreement.
(c) Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add the following sentence after the
word select. in line 13 thereof:
Each advance in respect of the Second Additional Equipment Loan shall bear
interest payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month,
calculated on a 360 day year comprised of twelve (12) thirty day months at a
per annum rate equal to the Loan Interest Rate specified in the related note,
which rate shall be the sum of (i) 925 basis points plus (ii) the greater of
(a) 2.55% or (b) the yield on Three-Year U.S. Treasury Notes on the date of
such advance, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H-15 or
in such other publication as Lender may reasonably select.
(d) The first sentence of Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
Provided that an Event of Default (hereinafter defined) does not exist,
the application of payments received by Lender pursuant to this Loan
Agreement shall be applied first to any and all late charges, fees and
expenses then due and payable hereunder; second to interest then due and
payable hereunder; third to the principal of the Term Loan then due and
payable, fourth pro rata to the principal of the Equipment Loan, the
2
Additional Equipment Loan and the Second Additional Equipment Loan then due
and payable, and finally to the principal of the Revolving Advances then
outstanding.
(e) The last sentence of Section 4.3(b) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
A notice of termination or reduction given hereunder may be conditioned upon
the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided, however, that
Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of
Borrower to terminate or reduce the unused portion of the Revolving
Commitment by the amount contained in such notice on the date specified
therein; and provided, further, that only one such payment shall be due under
Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent failure to terminate or reduce the
Revolving Commitment and prepay, in whole or part, the Term Loan, the
Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan or the Second Additional
Equipment Loan, as specified in a notice from Borrower.
(f) Section 4.3(c) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety as follows:
(c) Borrower may, upon at least twenty (20) Business Days prior written
notice to Lender (stating the proposed date of prepayment and the principal
amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan or
the Second Additional Equipment Loan to be prepaid), prepay the outstanding
principal amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional
Equipment Loan or the Second Additional Equipment Loan then outstanding in
whole, or in part (but any such partial payment shall equal at least 25% of
the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Term Loan, the Equipment
Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan and the Second Additional Equipment
Loan), by paying to Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the principal amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan,
the Additional Equipment Loan and the Second Additional Equipment Loan
contained in the foregoing notice, (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest on
the amounts of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment
Loan and the Second Additional Equipment Loan to be repaid through the date
of prepayment, and (iii) (A) in the event that such prepayment is made on or
prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the
case of prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan), the first
anniversary of the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement
pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the
case of prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), or the first
anniversary of the date of the Second Amendment to the Loan and Security
Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Second Additional
Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Second Additional Equipment
Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 2.50% of the principal amount being
prepaid, or (B) in the event that such
3
prepayments is made on or prior to the second anniversary of the date of this
Loan Agreement (in the case of prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment
Loan), the second anniversary of the date of the Amendment to the Loan and
Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Additional
Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan),
or the second anniversary of the date of the Second Amendment to the Loan and
Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Second
Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Second Additional
Equipment Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 1.50% of the principal amount
being prepaid, or (C) in the event that such prepayments is made on or prior
to the third anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the case of
prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan), the third anniversary of
the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of
prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), or the third anniversary of the
date of the Second Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Second Additional Equipment Loan (in the case
of prepayment of the Second Additional Equipment Loan), a prepayment premium
equal to 0.75% of the principal amount being prepaid; provided, however, that
no prepayment penalty shall be payable hereunder to the extent that (i) the
Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan or the Second
Additional Equipment Loan is prepaid, in whole or in part, out of the
proceeds of an initial public offering, or (ii) the Term Loan, the Equipment
Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan and the Second Additional Equipment Loan
are prepaid in whole in connection with any merger, sale or other business
disposition. A notice of prepayment given hereunder may be conditioned upon
the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided, however, that
Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of
Borrower to pay the amount contained in such notice on the prepayment date
specified therein; and provided, further, that only one such payment shall be
due under Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent failure to terminate or
reduce the Revolving Commitment and prepay, in whole or part the Term Loan,
the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan or the Second Additional
Equipment Loan, as specified in a notice from Borrower.
2. Extension
of Revolver. (a) The definition of Revolving Loan Termination Date
shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
Revolving Loan Termination Date shall mean the earliest of (a) March 31,
2009, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to
Section 4.3 hereof, and (c) the date on which Borrower Liabilities become due
and payable pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.
(b) The Commitment Fee payable by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement shall
be pro-rated so as to cover the 14-month period from February 1, 2008 through
4
March 31, 2009, and such Commitment Fee shall be payable upon execution of this Second Amendment.
3. Acknowledgement by Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that to the best of its
knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no Events of Default that have occurred and which are
continuing under the Loan Agreement.
4. Due Diligence Fee. Lender acknowledges that Borrower has heretofore paid to Lender
a due diligence fee in the amount of $5,000 to cover all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in
connection with the preparation and negotiation of, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by, this Second Amendment to the Loan Agreement, and Borrower has no obligation to
reimburse Lender therefor to the extent such costs and expenses exceed the amount of such fee.
5. Governing Law. This Second Amendment shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois (without giving effect to its laws of conflicts)
and to the extent applicable, federal law.
6. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions
of the Loan Agreement (as amended) remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the parties
hereto as of the date first above written.
BLUECREST VENTURE FINANCE MASTER FUND LIMITED
By: BlueCrest Capital Management L.P. (acting through
its general partner BlueCrest Capital Management
Limited) in its capacity as investment manager to and for
and on behalf of BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Peter Cox
|
|
|
Name: Peter Cox |
|
|
Title: Chief Operation Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
Name: Kimberly Nelson |
|
|
Title: CFO |
|
|
5
exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
THIRD AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the Third Amendment) is entered into
and is effective this 30th day of March, 2009 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund
Limited (Lender), as assignee of Ritchie Capital Finance, LLC (Original Lender) and Ritchie
Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd. (Initial Assignee), and SPS Commerce, Inc. (Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Original Lender provided one or more credit facilities or arrangements to
Borrower pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Original Lender and
Borrower, dated as of February 3, 2006 (the Loan Agreement), which Loan Agreement had been
assigned by Original Lender to Original Assignee, as of May 5, 2006, and which was then assigned to
Lender as of December 18, 2006.
B. In connection with the Loan Agreement, Borrower has granted to Lender a first priority
security interest in the Collateral. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
C. Lender and Borrower entered into an Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
March 20, 2007, whereby Lender made an additional equipment loan to Borrower.
D. Lender and Borrower entered into a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated
as of March 24, 2008, whereby Lender made an additional equipment loan to Borrower.
E. Lender and Borrower now desire to enter into an additional equipment loan transaction (the
Third Additional Equipment Loan) which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan
Agreement (as amended), except as modified hereby, and which will be secured by the Collateral.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Third Additional Equipment Loan.
(a) Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add a new section (e) as follows:
(e) Third Additional Equipment Loan. Subject to Section 2.5, Lender
shall loan to Borrower from time to time on or prior to December 31, 2009,
one or more equipment loans (the Third Additional Equipment
Loan) pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, in an aggregate amount
not to exceed One Million One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars
($1,100,000.00), the proceeds of which shall be used to purchase Equipment.
This is not a revolving line of credit and Borrower may not repay and
re-borrow the amounts advanced or to be advanced under this Section 2.1(d).
Each advance in respect of the Third Additional Equipment Loan shall be made
on notice (substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and setting forth a
schedule describing in detail the Equipment against which an advance is to
be made hereunder) given by Borrower to Lender no later than 9:00 a.m.
(prevailing Chicago time) not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the
date of such proposed borrowing. Each advance in respect of the Third
Additional Equipment Loan shall be repaid in thirty-six (36) month
amortization of principal and interest (paid in arrears), such payments to
be made on the first Business Day of each month commencing on the first
Business Day of the month following the date of such advance in respect of
the Third Additional Equipment Loan borrowing (the Initial Third Additional
Equipment Loan Payment Date); provided, however, that if the Initial Third
Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date is not at least 15 days after the
date the advance in respect of the Third Additional Equipment Loan is made,
such payments shall commence on the first Business Day of the immediately
succeeding month and Borrower shall make one interest only payment on the
Initial Third Additional Equipment Loan Payment Date.
(b) The Third Additional Equipment Loan shall be considered a Loan for all purposes of the
Loan Agreement and the obligations of Borrower thereunder shall be included in the definition of
Borrowers Liabilities thereunder. Any note(s) delivered by Borrower to Lender in connection
with the Third Additional Equipment Loan shall be included in the definition of Other Agreements
for all purposes of the Loan Agreement.
(c) Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to add the following sentence after the
word select. in line 13 thereof:
Each advance in respect of the Third Additional Equipment Loan shall bear
interest payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month,
calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days
elapsed, at a per annum rate equal to 12.75%.
(d) The first sentence of Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
Provided that an Event of Default (hereinafter defined) does not exist,
the application of payments received by Lender pursuant to this Loan
Agreement shall be applied first to any and all late charges, fees and
expenses then due and payable hereunder; second to interest then due and
payable hereunder; third to the principal of the Term Loan then due and
payable, fourth pro rata to the principal of the Equipment Loan, the
Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan and
the Third Additional Equipment Loan then due and payable, and finally to the
principal of the Revolving Advances then outstanding.
(e) The last sentence of Section 4.3(b) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety
as follows:
A notice of termination or reduction given hereunder may be conditioned
upon the closing by Borrower of any other transaction; provided, however,
that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500 in the event of the failure of
Borrower to terminate or reduce the unused portion of the Revolving
Commitment by the amount contained in such notice on the date specified
therein; and provided, further, that only one such payment shall be due
under Section 4.3 in the event of a concurrent failure to terminate or
reduce the Revolving Commitment and prepay, in whole or part, the Term Loan,
the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional
Equipment Loan or the Third Additional Equipment Loan, as specified in a
notice from Borrower.
(f) Section 4.3(c) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety as follows:
(c) Borrower may, upon at least twenty (20) Business Days prior written
notice to Lender (stating the proposed date of prepayment and the principal
amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan,
the Second Additional Equipment Loan or the Third Additional Equipment Loan
to be prepaid), prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan,
the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional
Equipment Loan or the Third Additional Equipment Loan then outstanding in
whole, or in part (but any such partial payment shall equal at least 25% of
the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Term Loan, the Equipment
Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan
and the Third Additional Equipment Loan), by paying to Lender, in
immediately available funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal
amount of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan,
the Second Additional Equipment Loan and the Third Additional Equipment Loan
contained in the foregoing notice, (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest on
the amounts of the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the Additional Equipment
Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan, and the Third Additional
Equipment Loan to be repaid through the date of prepayment, and (iii) (A) in
the event that such prepayment is made on or prior to the first anniversary
of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the case of prepayment of the Term
Loan or the Equipment Loan), the first anniversary of the date of the
Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed
to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the
Additional Equipment Loan), the first anniversary of the date of the Second
Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed
to make the Second Additional Equipment Loan (in
the case of prepayment of the Second Additional Equipment Loan), or the
first anniversary of the date of the Third Amendment to the Loan and
Security Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Third
Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Third Additional
Equipment Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 2.50% of the principal amount
being unpaid, or (B) in the event that such prepayments is made on or prior
to the second anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the case of
prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan), the second anniversary
of the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of
prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), the second anniversary of the
date of the Second Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Second Additional Equipment Loan (in the
case of prepayment of the Second Additional Equipment Loan), or the second
anniversary of the date of the Third Amendment to the Loan and Security
Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Third Additional
Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Third Additional Equipment
Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 1.50% of the principal amount being
prepaid, or (C) in the event that such prepayments is made on or prior to
the third anniversary of the date of this Loan Agreement (in the case of
prepayment of the Term Loan or the Equipment Loan), the third anniversary of
the date of the Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Additional Equipment Loan (in the case of
prepayment of the Additional Equipment Loan), the third anniversary of the
date of the Second Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which Lender agreed to make the Second Additional Equipment Loan (in the
case of prepayment of the Second Additional Equipment Loan), or the third
anniversary of the date of the Third Amendment to the Loan and Security
Agreement pursuant to which Lender agreed to make the Third Additional
Equipment Loan (in the case of prepayment of the Third Additional Equipment
Loan), a prepayment premium equal to 0.75% of the principal amount being
prepaid; provided, however, that no prepayment penalty shall be payable
hereunder to the extent that (i) the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan, the
Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan or the Third
Additional Equipment Loan is prepaid, in whole or in part, out of the
proceeds of an initial public offering, or (ii) the Term Loan, the Equipment
Loan, the Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan
and the Third Additional Equipment Loan are prepaid in whole in connection
with any merger, sale or other business disposition. A notice of prepayment
given hereunder may be conditioned upon the closing by Borrower of any other
transaction; provided, however, that Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of $500
in the event of the failure of Borrower to pay the amount contained in such
notice on the prepayment date specified therein; and provided,
further, that only one such payment shall be due under Section 4.3 in the
event of a concurrent failure to terminate or reduce the Revolving
Commitment and prepay, in whole or part the Term Loan, the Equipment Loan,
the Additional Equipment Loan, the Second Additional Equipment Loan or the
Third Additional Equipment Loan as specified in a notice from Borrower.
2. Revolving Loan.
(a) The last sentence of the definition of Revolving Commitment shall be amended to
read in its entirety as follows:
The initial amount of Lenders Revolving Commitment is Three Million Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000).
(b) The definition of Revolving Loan Termination Date shall be amended to read in its
entirety as follows:
Revolving Loan Termination Date shall mean the earliest of (a) March 31,
2010, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to
Section 4.3 hereof, and (c) the date on which Borrower Liabilities become
due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.
(c) The first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety,
effective as of March 30, 2009, as follows:
Each Revolving Advance made pursuant to this Agreement shall bear interest
payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month
calculated on a 360 day year and actual days elapsed at a rate equal to
9.00% per annum.
(d) The Commitment Fee payable by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2 (a) of the Loan Agreement
shall be equal to .75% per annum (pro-rated daily) on the total amount of the Revolving Commitment,
payable upon execution of this Third Amendment for the period from the date hereof through March
31, 2010 and annually thereafter.
3. Acknowledgement by Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that to the best of its
knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no Events of Default that have occurred and which are
continuing under the Loan Agreement.
4. Due Diligence Fee. Lender acknowledges that Borrower has heretofore paid to Lender
a due diligence fee in the amount of $5,000 to cover all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in
connection with the preparation and negotiation of, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by, this Third Amendment to the Loan Agreement, and Borrower has no obligation to
reimburse Lender therefor to the extent such costs and expenses exceed the amount of such fee.
5. Governing Law. This Third Amendment shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois (without giving effect to its laws of conflicts)
and to the extent applicable, federal law.
6. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions
of the Loan Agreement (as amended) remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the parties
hereto as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
BLUECREST VENTURE FINANCE MASTER FUND LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
acting through its duly appointed agent and investment |
|
|
|
|
manager, BlueCrest Capital Management LLP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Peter Cox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Peter Cox |
|
|
Title: C.O.O. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Kim Nelson |
|
|
Title: CFO |
|
|
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the Fourth Amendment) is entered into
and is effective this 8th day of April, 2009 by and between BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund
Limited (Lender), as assignee of Ritchie Capital Finance, LLC (Original Lender) and Ritchie
Debt Acquisition Fund, Ltd. (Initial Assignee), and SPS Commerce, Inc. (Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Original Lender provided one or more credit facilities or arrangements to
Borrower pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, by and between Original
Lender and Borrower, dated as of February 3, 2006 (the Loan Agreement), which Loan Agreement had
been assigned by Original Lender to Original Assignee, as of May 5, 2006, and which was then
assigned to Lender as of December 18, 2006.
B. In connection with the Loan Agreement, Borrower has granted to Lender a first priority
security interest in the Collateral. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.
C. Lender and Borrower now desire to amend the Loan Agreement to remove the swing feature from
the Revolving Loan Commitment, on the terms and conditions contained herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Amendment of Loan Agreement. Lender and Borrower hereby agree that the Loan
Agreement shall be amended as follows:
(a) The definition of Revolving Commitment shall be amended to read in its entirety as
follows:
Revolving Commitment means the commitment of Lender to make Revolving
Advances hereunder, subject to the terms hereof, as such commitment may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 8. The initial
amount of Lenders Revolving Commitment is Three Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000).
(b) The definition of Rollover Amount and Rollover Date shall be deleted.
2. Acknowledgement by Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that to the best of its
knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no Events of Default that have occurred and which are
continuing under the Loan Agreement.
3. Governing Law. This Fourth Amendment shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois (without giving effect to its laws of conflicts)
and to the extent applicable, federal law.
4. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and conditions
of the Loan Agreement (as amended) remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the
parties as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
BLUECREST VENTURE FINANCE MASTER FUND LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
acting through its duly appointed agent and investment |
|
|
|
|
manger, BlueCrest Capital Management LLP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Peter Cox
|
|
|
Name: Peter Cox |
|
|
Title: Chief Operation Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
Name: Kim Nelson |
|
|
Title: CFO |
|
|
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
2002 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE AGREEMENT
THIS 2002 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into effective as of
the 1st day of July, 2002, by and between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the Company), and Archie Black (Employee).
WHEREAS, the Company has in the past considered the possible sale of the Company, and may
consider such a sale in the future; and
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and under the conditions herein, the Company desires to provide
an additional inducement for Employee to assist the Company at such time (if any) during which the
Company considers pursuing such a sale.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Sale Bonus. Subject to the conditions and limitations herein (including without
limitation Sections 1(b), 1(c), 1(d) and 1(e) below), if a Sale (as hereinafter defined) of the
Company occurs, the Company shall pay to Employee an amount equal to the Sale Bonus (as hereinafter
defined) as follows:
(a) Calculation. If the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) to the Company in
respect of any Sale is at least $25,000,000, then the Sale Bonus shall be an amount equal
to .114% (the Designated Percentage) of the amount of the Purchase Price that (x) exceeds
$25,000,000 and (y) does not exceed $65,000,000, subject to adjustment and paid as follows:
(i) The Company shall pay the Sale Bonus to Employee within 5 days after the closing
date of the Sale.
(ii) If Employees employment with the Company terminates for any or no reason (whether
voluntary, involuntary, or with or without cause, by death or for any other reason), such
termination shall not affect the Companys obligation to pay the Sale Bonus to Employee, or
Employees rights thereto, in the event of a Sale.
(iii) The form of payment of any Sale Bonus due hereunder shall be in the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, and may consist of cash, securities,
other property, or a combination of the foregoing, all as decided by the Board of Directors.
For the avoidance of doubt, the following example of the above calculation is set forth: If a Sale
occurs with a Purchase Price of $70,000,000, then the amount of the Sale Bonus (to the extent
otherwise due hereunder) would be $45,600, which is the amount equal to the Designated Percentage
of $40,000,000 (which $40,000,000 is in turn the amount of such Purchase Price that exceeds
$25,000,000 but does not exceed $65,000,000).
(b) Minimum Purchase Price. If the Purchase Price to the Company in respect of any
Sale of the Company is less than $25,000,000, then Employee shall not be entitled to any Sale Bonus
or other payment pursuant to this Agreement, and all of the Companys obligations to pay the Sale
Bonus shall be canceled and be of no effect.
(c) Termination of Right to Receive Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision
herein, if a Sale does not occur by June 30, 2012, then the Companys obligation to make any
payment to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, and all of Employees rights thereto, shall be
canceled and be of no effect.
(d) Possible Reduction of Payments Pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue
Code. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, if the payments to which
Employee may become entitled under this Section 1, either alone or together with other payments (if
any) in the nature of compensation to Employee which are contingent on a change in the ownership or
effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the
Company or otherwise, would constitute a parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) (or any successor provision thereto,
together Section 280G), such cash payments and/or such other benefits shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the largest aggregate amount as will result in no portion thereof being subject to
the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto, together
Section 4999), or being non-deductible to the Company for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
Section 280G. Company shall determine the amount of any reduction to be made pursuant to this
Section 1(d) and shall select from among the foregoing benefits and payments those that shall be
reduced.
(e) Company Right to Amend Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained herein, Employee acknowledges that an independent committee of the Companys Board of
Directors (independent in that it does not contain representatives of the preferred stockholders
of the Company), in its sole discretion, may at any time (upon notice to Employee) amend this
Agreement to reflect an equitable (as determined by the such committee in its sole discretion)
adjustment as a result of any (i) merger or acquisition made by the Company, (ii) additional rounds
of financing or (iii) similar events that the Company enters into prior to the occurrence of a
Sale, but only to the extent such committee determines that such events independently increased the
Purchase Price and that an equitable adjustment is required as a result. Such an amendment may
include, without limitation, a reduction in the Designated Percentage or other revisions to the
calculation of the Sale Bonus. EMPLOYEE AGREES THAT ANY SUCH AMENDMENT SHALL BE IN THE SOLE
DISCRETION OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMITTEE OF THE COMPANYS BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHALL BE BINDING
UPON EMPLOYEE. EMPLOYEE WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE TO CHALLENGE SUCH AMENDMENT.
(f) Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
respective meanings:
(i) Sale shall mean the actual closing (if any) of (A) the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to one or more persons who
2
are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on the date of this letter, an entity
controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an entity controlled by, or under common
control with, the Company, or any of them, (B) the sale of more than 70% of the voting stock
of the Company (on an as-converted basis) in a single transaction or series of transactions
other than to one or more persons who are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on
the date of this Agreement, an entity controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an
entity controlled by, or under common control with, the Company, or any of them, or (C) a
merger or consolidation of the Company resulting in more than 70% of the voting power of the
Company or of the surviving or resulting corporation being vested in persons other than one
or more persons who are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on the date of this
Agreement, an entity controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an entity controlled by,
or under common control with, the Company, or any of them.
(ii) Purchase Price shall mean the aggregate of (A) cash amounts payable to
the Company as consideration pursuant to the terms of the Sale (including any
non-competition payments payable to the Company, but excluding any amounts payable to any
employees in connection with the Sale); and (B) any bona fide debt (i.e., debt represented
by a written promissory note or similar instrument) of the Company assumed by the purchaser
as consideration pursuant to the terms of the Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
extent any amount of the Purchase Price is (x) subject to a post-closing adjustment (for
example, to reflect actual inventory or accounts receivables), or (y) payable only as an
earn-out contingency upon certain performance thresholds being achieved (i.e., minimum
revenue or earnings thresholds), then the Company shall, in consultation with its certified
public accountant, have the right in its discretion to determine an appropriate amount (if
any) to reflect the probable amount (as of the date of closing of the Sale) payable (or
other adjustment to be made) as a result of such an adjustment or earn-out contingency, and
in such event Employee hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all
rights to challenge or question such determination by the Company, it being understood by
Employee that any such determination would be based upon assumptions and projections that
might well be proven inaccurate.
2. Effect on Other Bonus or Severance Programs. Any payments made under Section 1(a)
above shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any payments (if any) that may become due to
Employee under any existing or future executive management bonus or severance program of the
Company or any agreements in respect thereof.
3. Sale at Companys Discretion; No Obligation to Inform. Employee hereby
acknowledges and agrees that any decision to consider or pursue a Sale (and to establish the amount
of any consideration related thereto) shall be in the Companys sole discretion, and that the
Company has no obligation to Employee (including without limitation pursuant to this Agreement) to
(a) cause a Sale to occur, including without limitation to seek or entertain offers
from third parties relating to any such matter, (b) negotiate with any third party regarding any
such matter, (c) seek any alternative to any such matter, or (d) establish the amount of any
consideration relating to a Sale in a manner that would cause the Company to be obligated to pay
3
a Sale Bonus or maximize the amount of any Sale Bonus. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that
the Company shall have no obligation to disclose to Employee the status of the Companys efforts in
pursuing a Sale.
4. Certain Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Employee. Employee hereby
represents, warrants and covenants to the Company as follows:
(a) While an employee of the Company, Employee shall assist the Company in preparation for,
and in the consummation of, a Sale if requested by the Company, through the performance of
Employees normal and customary employment duties, as well as those duties as may be reasonably
requested by the Company from time to time, including without limitation assisting in the
compilation and analysis of data relating to the Company.
(b) Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Companys entering into this Agreement, and its
contingent obligations to make payments pursuant to Section 1 hereof, constitute full and complete
consideration for each of Employees obligations hereunder.
5. No Right to Employment or Benefits. This Agreement does not constitute or imply
(a) any obligation or undertaking to employ Employee for any period of time or in any position, or
(b) any limitation on the right of the Company to terminate Employees employment at any time with
or without notice or cause.
6. Withholding/Reduction of Payments. All payments hereunder are subject to
withholding of all taxes and other amounts required by law to be withheld or paid to others. The
Company may, in its discretion and to the full extent permitted by law, apply a payment otherwise
due Employee to pay any amounts, debts or claims owed to the Company by Employee, until all such
amounts, debts and claims are paid in full.
7. No Waiver. No delay or failure by any party hereto to insist, in any one or more
instances, upon performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to exercise any
rights or remedies hereunder shall constitute a waiver or relinquishment of such rights or remedies
or any other rights or remedies hereunder.
8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the successors, legal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto;
provided, however, that Employee shall not have any right to assign, pledge or
otherwise dispose of or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any payment hereunder, whether
directly or indirectly or in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company,
and any such attempted assignment, pledge or other disposition or transfer in contravention of the
foregoing shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Employees death,
the Employees estate and/or legal beneficiaries shall be entitled to the rights of Employee
hereunder in the event of a Sale occurring prior to June 30, 2012.
9. Separate Representation. Employee hereby acknowledges that Employee has been
advised, and has had ample opportunity, to obtain independent advice and representation from
counsel of Employees own selection in connection with this Agreement and has not relied
4
to any extent on any officer, director or shareholder of, or counsel to, the Company in deciding to enter
into this Agreement.
10. Amendment; Complete Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be altered,
amended, modified, waived or discharged in any manner whatsoever except (i) by the independent
committee pursuant to Section 1(e) and (ii) by written agreement executed by both parties hereto.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws
of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
12. Severability. In the event that any portion of this Agreement is held to be
invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the
other portions of this Agreement, and the remaining covenants, terms and conditions or portions
hereof shall remain in full force and effect, and any court of competent jurisdiction may so modify
the objectionable provision so as to make it valid, enforceable and as close in meaning and
economic effect to the original provision as possible.
13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Incentive Agreement as of the
date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Archie Black
|
|
|
|
/s/ Archie Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Archie Black |
|
|
|
Archie Black |
Its: CEO |
|
|
|
|
5
exv10w15
Exhibit 10.15
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
2002 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE AGREEMENT
THIS 2002 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into effective as of
the 1st day of July, 2002, by and between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the Company), and James Frome (Employee).
WHEREAS, the Company has in the past considered the possible sale of the Company, and may
consider such a sale in the future; and
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and under the conditions herein, the Company desires to provide
an additional inducement for Employee to assist the Company at such time (if any) during which the
Company considers pursuing such a sale.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and conditions
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Sale Bonus. Subject to the conditions and limitations herein (including without
limitation Sections 1(b), 1(c), 1(d) and 1(e) below), if a Sale (as hereinafter defined) of the
Company occurs, the Company shall pay to Employee an amount equal to the Sale Bonus (as hereinafter
defined) as follows:
(a) Calculation. If the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) to the Company in
respect of any Sale is at least $25,000,000, then the Sale Bonus shall be an amount equal
to .115% (the Designated Percentage) of the amount of the Purchase Price that (x) exceeds
$25,000,000 and (y) does not exceed $65,000,000, subject to adjustment and paid as follows:
(i) The Company shall pay the Sale Bonus to Employee within 5 days after the closing
date of the Sale.
(ii) If Employees employment with the Company terminates for any or no reason (whether
voluntary, involuntary, or with or without cause, by death or for any other reason), such
termination shall not affect the Companys obligation to pay the Sale Bonus to Employee, or
Employees rights thereto, in the event of a Sale.
(iii) The form of payment of any Sale Bonus due hereunder shall be in the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, and may consist of cash, securities,
other property, or a combination of the foregoing, all as decided by the Board of Directors.
For the avoidance of doubt, the following example of the above calculation is set forth: If a Sale
occurs with a Purchase Price of $70,000,000, then the amount of the Sale Bonus (to the extent
otherwise due hereunder) would be $46,000, which is the amount equal to the Designated Percentage
of $40,000,000 (which $40,000,000 is in turn the amount of such Purchase Price that exceeds
$25,000,000 but does not exceed $65,000,000).
(b) Minimum Purchase Price. If the Purchase Price to the Company in respect of any
Sale of the Company is less than $25,000,000, then Employee shall not be entitled to any Sale Bonus
or other payment pursuant to this Agreement, and all of the Companys obligations to pay the Sale
Bonus shall be canceled and be of no effect.
(c) Termination of Right to Receive Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision
herein, if a Sale does not occur by June 30, 2012, then the Companys obligation to make any
payment to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, and all of Employees rights thereto, shall be
canceled and be of no effect.
(d) Possible Reduction of Payments Pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue
Code. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, if the payments to which
Employee may become entitled under this Section 1, either alone or together with other payments (if
any) in the nature of compensation to Employee which are contingent on a change in the ownership or
effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the
Company or otherwise, would constitute a parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) (or any successor provision thereto,
together Section 280G), such cash payments and/or such other benefits shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the largest aggregate amount as will result in no portion thereof being subject to
the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto, together
Section 4999), or being non-deductible to the Company for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
Section 280G. Company shall determine the amount of any reduction to be made pursuant to this
Section 1(d) and shall select from among the foregoing benefits and payments those that shall be
reduced.
(e) Company Right to Amend Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained herein, Employee acknowledges that an independent committee of the Companys Board of
Directors (independent in that it does not contain representatives of the preferred stockholders
of the Company), in its sole discretion, may at any time (upon notice to Employee) amend this
Agreement to reflect an equitable (as determined by the such committee in its sole discretion)
adjustment as a result of any (i) merger or acquisition made by the Company, (ii) additional rounds
of financing or (iii) similar events that the Company enters into prior to the occurrence of a
Sale, but only to the extent such committee determines that such events independently increased the
Purchase Price and that an equitable adjustment is required as a result. Such an amendment may
include, without limitation, a reduction in the Designated Percentage or other revisions to the
calculation of the Sale Bonus. EMPLOYEE AGREES THAT ANY SUCH AMENDMENT SHALL BE IN THE SOLE
DISCRETION OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMITTEE OF THE COMPANYS BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHALL BE BINDING
UPON EMPLOYEE. EMPLOYEE WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE TO CHALLENGE SUCH AMENDMENT.
(f) Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following
respective meanings:
(i) Sale shall mean the actual closing (if any) of (A) the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to one or more persons who
2
are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on the date of this letter, an entity
controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an entity controlled by, or under common
control with, the Company, or any of them, (B) the sale of more than 70% of the voting stock
of the Company (on an as-converted basis) in a single transaction or series of transactions
other than to one or more persons who are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on
the date of this Agreement, an entity controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an
entity controlled by, or under common control with, the Company, or any of them, or (C) a
merger or consolidation of the Company resulting in more than 70% of the voting power of the
Company or of the surviving or resulting corporation being vested in persons other than one
or more persons who are stockholders of, or employed by, the Company on the date of this
Agreement, an entity controlled by or affiliated with such persons, an entity controlled by,
or under common control with, the Company, or any of them.
(ii) Purchase Price shall mean the aggregate of (A) cash amounts payable to
the Company as consideration pursuant to the terms of the Sale (including any
non-competition payments payable to the Company, but excluding any amounts payable to any
employees in connection with the Sale); and (B) any bona fide debt (i.e., debt represented
by a written promissory note or similar instrument) of the Company assumed by the purchaser
as consideration pursuant to the terms of the Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
extent any amount of the Purchase Price is (x) subject to a post-closing adjustment (for
example, to reflect actual inventory or accounts receivables), or (y) payable only as an
earn-out contingency upon certain performance thresholds being achieved (i.e., minimum
revenue or earnings thresholds), then the Company shall, in consultation with its certified
public accountant, have the right in its discretion to determine an appropriate amount (if
any) to reflect the probable amount (as of the date of closing of the Sale) payable (or
other adjustment to be made) as a result of such an adjustment or earn-out contingency, and
in such event Employee hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all
rights to challenge or question such determination by the Company, it being understood by
Employee that any such determination would be based upon assumptions and projections that
might well be proven inaccurate.
2. Effect on Other Bonus or Severance Programs. Any payments made under Section 1(a)
above shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any payments (if any) that may become due to
Employee under any existing or future executive management bonus or severance program of the
Company or any agreements in respect thereof.
3. Sale at Companys Discretion; No Obligation to Inform. Employee hereby
acknowledges and agrees that any decision to consider or pursue a Sale (and to establish the amount
of any consideration related thereto) shall be in the Companys sole discretion, and that the
Company has no obligation to Employee (including without limitation pursuant to this Agreement) to
(a) cause a Sale to occur, including without limitation to seek
or entertain offers from third parties relating to any such matter, (b) negotiate with any third party regarding any
such matter, (c) seek any alternative to any such matter, or (d) establish the amount of any
consideration relating to a Sale in a manner that would cause the Company to be obligated to pay
3
a Sale Bonus or maximize the amount of any Sale Bonus. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that
the Company shall have no obligation to disclose to Employee the status of the Companys efforts in
pursuing a Sale.
4. Certain Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Employee. Employee hereby
represents, warrants and covenants to the Company as follows:
(a) While an employee of the Company, Employee shall assist the Company in preparation for,
and in the consummation of, a Sale if requested by the Company, through the performance of
Employees normal and customary employment duties, as well as those duties as may be reasonably
requested by the Company from time to time, including without limitation assisting in the
compilation and analysis of data relating to the Company.
(b) Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Companys entering into this Agreement, and its
contingent obligations to make payments pursuant to Section 1 hereof, constitute full and complete
consideration for each of Employees obligations hereunder.
5. No Right to Employment or Benefits. This Agreement does not constitute or imply
(a) any obligation or undertaking to employ Employee for any period of time or in any position, or
(b) any limitation on the right of the Company to terminate Employees employment at any time with
or without notice or cause.
6. Withholding/Reduction of Payments. All payments hereunder are subject to
withholding of all taxes and other amounts required by law to be withheld or paid to others. The
Company may, in its discretion and to the full extent permitted by law, apply a payment otherwise
due Employee to pay any amounts, debts or claims owed to the Company by Employee, until all such
amounts, debts and claims are paid in full.
7. No Waiver. No delay or failure by any party hereto to insist, in any one or more
instances, upon performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to exercise any
rights or remedies hereunder shall constitute a waiver or relinquishment of such rights or remedies
or any other rights or remedies hereunder.
8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the successors, legal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto;
provided, however, that Employee shall not have any right to assign, pledge or
otherwise dispose of or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any payment hereunder, whether
directly or indirectly or in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company,
and any such attempted assignment, pledge or other disposition or transfer in contravention of the
foregoing shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Employees death,
the Employees estate and/or legal beneficiaries shall be entitled to the rights of Employee
hereunder in the event of a Sale occurring prior to June 30, 2012.
9. Separate Representation. Employee hereby acknowledges that Employee has been
advised, and has had ample opportunity, to obtain independent advice and representation from
counsel of Employees own selection in connection with this Agreement and has not relied
4
to any extent on any officer, director or shareholder of, or counsel to, the Company in deciding to enter
into this Agreement.
10. Amendment; Complete Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be altered,
amended, modified, waived or discharged in any manner whatsoever except (i) by the independent
committee pursuant to Section 1(e) and (ii) by written agreement executed by both parties hereto.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws
of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
12. Severability. In the event that any portion of this Agreement is held to be
invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the
other portions of this Agreement, and the remaining covenants, terms and conditions or portions
hereof shall remain in full force and effect, and any court of competent jurisdiction may so modify
the objectionable provision so as to make it valid, enforceable and as close in meaning and
economic effect to the original provision as possible.
13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Incentive Agreement as of the
date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS COMMERCE, INC. |
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Archie Black
|
|
|
|
/s/ James Frome |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Archie Black |
|
|
|
James Frome |
Its: CEO |
|
|
|
|
5
exv10w17
Exhibit 10.17
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
Indemnification Agreement (the Agreement) is made
and entered into as of , 2009
between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and (Indemnitee).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining
directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Companys stockholders and that the Company
should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the
future;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate
itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from
undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to clarify Indemnitees entitlement to the maximum
indemnity afforded directors under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) and is a
supplement to and in furtherance of the provision calling for indemnification of directors
contained in the By-laws or Certificate of Incorporation (collectively, the Charter Documents) of
the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute
therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is employed by, or has agreed to serve as a director at the direction of
(the Sponsor); and
WHEREAS, neither Indemnitee nor Sponsor regards the protection available under the Companys
Charter Documents and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and Indemnitee is not
willing to serve, and Sponsor will not consent to Indemnitees service, as a director without
adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is
willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the
Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and Sponsor is willing to consent to
such service on the condition that the Company acknowledge its primary obligation as indemnitor and
its obligation to reimburse Sponsor for any expenditure of Sponsors own funds in indemnifying
Indemnitee because of his or her Corporate Status.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees agreement to serve as a director from and
after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In
furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by
reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a
Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf,
in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted
in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 1 |
(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to
the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his or her
Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b),
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no
indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in
such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless
and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such
indemnification may be made.
(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any
Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be
amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or
on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such
Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all
claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all
Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection
with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without
limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with
or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on,
the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and
hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitees behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right
of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or
active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the
Companys obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated
to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to
the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
3. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is
available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which
the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or
settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such
payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have
against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or
proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all
claims asserted against Indemnitee.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding
subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion
of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in
which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion
to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 2 |
Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined
in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the
transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the
proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to
law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers,
directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the
other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or
settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be
considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the
Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by
intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or
secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.
(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims
of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than
Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided
for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu
of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for
judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for
Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in
such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such
Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as
a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the
relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in
connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a
witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith.
5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with
any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt
by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances
from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement
or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be
preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any
Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this
Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as
favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.
Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the
event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a
written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 3 |
and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company
shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors
in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a
timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee
unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of
the Company.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of
Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall
be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election
of the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a
quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the
disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested
directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if
so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof,
disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not
parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.
(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as
provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of
Directors and Indemnitee shall be promptly notified of such selection. Indemnitee may, within ten
(10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a
written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on
the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent
Counsel as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the
person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and
substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and
until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.
If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant
to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected
to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or
other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by
the Indemnitee to the Companys selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as
Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall
designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall
pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent
Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall
pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c),
regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the
person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the
burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure
of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that
indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard
of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent
legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense
to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 4 |
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on
the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on
information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in
the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information
or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or
by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the
knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the
Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to
indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section
6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in
good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of
proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to
determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination
within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite
determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee
shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material
fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially
misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended
for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or
entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith
requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating
thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall
not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders
pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after
receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the
Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders
for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after
such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is
called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination,
such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such
determination is made thereat.
(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination
with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person,
persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not
privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee
and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of
Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a
determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any
costs or expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so
cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the
Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and
the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment
may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and
uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is
resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without
limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or
other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall
have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 5 |
(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not
(except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of
Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and
in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement
of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no
determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this
Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv)
payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after
receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made
within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the
State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitees entitlement to
such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180
days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding
pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any
such adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of
this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding
commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial
on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under
Section 6(b).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement
that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in
any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by
Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees
misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or
(ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial
adjudication of Indemnitees rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or
to recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the
Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitees behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the
types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee
ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or
insurance recovery.
(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not
valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by
all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all
Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company
of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to
Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee
for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any
directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of
whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of
Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 6 |
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to
entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final
disposition of the Proceeding.
8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification;
Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the
Charter Documents, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise,
of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof
shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken
or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or
repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits
greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation,
By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by
this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein
conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and
remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now
or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right
or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any
other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing
liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by
such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.
If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has
director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the
commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause
such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such
proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification,
advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Sponsor and certain of its affiliates
(collectively, the Sponsor Indemnitors). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor
of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Sponsor
Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities
incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of
expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments,
penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by
the terms of this Agreement and the Charter Documents of the Company (or any other agreement
between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the
Sponsor Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Sponsor
Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Sponsor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation
or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that (i) no
advancement or payment by the Sponsor Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim
for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing, (ii)
the Company will immediately reimburse the Sponsor Indemnitors for any such advancement of their
own funds to Indemnitee, or payment to Indemnitee by way of indemnification made by Sponsor
Indemnitors to Indemnitee for which Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnity (including
advancement of Expenses) under this Agreement, and (iii) the Sponsor Indemnitors shall have a right
of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the
rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the
Sponsor Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 7 |
Section 8(c).
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this
Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of
recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Sponsor Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers
required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents
as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this
Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent
that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract,
agreement or otherwise.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Companys obligation to indemnify or
advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually
received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this
Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in
connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance
policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under
any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect
the rights of Indemnitee or the Sponsor Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above; or
(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by
Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common
law; or
(c) except with respect to a Proceeding relating to enforcement of, or to indemnity under this
Agreement, or under the Charter Documents, the DGCL, or any insurance policy relating to
Indemnitees Corporate Status, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by
Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless
(i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion,
pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained
herein shall commence upon the execution of this Agreement, and shall continue thereafter so long
as Indemnitee could be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section
7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or
serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which
indemnification can be provided under this Agreement and regardless of any subsequent amendment to
the Charter Documents, the DGCL or any other agreement relating to indemnification of Indemnitee.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties
hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the
Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 8 |
Indemnitee for the Companys obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit,
funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be
revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
12. Enforcement.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and
assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer
or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this
Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and
implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is or was a director of the
Company in his or her official capacity as such or as agent or fiduciary of the Company related to
such status as a director (but not as an officer or employee), or as a director, agent or fiduciary
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.
(b) Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to
the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(c) Enterprise shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express
written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(d) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs,
transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and
binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or
expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a
Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.
Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any
Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of
the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the
premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other
appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by
Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(e) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in
matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been,
retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party
(other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other
indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding
giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the
Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. The
Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully
indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of
or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(f) Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 9 |
any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of
the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which
Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that
Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by
Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitees part while acting as an officer or director of the
Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company
as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in
any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be
provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but
excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce
Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in
no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification
rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws and to ensure that indemnification rights
provided by the Sponsor are secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify
Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any
applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent,
to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No
waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of
any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing
waiver.
16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing
upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint,
indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject
to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless
and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during
normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c)
five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier,
specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be
sent:
(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
(b) To the Company at:
SPS Commerce, Inc.
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Accenture Tower
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Fax: 612-435-9402
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company
by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 10 |
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.
20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations
among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware
(the Delaware Court), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America
or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the
Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action
or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
21. Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreements. The parties hereby agree that this
Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the parties in its entirety and
this Agreement is hereby determined to amend and restate such prior agreements, if any.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Page 11 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Archie C. Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [VC Director]
|
|
Signature Page |
exv10w18
Exhibit 10.18
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
Indemnification Agreement (the Agreement) is made
and entered into as of , 2009
between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and (Indemnitee).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining
directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Companys stockholders and that the Company
should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the
future;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate
itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from
undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to clarify Indemnitees entitlement to the maximum
indemnity afforded directors under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) and is a
supplement to and in furtherance of the provision calling for indemnification of directors
contained in the By-laws or Certificate of Incorporation (collectively, the Charter Documents) of
the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute
therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Companys Charter
Documents and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and Indemnitee is not willing to
serve as a director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in
such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service
for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees agreement to serve as a director from and
after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In
furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by
reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a
Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf,
in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted
in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to
the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his or her
Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b),
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no
indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 1 |
claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to
be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.
(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any
Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be
amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or
on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such
Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all
claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all
Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection
with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without
limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with
or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on,
the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and
hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitees behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right
of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or
active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the
Companys obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated
to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to
the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
3. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is
available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which
the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or
settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such
payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have
against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or
proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all
claims asserted against Indemnitee.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding
subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion
of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in
which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion
to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the
Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the
transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the
proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to
law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers,
directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the
other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or
settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 2 |
considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company
and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly
liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand,
and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the
degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the
degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is
active or passive.
(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims
of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than
Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided
for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu
of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for
judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for
Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in
such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such
Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as
a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the
relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in
connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a
witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith.
5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with
any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt
by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances
from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement
or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be
preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any
Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this
Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as
favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.
Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the
event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a
written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon
receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that
Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee
to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall
not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent
that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 3 |
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of
Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall
be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election
of the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a
quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the
disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested
directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if
so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof,
disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not
parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.
(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as
provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of
Directors and Indemnitee shall be promptly notified of such selection. Indemnitee may, within ten
(10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a
written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on
the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent
Counsel as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the
person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and
substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and
until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.
If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant
to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected
to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or
other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by
the Indemnitee to the Companys selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as
Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall
designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall
pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent
Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall
pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c),
regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the
person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the
burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure
of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that
indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard
of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent
legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense
to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct.
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on
the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on
information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in
the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information
or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or
by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the
knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the
Enterprise shall not be imputed to
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 4 |
Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any
event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking
to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear
and convincing evidence.
(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to
determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination
within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite
determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee
shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material
fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially
misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended
for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or
entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith
requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating
thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall
not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders
pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after
receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the
Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders
for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after
such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is
called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination,
such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such
determination is made thereat.
(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination
with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person,
persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not
privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee
and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of
Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a
determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any
costs or expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so
cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the
Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and
the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment
may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and
uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is
resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without
limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or
other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall
have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not
(except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of
Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and
in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 5 |
7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement
of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no
determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this
Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv)
payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after
receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made
within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the
State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitees entitlement to
such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180
days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding
pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any
such adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of
this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding
commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial
on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under
Section 6(b).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement
that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in
any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by
Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees
misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or
(ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial
adjudication of Indemnitees rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or
to recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the
Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitees behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the
types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee
ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or
insurance recovery.
(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not
valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by
all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all
Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company
of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to
Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee
for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any
directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of
whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of
Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to
entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final
disposition of the Proceeding.
8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification;
Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 6 |
law, the Charter Documents, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors
or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any
provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of
any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such
amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or
judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the
Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto
that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No
right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent
assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing
liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by
such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.
If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has
director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the
commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause
such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such
proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the
extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers
required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents
as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts
otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually
received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
(e) The Companys obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is
or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be
reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of
expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise.
9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this
Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in
connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance
policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under
any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided; or
(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by
Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common
law; or
(c) except with respect to a Proceeding relating to enforcement of, or to indemnity under this
Agreement, or under the Charter Documents, the DGCL, or any insurance policy relating to
Indemnitees Corporate Status, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part
of any
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 7 |
Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other
indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any
part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification,
in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained
herein shall commence upon the execution of this Agreement, and shall continue thereafter so long
as Indemnitee could be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section
7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or
serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which
indemnification can be provided under this Agreement and regardless of any subsequent amendment to
the Charter Documents, the DGCL or any other agreement relating to indemnification of Indemnitee.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties
hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the
Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to
Indemnitee for the Companys obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit,
funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be
revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
12. Enforcement.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and
assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer
or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this
Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and
implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is or was a director of the
Company in his or her official capacity as such or as agent or fiduciary of the Company related to
such status as a director (but not as an officer or employee), or as a director, agent or fiduciary
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.
(b) Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to
the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(c) Enterprise shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express
written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(d) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs,
transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and
binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or
expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a
Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.
Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any
Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of
the actual or deemed receipt of any
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 8 |
payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and
other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of
judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(e) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in
matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been,
retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party
(other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other
indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding
giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the
Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. The
Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully
indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of
or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(f) Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other
actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or
otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is
or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an
officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction
on Indemnitees part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the
fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
Enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the
time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this
Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one
initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitees
rights under this Agreement.
14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in
no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification
rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof
conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the
aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No
waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of
any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing
waiver.
16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing
upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint,
indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject
to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless
and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during
normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c)
five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, or (d) one
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 9 |
(1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day
delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:
(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
(b) To the Company at:
SPS Commerce, Inc.
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Accenture Tower
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Fax: 612-435-9402
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company
by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.
20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations
among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware
(the Delaware Court), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America
or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the
Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action
or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
21. Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreements. The parties hereby agree that this
Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the parties in its entirety and
this Agreement is hereby determined to amend and restate such prior agreements, if any.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Page 10 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Archie C. Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [Independent Director]
|
|
Signature 11 |
exv10w19
Exhibit 10.19
SPS COMMERCE, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
Indemnification Agreement (the Agreement) is made
and entered into as of , 2009
between SPS Commerce, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and Archie C.
Black (Indemnitee).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate
itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from
undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to clarify Indemnitees entitlement, in his capacity as a
director of the Company, to the maximum indemnity afforded directors under the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the DGCL) and is a supplement to and in furtherance of the provision calling for
indemnification of directors contained in the By-laws or Certificate of Incorporation
(collectively, the Charter Documents) of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant
thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of
Indemnitee thereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees agreement to serve as a director from and
after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In
furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by
reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a
Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf,
in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted
in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to
the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his or her
Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b),
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no
indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in
such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless
and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such
indemnification may be made.
(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any
Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be
amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or
on
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 1 |
Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such
Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all
claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all
Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection
with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without
limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with
or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on,
the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and
hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitees behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right
of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or
active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. Except as provided in Section 13, the only limitation
that shall exist upon the Companys obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the
Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under
the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7
hereof) to be unlawful.
3. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is
available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding involving
Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first
instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding
without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and
relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter
into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding involving Indemnitee by reason of his
Corporate Status in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of
all claims asserted against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding
subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion
of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding
involving Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status in which the Company is jointly liable with
Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute
to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status in proportion to the
relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company,
other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the
transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the
proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to
law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers,
directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the
other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or
settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be
considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the
Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by
intent to gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 2 |
personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and
the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.
(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims
of contribution relating to Indemnitees Corporate Status which may be brought by officers,
directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with
Indemnitee.
(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided
for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu
of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his
Corporate Status, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid
in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event
under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the
circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the
Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such
Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees
and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a
witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith.
5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with
any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt
by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances
from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement
or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be
preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any
Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this
Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity with respect to his
Corporate Status that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the
State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions
shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
under this Agreement:
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a
written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon
receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that
Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee
to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall
not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent
that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of
Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall
be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 3 |
the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a
quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the
disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested
directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if
so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof,
disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not
parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.
(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as
provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of
Directors and Indemnitee shall be promptly notified of such selection. Indemnitee may, within ten
(10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a
written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on
the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent
Counsel as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the
person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and
substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and
until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.
If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant
to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected
to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or
other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by
the Indemnitee to the Companys selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as
Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall
designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall
pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent
Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall
pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c),
regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the
person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the
burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure
of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that
indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard
of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent
legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense
to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct.
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on
the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to
the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert
selected with reasonable care by the Company. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this
Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all
times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the
burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to
determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination
within
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 4 |
sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite
determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee
shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material
fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially
misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended
for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or
entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith
requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating
thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall
not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders
pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after
receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the
Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders
for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after
such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is
called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination,
such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such
determination is made thereat.
(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination
with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person,
persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not
privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee
and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of
Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a
determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any
costs or expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so
cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the
Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and
the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment
may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and
uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is
resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without
limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or
other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall
have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not
(except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of
Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and
in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement
of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no
determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this
Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv)
payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after
receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 5 |
of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made
pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in
an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of
Indemnitees entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding
seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right
to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose
Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of
this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding
commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial
on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under
Section 6(b).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement
that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in
any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by
Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees
misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or
(ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial
adjudication of Indemnitees rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or
to recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the
Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitees behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the
types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 14 of this Agreement) actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee
ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or
insurance recovery.
(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not
valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by
all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all
Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company
of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to
Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee
for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any
directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of
whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of
Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to
entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final
disposition of the Proceeding.
8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the
Charter Documents, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise,
of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof
shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken
or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or
repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits
greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation,
By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by
this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein
conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 6 |
right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every
other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing
liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company,
Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the
maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary
under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to
the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company
shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all
necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all
amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the
extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers
required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents
as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts
otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually
received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this
Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in
connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance
policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under
any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided; or
(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by
Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common
law; or
(c) except with respect to a Proceeding relating to enforcement of, or to indemnity under this
Agreement, or under the Charter Documents, the DGCL, or any insurance policy relating to
Indemnitees Corporate Status, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by
Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless
(i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding)
prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion,
pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained
herein shall commence upon the execution of this Agreement, and shall continue thereafter so long
as Indemnitee could be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section
7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or
serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which
indemnification can be provided under this Agreement and regardless of any subsequent amendment to
the Charter Documents, the DGCL or any other agreement relating to indemnification of Indemnitee.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties
hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 7 |
substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs,
executors and personal and legal representatives.
11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to
Indemnitee for the Companys obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit,
funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be
revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
12. Enforcement.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and
assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director
of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in
serving as a director of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and
implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. Limitation on Indemnity. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this
Agreement, this Agreement applies only to indemnification of Indemnitee in his capacity as a
director of the Company and does not, and shall not be deemed to, apply in any way with respect to
Indemnitees status as an officer or employee of the Company or otherwise expand or affect the
indemnification provisions of the Companys Charter Documents as they relate to indemnification of
officers. For avoidance of doubt, the Companys sole obligation to Indemnitee with respect to
indemnification (and related contribution and advancement of expenses) with respect to Indemnitees
status as an officer of the Company are as set forth in the Companys Charter Documents.
14. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is or was a director of the
Company in his or her official capacity as such or as agent or fiduciary of the Company related to
such status as a director (but not as an officer or employee).
(b) Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to
the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(c) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs,
transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and
binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or
expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a
Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.
Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any
Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of
the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the
premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other
appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by
Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(d) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in
matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been,
retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party
(other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other
indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding
giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing, would
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 8 |
have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to
determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and
all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its
engagement pursuant hereto.
(e) Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other
actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or
otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is
or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a
director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on
Indemnitees part while acting as a director of the Company; in each case whether or not Indemnitee
is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for
which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the
date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7
of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
15. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in
no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification
rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof
conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the
aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
16. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No
waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of
any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing
waiver.
17. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing
upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint,
indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject
to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless
and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
18. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during
normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c)
five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier,
specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be
sent:
(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
(b) To the Company at:
SPS Commerce, Inc.
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Accenture Tower
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Fax: 612-435-9402
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 9 |
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company
by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.
21. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations
among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware
(the Delaware Court), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America
or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the
Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action
or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
22. Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreements. The parties hereby agree that this
Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the parties in its entirety and
this Agreement is hereby determined to amend and restate such prior agreements, if any.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Page 10 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Archie C. Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
c/o SPS Commerce, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Accenture Tower |
|
|
|
|
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000 |
|
|
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPS Commerce, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement [Black]
|
|
Signature Page |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We
have issued our report dated December 3, 2009, with respect to the financial statements
and schedule of SPS Commerce, Inc. contained in Amendment No. 1
to the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We
consent to the use of the aforementioned report in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and
to the use of our name as it appears under the caption Experts.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 11, 2010